London North Eastern Region Rules Of The Plan 04 LN790 Lneyyp

User Manual: LN790

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 311 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

MAIN MENU
TIMETABLE PLANNING RULES
LONDON NORTH EASTERN

Timetable Planning Rules

London North Eastern

2019 TIMETABLE

Version 2.0

Issued by David Walgate

Timetable Production Manager

The Quadrant MK

Elder Gate

Milton Keynes

Tel: 07825 376830

Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Timetable 2019

2nd February 2018

Timetable Planning Rules

London North Eastern

2019 TIMETABLE

Version 2.0

Issued by David Walgate

Timetable Production Manager

The Quadrant MK

Elder Gate

Milton Keynes

Tel: 07825 376830

Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Timetable 2019

2nd February 2018

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 2 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Contents

Section Page no. Section Page no.

1 Introduction and General Notes .................... 3

1.1 Index of Routes ............................................................. 4

1.2 Sectional Appendices and Rule Book .................. 7

1.2.1 Sectional Appendix .............................................. 7

1.2.2 Rule Book ................................................................ 7

1.3 Definitions ....................................................................... 9

1.3.1 Train Classification .............................................. 9

1.3.2 Days of Operation ............................................... 9

1.3.3 Traction and Rolling Stock ............................. 11

1.3.4 Line Codes ........................................................... 11

1.3.5 Activity and Other Codes ................................ 12

2 Route Description ............................................ 14

2.1 Planning Geography ................................................. 14

2.2 Route Opening Hours ................................................ 61

3 Electrification ....................................................... 72

3.1 Electrification Limits.................................................... 72

3.2 Electrification Supply Restrictions ......................... 72

4 Rolling Stock Restrictions .............................. 73

4.4 Locomotive Route Availability ................................ 73

4.2 Passenger Stock Restrictions ................................ 73

4.3 Freight Wagon Restrictions ..................................... 73

4.4 Freight Train Load Limits ......................................... 73

4.5 Freight Train Length Limits ...................................... 73

5 Running Times, Margins and Allowances 7 4

5.1 Sectional Running Times .........................................74

5.1.1 Source of Current SRTs ...................................74

5.1.2 Method of Calculation .......................................74

5.1.3 New and Revised Sectional Running Times75

5.1.4 Timing of Trains Consisting of Passenger

Vehicles on Goods Lines ............................................75

5.2 Headways ......................................................................75

5.2.1 Headway Values .................................................75

5.2.2 General Capacity Constraints ..................... 101

5.3 Junction Margins and Station Planning Rules102

5.4 Platform Lengths ..................................................... 255

5.4.1 Loop Lengths ................................................... 272

5.5 Timing Allowances .................................................. 273

5.5.1 SX Daytime (See routes for applicable

times) ............................................................................... 273

5.5.2 SX Nighttime (See routes for applicable

times) ............................................................................... 289

5.5.3 SO Daytime (See routes for applicable

times) ............................................................................... 291

5.5.4 SO Nighttime (See routes for applicable

times) ............................................................................... 291

5.5.5 SUNDAY Daytime (See routes for

applicable times) ......................................................... 293

5.5.6 Sunday Night time (See routes for

applicable times) ......................................................... 301

6 Timetabling Considerations ....................... 304

6.1 Advertised and Working Times .......................... 304

6.2 Timing of Light Locomotives ............................... 304

7 Appendix A Timing Point Diagrams ........ 305

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 3 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

1 Introduction and General Notes

Network Rail provide the Timetable Planning Rules document to Train Operators and other interested parties to set

out the rules which are applicable to Access Requests for scheduling of train paths on the Network Rail network.

Separate sections of Timetable Planning Rules are prepared for each Route with a National Timetable Planning

Rules document setting out procedures to be followed and other nationally applicable rules.

Network Rail will determine the contents of Timetable Planning Rules through consultation with Train Operators with

the primary aim of achieving the optimal balance between access to the network for train operations and

performance robustness of the resulting train plan. This consultation is in line with the Network Code Part D, and

Train Operators have a right of appeal to Timetabling Sub-Committee against the contents of the Final Timetable

Planning Rules.

Final Timetable Planning Rules are issued with timetable Access Request Information before the

commencement of the development period for the Principal Change timetable to which the Rules apply and cover a

12-month period. Revised Timetable Planning Rules are issued with timetable Access Request Information

before the commencement of the Subsidiary Change timetable development period and show changes applicable to

the Subsidiary Change timetable period which have been agreed since the issue of the annual Timetable Planning

Rules.

Timetable Planning Rules may be changed only through this twice-yearly process or by the change procedure

described in the National Timetable Planning Rules.

Train Operators’ Access Requests for train paths must be compliant with Timetable Planning Rules. If a Train

Operator wishes to submit an Access Request for a train path which is not compliant with Timetable Planning

Rules it should consult the Network Rail Capacity Planning team to establish whether an

amendment to Timetable Planning Rules is likely to be agreed and, if appropriate, submit an amendment proposal

which will be considered by Network Rail in accordance with the Change Procedure set out in the National Timetable

Planning Rules. The Timetable Planning Rules amendment proposal should be submitted to Network Rail as early as

possible and certainly no later than the time of submission of the Access Request. If the proposed change is

likely to involve the calculation of new sectional running times or a physical investigation then the Train Operator

should liaise with the Network Rail Capacity Planning team to establish a realistic timescale for evaluation of the

proposed change before submission of the Access Request.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 4 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

1.1 Index of Routes

Information arranged on a line of route basis in this document is presented in the following order:

LN101 London King’s Cross to Shaftholme Jn

LN105 Moorgate to Finsbury Park Jn

LN110 Canonbury West Jn to Finsbury Park Jn

LN115 Copenhagen Jn to Camden Road Central Jn

LN120 Wood Green North Junction to Langley Jn (via Hertford)

LN125 Hitchin Cambridge Jn to Royston (inclusive)

LN126 Hitchin North Junction to Hitchin East Junction

LN135 King’s Dyke to Crescent Junction

LN147 Helpston Junction to Uffington

LN150 Flyover East Jn to Decoy North Jn

LN155 Flyover East Jn to Loversall Jn (Up Loversall Curve)

LN160 Loversall Carr Jn to Flyover West Jn

LN165 Harringay Park Jn to Harringay Jn

LN170 Werrington Jn to Flyover East Jn (via Lincoln)

LN175 Sleaford South Jn to Sleaford East Jn

LN180 Sleaford West Jn to Sleaford North Jn

LN185 Allington West Jn to Skegness

LN190 Allington East Jn to Allington North Jn (Allington Chord)

LN195 Grantham Nottingham Branch Jn to Allington West Jn(inclusive)

LN200 Wrawby Jn to Pelham Street Jn

LN206 Newark Flat Crossing (inclusive) to West Holmes Jn

LN210 Newark Crossing Curve line

LN215 Boultham Jn to Pyewipe Jn

LN220 Bessacarr Jn to Black Carr Jn

LN235 Rossington Colliery Branch

LN600 Shaftholme Jn to Reston GSP

LN618 Holgate Jn to Skelton Jn

LN620 King Edward Bridge East Jn to King Edward Bridge North Jn

LN622 Forth branch

LN624 Northallerton Castle Hills Jn to Castle Hills West GF

LN626 Northallerton High Jn to Northallerton East Jn

LN627 Longlands Jn to Newcastle East Jn via the Coast

LN628 South Hylton to Sunderland South Jn

LN629 Pelaw Metro Jn to Pelaw South Jn

LN630 Pelaw North Jn to Pelaw Metro Jn

LN631 Darlington South Jn to Eaglescliffe South Jn

LN632 Stockton Cut Jn to Saltburn

LN634 Guisborough Jn to Whitby

LN636 Beam Mill Jn to Slag Road (Lackenby)

LN638 Grangetown Shell Jn to Cleveland Freightliner Terminal (Wilton)

LN640 ICI Wilton Coal Terminal

LN642 Saltburn West Jn to Boulby Potash Mine

LN644 Hartburn Jn to Bowesfield Jn

LN646 Norton-on-Tees South to Ferryhill South Jn

LN648 Norton-on-Tees West to Norton-on-Tees East

LN652 Billingham Jn to Seal Sands Storage

LN656 Seaton-on-Tees Branch

LN662 Ryhope Grange Jn to Hendon (Sunderland Docks)

LN664 Boldon East Jn to Boldon North Jn

LN666 Boldon West Jn to Tyne Dock

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 5 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN670 Jarrow Branch

LN674 High Level Bridge Jn to Greensfield Jn

LN676 Park Lane Jn to King Edward Bridge South Jn

LN678 Darlington North Jn to Eastgate

LN682 King Edward Bridge South Jn to Petteril Bridge Jn

LN684 Low Fell Jn to Norwood Jn

LN694 Benton North Jn to Morpeth North Jn via Bedlington

LN696 Hepscott Jn to Morpeth Jn

LN698 Butterwell South Branch

LN700 Butterwell North Branch

LN702 Bedlington North Jn to Lynemouth Alcan

LN706 West Sleekburn Jn to North Blyth

LN708 Winning Jn to Marchey’s House Jn

LN724 Holgate Jn to Skelton Jn

LN736 Cleethorpes to Nunnery Main Line Jn via Retford

LN738 Great Coates No.1 to Union Dock

LN740 Grimsby Marsh West Jn to Humber Road Jn

LN741 Habrough Jn to Ulceby South Jn

LN742 Killingholme to Brocklesby Jn

LN744 Ulceby North Jn to Barton on Humber

LN746 Cottam Power Station to Clarborough Jn

LN748 Retford Western Jn to Thrumpton West Jn

LN750 Woodburn Jn to Deepcar

LN752 Wrawby Jn to Marshgate Jn

LN754 Scunthorpe Foreign Ore Branch

LN756 Scunthorpe Trent Jn to Roxby

LN758 Brancliffe East Jn to Kirk Sandall Jn

LN762 St Catherine’s Jn to Decoy South Jn

LN764 St Catherine’s Jn to Potteric Carr Jn (Low Ellers Curve)

LN766 Bentley Jn to Hexthorpe Jn (Doncaster Avoiding Line)

LN768 Mansfield Woodhouse to Shireoaks East Jn

LN772 Warsop Jn to Shirebrook Jn

LN774 Barrow Hill North Jn to Oxcroft Disposal Point

LN776 Hall Lane Jn to Foxlow Jn

LN778 Seymour Jn to Bolsover

LN782 Woodend Jn to Shireoaks West Jn

LN784 High Marnham to Shirebrook East Jn

LN786 Bevercotes Colliery Branch

LN788 Thoresby Colliery Branch

LN790 Rufford No.1 Coal Stacking Site to Clipstone East Jn

LN800 Clipstone South Jn to Clipstone West Jn

LN802 Welbeck Colliery Branch

LN804 Tapton Jn to Gascoigne Wood Jn via Sheffield

LN806 Tapton Jn to Masborough Jn via ‘Old Road’

LN807 Dore South Jn to Dore West Jn

LN808 Dore Station Jn to Totley Tunnel East

LN809 Shepcote Lane West Jn to Tinsley Yard East End

LN810 Shepcote Lane West Jn to Tinsley South Jn

LN812 Shepcote Lane East Jn to Broughton Lane Jn

LN814 Tinsley North Junction to Sheffield Tram W210

LN815 Parkgate Junction to Sheffield Tram Parkgate

LN816 Beighton Jn to Woodhouse Jn

LN818 Holmes Jn to Rotherham Central Jn (Holmes Curve)

LN824 Moorthorpe Jn to South Kirkby Jn

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 6 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN826 Doncaster South Yorkshire Jn to Swinton

LN828 Mexborough Jn to Aldwarke Jn via Kilnhurst

LN830 Aldwarke Jn to Woodburn Jn

LN832 Doncaster Bridge Jn to St. James Jn

LN836 Doncaster Marshgate Jn to Neville Hill East Jn

LN838 Leeds Armley Jn to York Skelton Jn via Harrogate

LN840 Engine Shed Jn to Whitehall East Jn

LN842 Thorpe Marsh Jn to Adwick Jn

LN844 Applehurst Jn to Joan Croft Jn (Applehurst Loop)

LN846 Carcroft Jn to Skellow Jn

LN848 Hare Park Jn to Crofton West Jn

LN850 Wakefield Westgate South Jn to Wakefield Kirkgate West Jn

LN852 Holbeck Jn to Bradford Interchange

LN854 Hall Royd Jn to Colton Jn

LN858 Milner Royd Jn to Bradford Mill Lane Jn

LN859 Greetland Jn to Dryclough Jn

LN860 Diggle Jn to Copley Hill East Jn

LN861 Bradley Jn to Bradley Wood Jn

LN862 Barnsley Station Jn to Huddersfield

LN864 Dewsbury Railway Street Branch

LN868 Wincobank Jn to Horbury Jn via Barnsley

LN870 Turner’s Lane Jn to Calder Bridge Jn

LN872 Altofts Jn to Leeds West Jn

LN874 Methley Jn to Whitwood Jn

LN875 Castleford West Jn to Pontefract West Jn

LN878 Sherburn Jn to Gascoigne Wood

LN880 York to Scarborough

LN882 Wakefield Kirkgate West Jn to Goole Potter’s Grange Jn

LN884 Oakenshaw South Jn to Oakenshaw Jn

LN886 Monk Bretton Loop to Crofton East Jn

LN888 Hatfield and Stainforth (Stainforth Jn) to Ferrybridge North Jn

LN889 Shaftholme Jn to Haywood Jn

LN892 Pontefract East Jn to Ferrybridge South Jn

LN894 Knottingley South Jn to Knottingley East Jn

LN896 Drax Power Station Branch

LN898 Neville Hill East Jn to Hull

LN900 Neville Hill West Jn to Hunslet East

LN902 Micklefield Jn to Church Fenton North Jn

LN904 Hambleton South Jn to Hambleton West Jn

LN906 Hambleton East Jn to Hambleton North Jn

LN908 Selby West Jn to Selby Canal Jn

LN910 Temple Hirst Jn to Selby South Jn

LN912 Thorne Jn to Gilberdyke Jn

LN914 Hull to Seamer West Jn

LN916 Hessle Road Jn to Saltend

LN918 Springbank North Jn to Walton Street Jn

LN920 Anlaby Road Jn to West Parade North Jn

LN922 Whitehall West Jn to Hellifield South Jn

LN924 Apperley Jn to Ilkley

LN926 Dockfield Jn to Esholt Jn

LN928 Shipley East Jn to Bradford Forster Square

LN930 Skipton Middle Jn to Rylstone

LN932 Shipley South Jn to Shipley West Jn

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 7 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

1.2 Sectional Appendices and Rule Book

1.2.1 Sectional Appendix

The Sectional Appendix to the Working Timetable and Books of Rules and Regulations shall be used.

The Sectional Appendix is the sole source of information regarding the following:

Electrification limits refer to relevant Table ‘A’

Permissive Working refer to relevant Table ‘A’, then see below.

Route Clearance refer to ‘tab’ associated with relevant Table ‘A’

To identify the type of Permissive Working that applies at a given location refer to the appropriate Sectional Appendix

Table A for that location. If there is authority for Permissive Working, this will appear in the Signalling and Remarks.

There are different authorities that depend upon the signalling and layout of the location. The following list identifies

the types of Permissive Working that will appear in the Sectional Appendix.

Type Description

PP Permissive Working – full use for class 1, 2, 3 ECS, 5, 9 and 0 trains

PP – A Permissive Working – Attaching and Detaching use only for class 1, 2, 3 ECS, 5, 9 and 0 trains

PP – C Permissive Working – Contingency use only for class 1, 2, 3 ECS, 5, 9 and 0 trains

PP – S Permissive Working – Platform Sharing use only for class 1, 2, 3 ECS, 5, 9 and 0 trains

PF Permissive Working for class 3 to 8 and 0 trains

Source: Sectional Appendix – General Instructions – National – Explanation of Table A terms and symbols

1.2.2 Rule Book

The following Modules of the Rule Book GE/RT8000 affects all sections unless specified. The sections listed affect

railway operations and train movements. The listed section does not apply to Train Planning directly, but its

application will affect how trains operate, and it is for that reason the item appears here.

RULE BOOK MODULE SECTION NOTES

G1 General safety responsibilities and

personal track safety for non–track workers 5.5 Using the phonetic

alphabet; Operational principles

OTM Working of on–track machines (OTM 2.2 Before starting a

journey TTPR Section 4.6

5.6 Carrying out a running

brake test TTPR Section 5.1.2

P1 Single line working 6.5 Warning anyone

working on or near the line

used for single line working

When planning Single Line Working

9.3 Right–direction

movements

9.4 Wrong–direction

movements

S1 Signals and indicators controlling train

movements Operational principles

S2 Observing and obeying fixed signals 3.1 Passenger train at a

position–light, shunt–ahead

or shunting signal

Operational principles

SP Speeds 2.4 Differential permissible

speed indicators TTPR Section 5.1.2

2.5 Permissible speed

indicators with letters TTPR Section 5.1.2

2.6 Enhanced permissible TTPR Section 5.1.2

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 8 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

RULE BOOK MODULE SECTION NOTES

speed (EPS) indicators

T11 Movement of engineering trains and

on–track plant under T3 arrangments 3 Movements entering the

possession When planning trains entering

possessions

7 Instructing the driver or

machine controller When planning trains entering

possessions

TW1 Preparation and movement of trains

General 7.1 Authority and

arrangements for

movements (Hauling dead

traction units)

Operational principles

TW2 Preparation and movement of

multiple–unit passenger trains 6.5 Carrying out a running

brake test TTPR Section 5.1.2

TW3 Preparation and movement of

locomotive hauled trains (including HSTs,

push–pull, postal, parcels)

2.1 Locomotives running

light or hauling trains

(Maximum speed of);

TTPR Section 5.1.2

2.2 Maximum permitted

speed of locomotive–

hauled trains

TTPR Section 5.1.2

2.3 Electric–traction speed

restrictions TTPR Section 5.1.2

3.16 Carrying out a running

brake test TTPR Section 5.1.2

Section 14.1 Working trains

with locomotives at both

ends, when this type of

working is permitted

Operational principles

Rule Book Handbook 5 Handsignalling

Duties Section 5.2 Entrance signal When planning Temporary Block

Working (TBW)

5.3 Exit signal When planning Temporary Block

Working (TBW)

5.4 Where TBW is divided

into two sections When planning Temporary Block

Working (TBW)

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 9 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

1.3 Definitions

The list below is not an exhaustive one but is intended to give readers an understanding of some of the terminology

as used for the purposes of this document.

If any term in Timetable Planning Rules is unclear please contact the compiler on the telephone number shown on

the cover.

1.3.1 Train Classification

Classification Description

1 Express passenger train; or

Nominated postal or parcels train; or

Breakdown or overhead line equipment train going to clear the line or returning from there

(IZ99); or

Traction unit going to assist a failed train (1Z99)

Snow plough going to clear the line (1Z99)

2 Ordinary passenger train; or

Breakdown or overhead line equipment train not going to clear the line (2Z99)

Officers’ special train (2Z01)

3 Freight train which can run at more than 75 mph; or

A parcels train; or

Empty coaching stock train if specially authorised

4 Freight train which can run up to 75 mph

5 Empty coaching stock train

6 Freight train which can run up to 60 mph

7 Freight train which can run up to 45 mph

8 Freight train which can run at, or is timed to run at, 35 mph or less

9 Thameslink services including to / from King’s Cross

0 Light locomotive or locomotives

Source: The Rule Book GE/RT8000/TW1 Preparation and Movement of Trains General Section 2 Classification and speed of trains

Thameslink Services (Applicable from May 2018 Timetable)

TID Class 9 services (WTT)

9Jxx Peterborough and Horsham via London Bridge and Redhill

9Sxx Cambridge and Brighton via London Bridge and Quarry Lines

9Uxx Cambridge and Maidstone East / Ashford via London Bridge and Swanley

9Yxx Welwyn Garden City / Blackfriars and Sevenoaks via Catford and Swanley

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 10 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

1.3.2 Days of Operation

The following abbreviations are used to identify the day or days that a train operates.

Abbreviation Description

M Monday

T Tuesday

W Wednesday

Th Thursday

F Friday

S Saturday

Su Sunday

EWD Every Week Day (Monday to Saturday)

Daily Every day, systems will not accept this; there must be a separate entry for Sundays (Note –

need to include reference to new ITPS processes).

Suffixes

O Adding this indicates that the train will run only on that day or those days shown

X Adding this indicates that the train will not run on that day or those days shown

General

BHX Denotes that this train does not run on a bank holiday

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 11 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

1.3.3 Traction and Rolling Stock

Abbreviation Description

15X DMU classes 150/153/155/156/158/159

17X DMU classes 170 and 175

22X DMU classes 220/221/222

DMU Any diesel multiple unit (excluding classes 180/220/221/222)

EMU Any electric multiple unit

ECS Empty Coaching Stock includes empty diesel and electric multiple units.

HST Trains consisting of two Class 43 locomotives and Mk 3 passenger vehicles

LH A passenger or parcels train hauled or propelled by one or more locomotives

LHCV Locomotive hauled coaching vehicles

Power Passenger stock equipped with power operated external doors

1.3.4 Line Codes

Abbreviation Description

AD Arrival/Departure Line

AL Avoiding Line

BS Leeds Line B

CHC Copley Hill Chord

CL Carriage Line

DBH Down Barrow Hill

DBP Down Back Platform at Welwyn Garden City

DCF Down Cambridge Flyover

DF or DFL Down Fast Line

DG Two way Goods No.2

DGL Down Goods Line

DH Down Harrogate

DHL Down Hendon Line

DL Down Line

DM see below Down Midland – Engine Sheet Jn or Leeds West Junction LN872

DM or DML Down Main Line

DN Leeds Line D – Non preferred route for ARS

DPV Down Passenger Loop

DS or DSL Down Slow Line

DSG Down Scunthorpe Goods

DUG Down and Up Goods

EL Erewash Line

ESL East Slow Line

FL Fast Line – can be numbered eg FL1

GL Goods Line

GSL Goods and Slow Line

HS Holding Siding

LSL Leeds Line

ML Main Line

NDS Up Slow Line from Newcastle Platform 7 to Newcastle South Jn., then Down Slow Line to

King Edward Bridge North Jn

NLI North London Incline

NM Up Slow Line from Newcastle Platform 7 to Newcastle South Jn., then Up Fast Line to King

Edward Bridge North Jn

NNL Normanton Line

NS Up Slow Line from Newcastle Platform 7 to King Edward Bridge North Jn

PL Platform Line

RCL Reception Line

RRL Reversing Line

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 12 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Abbreviation Description

SL Slow Line – can be numbered eg SL1

SGL Slow and Goods Line

TL Through Line

UBH Up Barrow Hill

UDB Up and Down Blackwell

UDS Up and Down Slow Line

UF or UFL Up Fast Line

UGL Up Goods Loop

UH Up Harrogate

UHL Up Hendon Line

UL Up Line

UM see below Up Midland – Leeds West Jn

UM or UML Up Main Line

UPV Up Passenger Loop or Up Broadholme Loop

US see below Up Shipley/Up Sidings

US or USL Up Slow Line

UWF Up Welwyn Flyover

WS or WSL Up West/West Slow Line

2WG Two way Goods

WY Peterborough West Yard

1.3.5 Activity and Other Codes

Abbreviation Description

* Suppression of traffic stop indicator

–D Train stops to detach vehicles

–T Train stops to attach and detach vehicles

–U Train stops to attach vehicles

A Train stops or shunts for other trains ahead or to pass only. Shows as an * in WTT

AE Trains stops to attach/detach assisting locomotive.

BL Train stops to attach or detach a banking locomotive

C Train stops to change train crew

D Train only stops to set down passengers. Shows as an s in NRT

E Train stops for examination

G NRT data to add

H Notional Activity to prevent WTT column merge

HH As H, were there is a third column involved

K Passenger count point

KC Ticket collection and examination point

KE Ticket examination point

KF Ticket examination point – 1s

Class only

KS Selective ticket examination point

L Train stops to change locomotives

N Stop not advertised to the public

OP Train stops for other operating reasons

OR Train locomotive on rear of train

PR Train propelling between points shown

R Train stops when required. Shows as an x in NRT

RETB Radio Electronic Token Block

RM Trains stops for a reversing movement or driver to change ends

RR Train stops to allow the locomotive to run–round its train

S Trains for railway personnel only

T Trains stops to pick up or set down passengers

TB Train begins (Origin)

TF Train finishes (Destination)

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 13 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Abbreviation Description

TS Detail consist for TOPS Direct requested by Freight Operator

TW Train stops to pick up or set down a staff, tablet or token on Single Lines. See Section 5.2

U Train only stops to pick up passengers. Shows as a u in NRT

W Train stops for watering of coaches

X Train passes another train at crossing point on single line. See Section 5.2

x Suppress running line information

Force running line indication

Force path and line indications

Force path indication

# Force stop with TW

Activity Codes – Notes

1. Any passenger train that stops at a location automatically generates a T Activity unless it is suppressed.

2. If an Activity is required that removes the ‘passenger stop’ Activity (T, D, U and R) from ITPS then the

‘passenger stop’ Activity must always appear in the first Activity field (e.g. T –D would be correct, –D T would

not). This is because the National Rail Timetable (NRT) extract program only considers the first Activity

field. If it does not find a ‘passenger stop’ Activity in the first field the time will not be extracted to appear in

the NRT.

3. Up to 6 Activities may be shown for each event.

4. No two Activities may be duplicated at the same event.

5. At any one event, the following groups are mutually exclusive:

a) D, U, T, N, S, TW, OP.

b) –D, –U, –T.

c) TB, TF.

d) KC, KE.

6. N, R, G, D and U are only valid with Train Categories XC, XD, XI, XX, XZ, OO, OW, OL, BS, BR and blank

(i.e. ‘advertised’ services).

7. K, KC, KE, KF, KS are only valid with Train Categories starting X or O.

8. If TF is present then none of K, KC, KE, KF, KS can be present.

9. Activity T indicates that a train stops to pick up and set down. This normally refers to passengers. Activity

–T indicates that the train stops to attach and detach vehicles. At any location where a ‘stop’ time is shown,

TPS or a similar system will assume a default Activity is required unless otherwise specified. These default

Activities are as follows: T for trains with a Train Category starting in X or O, OP for trains with a Train

Category starting in Z or E, and –T for all other trains (but see below). The default Activity will be generated

when the upload file is created.

10. If Activities U, D, N, R, OP, S, TW, –U or –D are specified then this overrides the defaults and only the

specified Activities will be included in the upload file (it is not necessary to use the * suppression code if

these codes are present).

11. If a traffic Activity is NOT required at a ‘stop’ location with Activities other than U, D, N, R, OP, S, TW, –U

or –D (e.g. at ‘C’ or ‘L’ stops) then the * must be input to the TPS or similar system train specification at that

location to suppress –T or T. If the * is not added to indicate a non–traffic stop then T, –T or OP will be

added to the upload file

12. If an Activity –T (only) is required on a train with a Category starting in X or O it is necessary to add a * to

the schedule (to suppress ‘T’) and positively show –T in the Activity column.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 14 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

2 Route Description

2.1 Planning Geography

Line of routeLINE OF ROUTE

Network Rail maintains the planning geography and issues it to Train Operators using the Bplan system. Bplan data

is to be regarded as the master geography and it is the responsibility of Train Operators and nominated Network Rail

users to ensure that data in their train planning systems reflects the master geography.

It is essential that all locations, times and full details such as platforms, running lines, activities, etc. comply fully with

all of the following rules. Any Network Links used for buses only are to have running line defined as BUS. All data

used by a specifier must be that supplied by Network Rail: use of estimated times added or amended locally will

cause the trains concerned to fail validation.

In order to avoid the creation of unnecessary journey legs and associated point–to–point timings, all passing times

must conform to these rules.

Locations in bold type are mandatory timing points.

Locations in normal type are non–mandatory timing points.

Locations in italic type are not timing points but are shown for reference purposes.

Line references shown in brackets e.g. (LN656) are only for reference purposes.

In the tables below, the following codes apply:

F Only freight trains are timed here

P Only passenger trains are timed here

S Only stopping trains are timed here

X Only trains crossing from one running line to another are timed here

LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

King’s Cross A B C D Platform detail must be shown

A = No. 2 Fast (2F)

B = No. 1 Fast (1F)

C = No. 2 Slow (2S)

D = No. 1 Slow (1S)

Belle Isle SL FL A B C D

DCT

UCT

A = No. 2 Fast (2F)

B = No. 1 Fast (1F)

C = No. 2 Slow (2S)

D = No. 1 Slow (1S)

To/from St Pancras Low Level – Please

refer to East Midlands train Planning rules

LN3214

Copenhagen Junction SL NLI X

Holloway South Junction FL SL

GL FL SL Applicable from May 2018 Timetable For

Thameslink services only

Finsbury Park FL SL

SL2 FL SL

SL2 Platform detail must be shown

To/from Drayton Park – LN105

To/from Highbury Vale Jn – LN110

Harringay Junction To/from Harringay Park Jn – EA1370

Harringay Up Rev Sdgs – S

Harringay Signal K85 SL2 S

Harringay SL SL SL2 S

Harringay Signal K422 SL2 S

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 15 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Ferme Park Rec CL SL2 SL2 S

Hornsey Dn RS – – S

Hornsey Signal K440 SL2

Hornsey EMUD SL2 SL SL2 S

Hornsey SL SL2 SL SL2 S

Hornsey Signal K453 SL2 S

Hornsey Signal K451 CL S

Alexandra Palace FL SL

FL SL

SL2 CL Platform details must be shown for stopping

trains and non–stop via platforms

Wood Green North Jn To/from Hertford North – LN120

Bounds Green TRSMD – S

New Southgate FL SL FL SL SX

Oakleigh Park FL SL FL SL S

New Barnet FL SL FL SL SX

Hadley Wood FL SL FL SL S

Potters Bar FL SL FL SL Platform detail must be shown

Brookmans Park FL SL FL SL S

Welham Green SL SL S

Marshmoor FL X

Hatfield FL SL SL FL SX Trains routed UWF from Welwyn Garden

City via Flyover are to be timed at Hatfield

Welwyn GC Rev Sdgs – S

Welwyn Garden City FL SL FL SL

UWF

Platform details must be shown for stopping

trains and non–stop via platforms

Welwyn FD FL SL SL S

Welwyn Garden City Carriage

Sdgs – S

Digswell Junction FL SL X

Welwyn North FL FL S

Woolmer Green Junction FL SL FL

Knebworth FL SL FL SL S

Langley Junction SL – X To/from Hertford North – LN120

Langley Redlands – S

Stevenage FL SL FL SL

DSL Platform detail must be shown

Stevenage Signal K214 FL SL S Only used for ECS reversal

Hitchin FL SL

DCF FL SL Platform details must be shown for stopping

trains and non–stop via platforms

Trains to Line “DCF” not via Platform 2 to

be shown as Platform “DFL”

Cambridge Junction To/from Royston – LN125

Hitchin Dn Yd SL S

Hitchin Signal K232 SL – S Reversing point on Down Slow

Hitchin Up Yd – SL – S

Hitchin North Junction To Hitchin East Junction – LN126

Cadwell FL X Trains crossing to Fast Line

Arlesey SL SL S

Biggleswade Signal K235 FL SL S Reversing point on Up Slow

Biggleswade Plasmor – S

Biggleswade FL SL FL SL Platform details must be shown

Sandy FL SL FL SL Platform details must be shown for stopping

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 16 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

trains and non–stop via platforms

St Neots FL SL FL SL SX Platform detail must be shown for trains

calling at St Neots

DSL to UFL and DFL to USL or UFL moves

not permitted at St Neots

Huntingdon Signal P33 – S Reversing point on Up Slow

Huntingdon FL SL FL SL Platform details must be shown for stopping

trains and non–stop via platforms

Huntingdon Signal P40 FL SL S

Conington Loop – FL

Conington South Jn SL FL SL Mandatory timing point in the Up direction

Holme Junction FL Mandatory timing point in the Down

direction

Fletton Junction SL FL X

Peterborough Nene CHS – S

Crescent Junction To/from Peterborough East Jn – LN135

Peterborough FL SL

USL - FL SL

GL DSL - Platform detail must be shown

Spital Junction South

(P458/P79) SDA

SUD

SHL

–

– X Line code SDA/SUD/SHL to Eastfield Jn

Blank “ – “ line code to Spital Sidings

Peterborough LIP SHL – S

Signal P78 – S Reversing point on Down Fast

Signal P76 – SReversing point on Down Slow

Peterborough Spital Sidings – – S Thameslink Stabling Sidings

Peterborough Westwood Sdgs – –S

Peterborough Eastfield Junction GL SDA

SUD

SHL

XAll trains not on Fast, Slow or Stamford

lines to be timed here

Signal E44 – S Reversing movement

Peterborough West Yard – – S

Peterborough Maint. Shed – S

Peterborough Washer Road – – S

Peterborough Virtual Quarry – – S

New England North Signal

P479 GL S

New England North Jn FL SL FL SL

GL X

Werrington Junction – SL XTo/from Spalding – LN170

Tallington Junction FL SL FL SL

Tallington Redland Aggs – S

Stoke Junction – FL SL

Highdyke Jn – X

D1283 G.P.S. – S Upside to Downside shunt moves

Grantham – – SL Platform detail must be shown

Nottingham Branch Jn – –

Trains on up/down slow line

To/from Allington West Jn – LN195

Claypole Loops – –

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 17 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Newark North Gate – – Platform detail must be shown

Signal D83 – – S

Newark Crossing South Jn To/from Newark Crossing East Jn – LN210

Newark Flat Crossing – –

Carlton Loops – – S For train planning purposes, this location is

known as Carlton On Trent Loop

D1341 G.P.S. – S P1 to P2 shunt/access to Worksop line

Retford – SL – Platform detail must be shown for stopping

trains and non-stopping via platform lines

Retford Western Jn To/from Thrumpton West Jn – LN748

Retford Signal D156 _ S

Babworth Loop – S Bi–directional loop, down slow after Retford

Ranskill Loops – – S

Loversall Carr Jn WSL – – To/From Flyover West Jn – LN160

Loversall Jn From Flyover East Jn – LN155

Black Carr Jn ESL ESL – Mandatory East Slow Lines

To/from Bessacarr Jn – LN220

Potteric Carr Jn – ESL ESL – Mandatory East Slow Lines

To/from Low Ellers Curve Jn – LN764

Doncaster Railport – S

Doncaster Up Decoy ESL – S

Doncaster Sig D254 ESL S Crew relief point on Up East Slow

Decoy North Junction DFL

DS1

DS2

DR –

X To/from Decoy South Jn – LN150

Doncaster Signal D249 – S

Doncaster Belmont Down Yard – – S

Bridge Junction – – To/from St James Jn – LN832

Mandatory West Slow Lines

South Yorkshire Junction To/from Hexthorpe Jn – LN826

Doncaster – – FL

ESL

WSL

Platform detail must be shown

Doncaster West Yard – – S

Marshgate Junction – – S To/from Leeds – LN836

To/from Hull/Cleethorpes – LN752

Arksey Loop – S

Shaftholme Junction – – To/from Temple Hirst Jn LN600

To/from Knottingley – LN889

LN105 MOORGATE TO FINSBURY PARK JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Moorgate – Platform details must be shown

Old Street – – S

Essex Road – – S

Highbury and Islington – – S Platform details must be shown

Drayton Park – –

Finsbury Park FL SL

SL2 To/from Alexandra Palace – LN101

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 18 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN110 CANONBURY WEST JUNCTION TO FINSBURY PARK JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Canonbury West Jn – – To/from North London Line – EA1320

Highbury Vale Jn – –

Finsbury Park SL SL2 – To/from Alexandra Palace – LN101

LN115 COPENHAGEN JUNCTION TO CAMDEN ROAD CENTRAL JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Copenhagen Junction – SL X To/From Alexandra Palace – LN101

York Way North Junction – – To/from Silo Curve Jn – SO410A

Camden Road Incline Junction

To/from Cedar Jn – SO420

Camden Road Central Junction – – X To/from North London Line – EA1320

LN120 WOOD GREEN NORTH JUNCTION TO LANGLEY JUNCTION (VIA

HERTFORD)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Wood Green North Junction To/from King’s Cross – LN101

Bounds Green T&RSMD – S

Bowes Park – – S

Bowes Park RRL – S

Palmers Green – – S

Winchmore Hill – – S

Grange Park – – S

Enfield Chase – – S

Gordon Hill – –

Platform details must be shown

Crews Hill – – S

Cuffley – – S

Bayford – – S

Hertford North CHS – – S

Hertford North DCS – – S

Hertford North – – Platform details must be shown

Molewood Junction – – X

Watton at Stone – – S

Bragbury Junction – – X

Langley South Junction – – X

Langley Junction SL DL To/from Stevenage – LN101

LN125 HITCHIN CAMBRIDGE JUNCTION TO ROYSTON (INCLUSIVE)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Hitchin DCF – To/from Stevenage – LN101

Hitchin Up Yard – – S

Hitchin Signal K228 – S Reversing point on Up Slow

Hitchin East Junction From Hitchin – LN126

Letchworth Garden City – –

Letchworth CSD – – S Trains into Letchworth CSD to/from the

station must run via Letchworth A/D Line

and reverse at Letchworth CS Reception

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 19 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN125 HITCHIN CAMBRIDGE JUNCTION TO ROYSTON (INCLUSIVE)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Letchworth A/D Line – – S

Letchworth CS Reception – – S X

Baldock – – S

Ashwell and Morden – – S

Royston – – Platform details must be shown

To/from Shepreth Branch Jn – EA1230

LN126 HITCHIN NORTH JUNCTION TO HITCHIN EAST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Hitchin North Junction To/from King’s Cross LN101

Hitchin East Junction To Cambridge LN125

LN135 KING’S DYKE TO CRESCENT JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

King’s Dyke To/from Whittlesea – EA1560

Peterborough East Junction – GL –

Crescent Jn To/from Peterborough – LN101

LN147 HELPSTON JUNCTION TO UFFINGTON

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Helpston Junction To/from Peterborough LN101

Uffington To/from LN3615

LN150 FLYOVER EAST JUNCTION TO DECOY NORTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Flyover East Junction To/from Gainsborough Trent Jn – LN170

To Loversall Jn – LN155. Only accessible

in the Up direction from the Down Lincoln

Flyover West Junction To/from Loversall Carr Jn – LN160

Decoy South Junction – – DLF To/from St Catherine’s Jn – LN762

Doncaster Down Decoy – – S

Doncaster RMT – – S

Decoy North Junction DFL

DS1

DS2

DR –

– Mandatory West Slow lines.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 20 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN155 FLYOVER EAST JUNCTION TO LOVERSALL JUNCTION (UP LOVERSALL

CURVE)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Flyover East Junction From Flyover West Jn – LN150. Line is

Up direction only

Loversall Junction To Loversall Carr Jn – LN101

LN160 LOVERSALL CARR JUNCTION TO FLYOVER WEST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Loversall Carr Junction – From Retford – LN101

Rossington Colliery Junction – – X To/from Rossington Colliery – LN235

Flyover West Junction To/from Decoy North Jn – LN150

LN165 HARRINGAY PARK JUNCTION TO HARRINGAY JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Harringay Park Junction – – To/from Upper Holloway – EA1370

Harringay Junction To Hornsey – LN101

LN170 WERRINGTON JUNCTION TO FLYOVER EAST JUNCTION (VIA LINCOLN)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Werrington Junction – SL To/from Peterborough – LN101

Spalding – –

Quadring Signal WS7071 –

Quadring Signal WS7070 –

Sleaford South Junction DA – To/from Sleaford East Jn – LN175

Sleaford North Junction – UA To/from Sleaford West Jn–LN180

Ruskington – – S

Metheringham – –

Pelham Street Junction – – To/from Langworth S.B. – LN200

Lincoln Central – –

Platform details must be shown

East Holmes Jn SL FL – X

West Holmes Junction – SL FL To/from Boultham Jn – LN206

Pyewipe Junction – – X F To/from Boultham Junction –LN215

Saxilby – –

Gainsborough Lea Road – –

Gainsborough Trent Junction – – To/from Gainsborough Central – LN736

To/from Clarborough Jn – LN736

Beckingham Loops – – S

Bessacarr Junction – –

To/from Black Carr Jn – LN150

Flyover East Junction To/from Decoy South Jn – LN150

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 21 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN175 SLEAFORD SOUTH JUNCTION TO SLEAFORD EAST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Sleaford South Jn – –

To/From Spalding – LN170

Sleaford East Jn To/from Sleaford – LN185

LN180 SLEAFORD WEST JUNCTION TO SLEAFORD NORTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Sleaford West Jn To/from Sleaford Station – LN185

Sleaford North Jn – –

To/from Metheringham – LN170

LN185 ALLINGTON WEST JUNCTION TO SKEGNESS

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Allington West Jn – – To/from Bottesford West Jn – LN3625.

Refer to East Midlands Timetable Planning

Rules

Allington North Jn – – X To/from Allington East Jn – LN190

Ancaster – – S

Rauceby – –

Sleaford West Junction To/from Sleaford North Jn – LN180

Sleaford – – Platform detail must be shown

To/from Sleaford North Jn – LN180

Sleaford East Junction To/from Sleaford South Jn – LN175

Heckington – –

Swineshead – – S

Hubberts Bridge – –

Sleaford Jn

Boston Docks – – S

Boston – –

Grand Sluice Jn

Sibsey SB – –

Bellwater Junction SB – –

Thorpe Culvert – – S

Wainfleet – –

Havenhouse – – S

Skegness – Platform detail must be shown

LN190 ALLINGTON EAST JUNCTION TO ALLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION

(ALLINGTON CHORD)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Allington East Junction – – X To/from Grantham Nottingham Branch Jn

– LN195

Allington North Junction – – X To/from Rauceby – LN185

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 22 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN195 GRANTHAM NOTTINGHAM BRANCH JUNCTION TO ALLINGTON WEST JN

(INCLUSIVE)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Grantham Nottingham Branch

– – To/from Grantham – LN101

Allington East Jn – – X To/from Allington North Jn – LN190

Allington West Junction – – To/from Rauceby – LN185

To/from Bottesford West Jn – LN3635.

Refer to East Midlands Timetable Planning

Rules

LN200 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO PELHAM STREET JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Wrawby Junction – – To/from Barnetby LN736

Holton-le-Moor – –

Market Rasen – – S

Wickenby SB – –

Langworth SB – –

Welton BP – – S Petroleum sidings

Pelham Street Junction – – To/from Lincoln Central LN170

LN206 NEWARK FLAT CROSSING (INCLUSIVE) TO WEST HOLMES JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Newark Flat Crossing – – To/from Newark Castle – LN3625. Refer to

East Midlands Timetable Planning Rules

Newark Crossing East Junction – – To/from Newark North Gate – LN210

Collingham – – S

Swinderby – – S

Hykeham – – S

Boultham Junction – – To/from Pyewipe Jn – LN215

West Holmes Jn – – To/from Lincoln – LN170

LN210 NEWARK CROSSING CURVE LINE

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Newark Crossing South Jn To/from Newark North Gate – LN101

Newark Crossing East Jn

To/from Boultham – LN206

LN215 BOULTHAM JUNCTION TO PYEWIPE JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Boultham Jn – – To/from Newark Crossing East Junction –

LN206

Pyewipe Jn – – X To/from Saxilby – LN170

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 23 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN220 BESSACARR JUNCTION TO BLACK CARR JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Bessacarr Jn – – To/from Gainsborough Trent Jn – LN170

Black Carr Jn ESL – To/from Doncaster – LN101

LN235 ROSSINGTON COLLIERY BRANCH

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Rossington Colliery – –

Rossington Colliery Jn – – X To/from Flyover West Jn – LN160

LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Shaftholme Junction – – To/from Haywood Jn– LN889

To/from Doncaster – LN101

Joan Croft Junction – – X To/from Applehurst Jn – LN844

Doncaster Signal D866 – S For trains that reverse to propel into Heck

Plasmor PS

Heck Plasmor PS – S

Temple Hirst Junction – – To/from Selby – LN910

Hambleton South Junction – – X To/from Hambleton West Junction –

LN904

Hambleton North Junction – – To/from Hambleton East Junction – LN906

Colton Junction –

LSL

NNL

–

LSL NNL Trains To/from Hambleton Junction to be –

(blank line) unless crossing.

Trains from Church Fenton be LSL or NNL

To/from Church Fenton – LN854

Colton North Junction LSL NNL X

York Holgate Sidings – LSL S

Holgate Junction To/from Skelton Jn via Slow lines – LN618

York – AL LSL NNL Platform detail must be shown

York NRM – S

York LIP – – S

York TPE – S

Skelton Junction FL SL – DL SL DL only to be used in Up direction for

trains from Poppleton or Slow lines

To/from Poppleton – LN838

To/from Holgate Jn via Slow Lines –

LN618

Skelton Bridge Junction FL SL FL SL X

Tollerton FL SL FL SL

Thirsk FL SL FL SL

Longlands Junction – SL X To/from Boroughbridge Road LC – LN627

Northallerton – – SL

Northallerton High Junction To/from Northallerton East Jn – LN626

Northallerton Reversing Line – S To/from Castle Hills – LN624

Darlington Dn Pass Loop – S

Darlington South Junction To/from Eaglescliffe – LN631

Darlington – – Platform or Loop detail must be shown

Darlington Up Sidings – – S

Darlington North Junction To/from Heighington – LN678

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 24 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Ferryhill South Junction – SL – To/from Norton West Junction – LN646

Ferryhill Old Yard T.C. – – S

Ferryhill Up Goods Loop – – S

Thrislington – – S

Kelloe Access Line Junction

Tursdale Junction – – SL

Durham – –

Durham Sig T358 – S

Durham Sig T357 – S

Chester-le-Street – – S

Birtley Junction – SL –

Tyne Yard Sig T176 – S

Tyne S.S. – – S

Tyne Yard Sig T193 – S

Low Fell Junction – – SL X To/from Norwood Jn – LN684

King Edward Bridge South

Junction – FL SL

UML – To/from Norwood Jn – LN682

To/from King Edward Bridge East Jn –

LN676

King Edward Bridge North

Junction – SL Slow line only To/from King Edward Bridge

East Jn – LN620

Newcastle West Junction To/from Forth Banks – LN622

Newcastle – DML

SL UML – SL DSL

ML DML

8SL

8DS

8ML

Platform detail must be shown

Standard line designations

These line designations only to be used

when departing from Platform 7 via

Platform 8

Newcastle East Junction To/From High Level Bridge Junction –

LN627

Manors – ML – SL S

Heaton South Junction – GL – DML

SL UML

Heaton TRSMD – S

Heaton North Junction – – GL X

Benton North Junction – – X To/from Newsham L.C. – LN694

Cramlington – – S

Morpeth – GL – To/from Hepscott Jn – LN696

Morpeth Loop

Morpeth North Junction – X To/from Hepscott Jn – LN694

Pegswood – – S

Butterwell Junction – – X To/from Butterwell – LN700

Widdrington – – S

Chevington Loops – – S

Acklington – – S

Wooden Gate Junction – – S

Alnmouth for Alnwick – –

Chathill – – S

Belford – –

Crag Mill Loops – – S

Tweedmouth FD – S

Berwick upon Tweed – – Platform detail must be shown

Berwick Goods Loops – – S

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 25 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Signal EG403 – Down trains To Reston – SC147

Signal EG402 – Up trains From Reston – SC147

Reston GSP

LN618 HOLGATE JUNCTION TO SKELTON JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Holgate Junction To/from Colton North Jn – LN600

York Yard South Junction – LSL – Trains to Holgate Sidings/Loop to be –

(blank line).

Trains to Colton Junction/ Colton North

Junction must be LSL.

York Yard South – – S

York GR Shed – – S

York NRM Annexe (Warehouse

Yard) – – S

York Engineers’ Yard – – S

York Yard North – – S

Skelton Junction FL SL SL To/from Skelton Bridge Jn – LN600

To/from Poppleton – LN838

LN620 KING EDWARD BRIDGE EAST JUNCTION TO KING EDWARD BRIDGE

NORTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

King Edward Bridge East

Junction

– – To/from Greensfield Jn – LN676

King Edward Bridge North

Junction USL – To/from Newcastle – LN600

LN622 FORTH BRANCH

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Newcastle West Junction To/from Newcastle – LN600

Forth Banks –

LN624 NORTHALLERTON CASTLE HILLS JUNCTION TO CASTLE HILLS WEST

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Castle Hills Junction To/from Northallerton – LN600

Castle Hills Loop – – S

Castle Hills West GF To/from Wensleydale Railway

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 26 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN626 NORTHALLERTON HIGH JUNCTION TO NORTHALLERTON EAST

JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Northallerton High Junction To/from Thirsk – LN600

Northallerton Signal Y478 – S

Northallerton East Jn – – To/from Yarm/Eaglescliffe LN627

LN627 LONGLANDS JUNCTION TO NEWCASTLE EAST JUNCTION VIA THE

COAST

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Longlands Junction – – SL

To/from Thirsk – LN600

Boroughbridge Road LC – –

Northallerton East Jn. – – To/from Northallerton High Jn – LN626

Yarm – – S

Eaglescliffe – –

To/from Dinsdale – LN631

Stockton Cut Junction – – To/from Bowesfield Jn – LN632

Hartburn Junction – – To/from Bowesfield Jn – LN644

Stockton Sig B907 – S Reversing point on Up line

Stockton TJ Thompson – – S

Stockton – – P

Norton South Junction – – To/from Norton West Jn – LN646

Norton East Junction – – X To/from Norton West Jn – LN648

Billingham Junction – – To/from Belasis Lane – LN652

Billingham – – S

Greatham SB – –

Hartlepool South Works – S

Seaton Snook Junction – – X To/from Seaton on Tees Branch – LN656

Seaton Carew – – S

Cliffe House DGL – S UGL Out of use

Hartlepool – – Platform detail must be shown

Horden Sig 7137 –

Horden Sig 7150 –

Hartlepool Docks – S

Seaham Harbour – S

Seaham – –

Ryhope Grange Sidings – S

Ryhope Grange Junction – – To/from Hendon – LN662

Siding 1 – S

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 27 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN627 LONGLANDS JUNCTION TO NEWCASTLE EAST JUNCTION VIA THE

COAST

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Sunderland South Junction To/from South Hylton – LN628

Sunderland – – DSH

Platform detail must be shown

DSH for trains terminating at Park Lane

St Peter’s – – S

Stadium of Light – – S

Seaburn – – S

East Boldon – – S

East Boldon Up Loop –

Boldon East Junction – – X To/from Boldon North Jn – LN666

Brockley Whins – –P

Boldon West Junction – – F To/from Boldon North Jn – LN666

Fellgate – – S

Pelaw Metro Jn – – X Tyne & Wear Metro Trains only

To/from Pelaw South Junction – LN629

To/from Pelaw North Junction – LN630

Pelaw Junction – – To/from Jarrow – LN670

To/from Wardley – LN672

Pelaw Goods Loop – – S

Heworth – – S

Tyneside CFD – – S Presently out of use

Park Lane Jn – – To/from Greensfield Jn – LN676

High Level Bridge Junction – – To/from Greensfield Junction – LN674

High Level Bridge Central Jn – –

Newcastle East Junction To/from Newcastle – LN600

LN628 SOUTH HYLTON TO SUNDERLAND SOUTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

South Hylton –

Pallion – – S

Millfield – – S

University (Sunderland) – – S

Sunderland Park Lane – – S

Siding 2 – S For train planning purposes, this location is

known as Sunderland Burdon Dock Sdg

Sunderland South Junction To/from Sunderland – LN627

LN629 PELAW METRO JUNCTION TO PELAW SOUTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Pelaw Metro Junction – X Down direction only

From Sunderland – LN627

Pelaw South Junction To Tyne & Wear Metro

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 28 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN630 PELAW NORTH JUNCTION TO PELAW METRO JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Pelaw North Junction From Tyne & Wear Metro

Pelaw Metro Junction – X Up direction only

To Sunderland – LN627

LN631 DARLINGTON SOUTH JUNCTION TO EAGLESCLIFFE SOUTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Darlington South Jn To/from Darlington – LN600

Dinsdale – –

Tees–side Airport – – S

Allens West – – S

Eaglescliffe South Junction To/from Northallerton or Boroughbridge

L.C. – LN627

LN632 STOCKTON CUT JUNCTION TO SALTBURN

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Stockton Cut Junction – – To/from Eaglescliffe – LN627

Bowesfield Junction – – To/from Hartburn Jn – LN644

Thornaby East Junction – ML GL – F

Thornaby – – P

Thornaby No.1 – S

Tees NY – – S

Newport East Jn ML GL – FL

GL1 GL2 F

Middlesbrough Goods Yard – S

Middlesbrough Dawson’s – – S

Middlesbrough West Dock – S

Middlesbrough – ML GL – ML GL Platform detail must be shown

Middlesbrough Carriage Sdgs – S

Guisborough Junction – – P To/from Nunthorpe – LN634

Whitehouse Jn – – ML GL F

South Bank Jn ML GL – F

South Bank – – S

Beam Mill Junction GL GL F To/from Lackenby – LN636

Grangetown (Cleveland) ML GL ML GL F

Tees Dock – S

Grangetown Junction – ML GL X

Shell Junction – ML GL X To/from Wilton – LN638

Redcar Ore Terminal Junction – – X

Redcar Bulk Terminal – – S

Redcar Mineral Terminal – – S

British Steel Redcar – – S

Redcar Central – –

Redcar East – – S

Longbeck – – S

Marske – – S

Saltburn West Junction – – To/from Boulby – LN642

Saltburn – Platform detail must be shown

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 29 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN634 GUISBOROUGH JUNCTION TO WHITBY

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Guisborough Junction – – To/from Middlesbrough – LN632

James Cook – – S

Marton – – S

Gypsy Lane – – S

Nunthorpe – – Platform detail must be shown

Nunthorpe Signal N1 – – S

Great Ayton – – S

Battersby – – Train reverses – See Section 5.3

Kildale – – S

Commondale – – S

Castleton Moor – – S

Danby – – S

Lealholm – – S

Glaisdale – –

Egton – – S

Grosmont – – S To/from North Yorkshire Moors Railway

Sleights – – S

Ruswarp – – S

Whitby – Platform detail must be shown

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 30 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN636 BEAM MILL JUNCTION TO SLAG ROAD (LACKENBY)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Beam Mill Junction – GL F To/from Middlesbrough – LN632

Slag Road LC – – NR boundary

To/from Lackenby BSC

LN638 GRANGETOWN SHELL JUNCTION TO CLEVELAND FREIGHTLINER

TERMINAL (WILTON)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Shell Junction – ML GL X To/from Grangetown – LN632

ICI Wilton Junction To/from ICI Wilton Coal Terminal – LN640

Wilton EFW Terminal – – S

Wilton FLT –

LN640 ICI WILTON COAL TERMINAL

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

ICI Wilton Junction To/from Shell Jn – LN638

Wilton Coal Terminal –

LN642 SALTBURN WEST JUNCTION TO BOULBY POTASH MINE

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Salburn West Junction – – To/from Redcar Central – LN632

Crag Hall Signal Box – – Token Exchange Point

Skinningrove BSC – – S

Boulby Potash Reception – – S

Boulby Mine Carlin How – – S

LN644 HARTBURN JUNCTION TO BOWESFIELD JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Hartburn Junction – – To/from Stockton – LN627

Bowesfield Junction – – To/from Thornaby – LN632

LN646 NORTON-ON-TEES SOUTH TO FERRYHILL SOUTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Norton South Jn – – To/from Stockton – LN627

Norton West Jn – – To/from Norton East Jn – LN648

Ferryhill South Jn – SL – To/from Darlington – LN600

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 31 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN648 NORTON-ON-TEES WEST TO NORTON-ON-TEES EAST

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Norton West Jn – – To/from Ferryhill South Jn – LN646

Norton East Jn – – X To/from Billingham – LN627

LN652 BILLINGHAM JUNCTION TO SEAL SANDS STORAGE

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Billingham Jn – – To/from Norton Jns – LN627

Belasis Lane SB – – Trains to/from Phillips Loop direction Must

stop for token exchange See 5.3

Haverton Hill East Grid – S

Port Clarence Sidings: Bells Bank – S

Port Clarence Sidings: Petroplus S

Phillips Loop – – Must stop for ground frame operation see

5.3

Port Clarance Refinery S

Port Clarence Phillip’s – S

North Tees Level Crossing Present end of route

Seal Sands Branch Jn – – Permanently Out of Use

Seal Sands Storage – Permanently Out of Use

LN656 SEATON-ON-TEES BRANCH

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Seaton Snook Jn – – X To/from Seaton Carew – LN627

Hartlepool Power Station –

LN662 RYHOPE GRANGE JUNCTION TO HENDON (SUNDERLAND DOCKS)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Ryhope Grange Jn – – To/from Seaham – LN627

Hendon – –

Sunderland South Dock –

LN664 BOLDON EAST JUNCTION TO BOLDON NORTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Boldon East Jn – – X To/from Sunderland – LN627

Boldon North Jn – – To/from Green Lane – LN666

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 32 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN666 BOLDON WEST JUNCTION TO TYNE DOCK

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Boldon West Junction – – To/from Pelaw – LN627

Boldon North Junction – – To/from Boldon East Jn LN664

Green Lane Junction – – Green Lane Junction and Tyne Dock are

within Port of Tyne Authority land and are

not Network Rail infrastructure.

Tyne Dock

LN670 JARROW BRANCH

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Pelaw Jn – – To/from Park Lane Jn – LN627

Jarrow Shell Depot – S

LN674 HIGH LEVEL BRIDGE JUNCTION TO GREENSFIELD JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

High Level Bridge Jn – – To/from Newcastle East Jn – LN627

Greensfield Jn – – To/from King Edward Bridge East Jn –

LN676

LN676 PARK LANE JUNCTION TO KING EDWARD BRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Park Lane Junction – UML – To/from Pelaw Jn – LN627

Greensfield Jn NB All trains to be

timed here including those on the

Gateshead line

– – To/from High Level Bridge Jn – Access

to/from the Down Greensfield West Up

only – LN674

King Edward Bridge East

Junction

– – DML

To/from King Edward Bridge North Jn –

LN620

King Edward Bridge South Jn – – To/from Birtley Jn – LN600

To/from Norwood Jn – LN682

Note

Trains in Up Direction is towards Park Lane Junction and the Down Direction is towards King Edward Bridge

Junction

LN678 DARLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION TO EASTGATE

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Darlington North Junction To/from Darlington – LN600

North Road – –

Merchant Park – – S

Heighington – –

Newton Aycliffe – –

Shildon – –

Bishop Auckland Platform detail must be shown

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 33 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN678 DARLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION TO EASTGATE

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Bishop Auckland West Bishop Auckland Jn (Exclusive) to

Eastgate is controlled by the Weardale

Railway who should be contacted for

permission to access the line.

Wolsingham Coal Handling

Plant

Eastgate –

LN682 KING EDWARD BRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION TO PETTERIL BRIDGE

JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

King Edward Bridge South

Junction

– – To/from Newcastle – LN600

To/from Greensfield Junction – LN676

Norwood Junction – – To/from Low Fell Junction – LN684

Dunston – – S

Metrocentre – –

Swalwell Junction – – S Trains reversing only

Blaydon – –

Wylam – –

Prudhoe – –

Stocksfield – – S

Riding Mill – – S

Corbridge – – S

Hexham – – Platform detail must be shown

Haydon Bridge – –

Bardon Mill – – S

Haltwhistle – –

Low Row S.B. – –

Brampton (Cumbria) – – S

Brampton Fell S.B. – –

Corby Gates S.B. – –

Wetheral – – S

Petteril Bridge Junction – – To/from London Road Jn – NW9901

LN684 LOW FELL JUNCTION TO NORWOOD JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Low Fell Junction – – SL X To/from Birtley Junction– LN600

Low Fell Royal Mail Terminal – – S

Norwood Junction – – To/from Metrocentre – LN682

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 34 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN694 BENTON NORTH JUNCTION TO MORPETH NORTH JUNCTION VIA

BEDLINGTON

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Benton North Junction – – X To/from Heaton South Jn – LN600

Newsham L.C. – –

Bedlington Furnaceway Sdgs –

Bedlington North LC – – To/from West Sleekburn Jn – LN702

Hepscott Junction

Morpeth North Junction – – X To/from Alnmouth for Alnwick – LN600

LN696 HEPSCOTT JUNCTION TO MORPETH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Hepscott Junction – – To/from Bedlington North LC – LN694

Morpeth Junction – – To/from Morpeth – LN600

LN698 BUTTERWELL SOUTH BRANCH

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

This part of the opencast site is now disconnected and not available for use

LN700 BUTTERWELL NORTH BRANCH

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Butterwell Junction – – X To/from Morpeth – LN600

Butterwell Opencast – S

Potland Burn – S

LN702 BEDLINGTON NORTH TO LYNEMOUTH ALCAN

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Bedlington North LC – – To/from Benton North Jn – LN694

West Sleekburn Junction – – To/from Winning – LN706

Marchey’s House Junction – – To/from Winning – LN708

Ashington Junction – –

Lynemouth Alcan – S

Lynemouth Power Station – S

LN706 WEST SLEEKBURN JUNCTION TO NORTH BLYTH

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

West Sleekburn Junction – – To/from Bedlington North – LN702

Winning Junction – – To/from Marchey’s House – LN708

Freeman’s LC – –

Battleship Wharf – S

North Blyth –

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 35 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN708 WINNING JUNCTION TO MARCHEY’S HOUSE JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Winning Junction – – To/from North Blyth – LN706

Marchey’s House Junction – – To/from Ashington – LN702

LN724 HOLGATE JUNCTION TO SKELTON JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Refer to LN618

LN736 CLEETHORPES TO NUNNERY MAIN LINE JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Cleethorpes – Platform detail must be shown

New Clee – – S

Grimsby Docks – – S

Pasture Street Signal 1000 – S Located Cleethorpes end of Down/Up

Passenger Loop

Pasture Street Signal 981 – S Located on Down/Up Main approaching

Grimsby Town

Grimsby Town – – Platform detail must be shown

Grimsby Marsh Junction – – X To/from Great Coates No.1 S.B. – LN740

Great Coates – – S

Healing – – S

Stallingborough – –

Habrough – –

Habrough Junction To/from Ulceby – LN741

Brocklesby Junction ML GL – To/from Ulceby – LN742

Barnetby FL DGL

SL – Platform detail must be shown

Wrawby Junction – FL SL

DGL To/from Scunthorpe – LN752

To/from Holton-le-Moor – LN200

Brigg – –

Kirton Lime Sidings – –

Kirton Lindsey – –

Northorpe SB – –

Gainsborough Central – –

Gainsborough Trent Jns – – To/from Bessacarr Jn – LN170

To/from Gainsborough Lea Road LN170

West Burton Power Station – – S

Clarborough Junction – – To/from Cottam Power Station – LN746

Gringley Road Loop – S

Retford Low Level – – Platform detail must be shown

Thrumpton West Junction – – To/from Retford High Level – LN748

Manton Wood Siding – S

Worksop – – Platform detail must be shown

Worksop SS – – S

Shireoaks East Junction – – To/from Woodend Jn – LN768

Shireoaks West Junction – – X To/from Woodend Jn – LN782

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 36 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN736 CLEETHORPES TO NUNNERY MAIN LINE JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Shireoaks – –

Brancliffe East Junction – – To/from Dinnington Jn – LN758

Kiveton Park – –

Kiveton Bridge – – S

Woodhouse Junction – – To/from Beighton Junction – LN816

Woodhouse Sidings – S

Woodhouse – – S

Darnall – – S

Woodburn Junction – – To/from Broughton Lane Jn – LN830

Nunnery Main Line Junction – – To/from Sheffield – LN804

LN738 GREAT COATES NO.1 TO UNION DOCK

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Great Coates No.1 SB – – To/from Grimsby Marsh Jn – LN740

Grimsby Union Dock –

LN740 MARSH WEST JUNCTION TO HUMBER ROAD JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Grimsby Marsh Junction – – X To/from Habrough – LN736

Grimsby West Marsh TC – S

Great Coates No.1 SB – – To/from Grimsby Union Dock – LN738

Pyewipe Road SB – To/from Yards

Immingham Texaco – S

Immingham East Jn. – – To/from Yards

Immingham TMD – – S

Immingham SS – – S

Immingham Reception – – S

Immingham A2 Siding – S

Immingham B4 Siding – S

Immingham Hargreaves – S

Humber Road Junction – – To/from Ulceby – LN742

LN741 HABROUGH JUNCTION TO ULCEBY SOUTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Habrough Junction To/from Habrough – LN736

Ulceby South Junction To/from Ulceby – LN742

LN742 KILLINGHOLME TO BROCKLESBY JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Killingholme –

Immingham Headshunt RR – S

Immingham Signal 253 – S Trains on Down Killingholme only

Immingham HIT – S

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 37 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN742 KILLINGHOLME TO BROCKLESBY JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Immingham Bulk Terminal – S

Immingham Ore Terminal – S

Immingham West Junction – –

Immingham Storage West – S

Immingham Dock CT – S

Immingham Mineral Quay – S

Immingham Pad 1 – S

Humber Road Junction – – To/from Immingham East Jn – LN740

Lindsey Oil Refinery – – S

Humber Oil Refinery – – S

Ulceby North Junction To/from Barton-on-Humber – LN744

Ulceby – –

Ulceby South Junction To/from Habrough Jn – LN741

Brocklesby Junction ML GL – To/from Barnetby – LN736

LN744 ULCEBY NORTH JUNCTION TO BARTON ON HUMBER

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Ulceby North Junction To/from Ulceby – LN742

Thornton Abbey – – S All trains in the down direction must come

to a stand to wait for the Drivers White

Lights for Barton Road Level Crossing

Goxhill – – S

Oxmarsh – – S # Stop required for Token Working

New Holland – – S

Barrow Haven – – S

Barton on Humber – –

LN746 COTTAM POWER STATION TO CLARBOROUGH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Cottam Power Station –

Clarborough Junction – – To/from Retford – LN736

LN748 RETFORD WESTERN JUNCTION TO THRUMPTON WEST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Retford Western Junction – To/from Retford (High Level) – LN101

Thrumpton West Junction – – To/from Worksop – LN736

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 38 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN750 WOODBURN JUNCTION TO DEEPCAR

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Woodburn Junction – – To/from Woodhouse – LN736

To/from Broughton Lane Jn – LN830

Deepcar NR boundary

Stocksbridge Works –

LN752 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO MARSHGATE JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Wrawby Junction – FL SL

DGL To/from Brocklesby – LN736

Foreign Ore Branch Junction – – X To/from Santon F.O.T. –LN754

North Lincoln Junction DSG – X

Scunthorpe Corus CHP – S

Scunthorpe Anchor Exchange – S

Scunthorpe Container Terminal – S

Scunthorpe Entrance ‘C’ – S

Scunthorpe Trent TC – DSG S

Scunthorpe Trent Junction – – X To/from Roxby – LN756

Scunthorpe FD – – S

Frodingham Jn – – ML

USG X

Scunthorpe – – Platform detail must be shown

Scunthorpe West Jn

Gunhouse Loop – S

Althorpe – – S

Crowle – –

Thorne South – – S

Thorne Junction – SL – To/from Goole – LN912

Hatfield Colliery – USL – SF

Hatfield & Stainforth – SL – SL To/from Applehurst Jn –LN842

Kirk Sandall – – S

Kirk Sandall Junction – – SL XF To/from Low Ellers Curve Jn – LN758

Bentley Junction – AL – To/from Hexthorpe Jn – LN826

Marshgate Junction To/from Doncaster – LN101

LN754 SCUNTHORPE FOREIGN ORE BRANCH

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Foreign Ore Branch Junction – – To/from Appleby – LN752

Santon Foreign Ore Terminal –

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 39 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN756 SCUNTHORPE TRENT JUNCTION TO ROXBY

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Scunthorpe Trent Junction – – X To/from North Lincoln Jn – LN752

Normanby Park GF – – S

Dragonby Sidings – – S

Flixborough Wharf – S

Roxby Gullet –

LN758 BRANCLIFFE EAST JUNCTION TO KIRK SANDALL JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Brancliffe East Junction – – To/from Shireoaks – LN736

WP605 Signal –

WP606 Signal –

Dinnington Junction – –

Maltby RJB Mining S

Maltby Colliery SB – –

Firbeck Junction – –

St Catherines Junction – – To/from Decoy South Junction –LN762

Low Ellers Curve Junction – – To/from PottericCarr Junction –LN764

Kirk Sandall Junction – SL – To/from Hatfield and Stainforth – LN752

LN762 ST CATHERINE’S JUNCTION TO DECOY SOUTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

St Catherine’s Junction – – To/from Brancliffe East Jn – LN758

Decoy South Junction – – To/from Decoy North Jn – LN150

LN764 ST CATHERINE’S JUNCTION TO POTTERIC CARR JUNCTION (LOW

ELLERS CURVE)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

St Catherine’s Junction – – To/from Brancliffe East Jn – LN758

Low Ellers Curve Junction – –

Potteric Carr Junction – – To/from Doncaster Up Decoy – LN101

LN766 BENTLEY JUNCTION TO HEXTHORPE JUNCTION (DONCASTER

AVOIDING LINE)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Bentley Junction AL – To/from Hatfield & Stainforth – LN752

Hexthorpe Junction – AL To/from Conisbrough – LN826

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 40 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN768 MANSFIELD WOODHOUSE TO SHIREOAKS EAST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Mansfield Woodhouse – – To/from Kirkby Lane End Jn – LN3273

Shirebrook – – S

Shirebrook Jn – – F To/from Warsop Jn – LN722

Shirebrook East Junction To/from Warsop Jn – LN784

Langwith Whaley Thorns – – S

Creswell – – S

Elmton & Cresswell Jn – – F

Whitwell Derby SB – – F

Whitwell – – S

Woodend Junction – – To/from Shireoaks West Jn – LN736

Shireoaks East Junction – – To/from Worksop – LN736

LN772 WARSOP JUNCTION TO SHIREBROOK JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Warsop Junction – – To/from Welbeck Colliery Jn – LN784

Shirebrook Junction – – X To/from Mansfield – LN768

LN774 BARROW NORTH HILL JUNCTION TO OXCROFT DISPOSAL POINT

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Barrow Hill North Jn – – To/from Tapton Jn – LN768

Hall Lane Junction – –

Seymour Junction – –

Oxcroft Junction – –

Oxcroft RJB Mining – S

LN776 HALL LANE JUNCTION TO FOXLOW JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Hall Lane Junction – – To/from Seymour Jn – LN774

Foxlow Junction – – X To/from Beighton Jn – LN806

LN778 SEYMOUR JUNCTION TO BOLSOVER

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Seymour Junction – – To/from Hall Lane Jn – LN774

Bolsover Coalite – S

LN782 WOODEND JUNCTION TO SHIREOAKS WEST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Woodend Junction – – To/from Whitwell – LN757

Shireoaks West Junction – – X To/from Shireoaks – LN736

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 41 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN784 HIGH MARNHAM TO SHIREBROOK EAST JUNCTIONS

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

High Marnham – –

Boughton Junction – – X To/from Bevercotes – LN786

Thoresby Colliery Junction – – To/from Thoresby Colliery – LN788

Clipstone East Junction – – To/from Clipstone South Jn – LN790

Clipstone West Junction – – To/from Clipstone South Jn – LN800

Welbeck Colliery Junction – – To/from Welbeck Colliery – LN802

Warsop Junction – – To/from Shirebrook Jn – LN772

Shirebrook East Junction – – To/from Woodend Jn – LN768

LN786 BEVERCOTES COLLIERY BRANCH

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Boughton Junction – – To/from High Marnham – LN784

Bevercotes Colliery – S

LN788 THORESBY COLLIERY BRANCH

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Thoresby Colliery Junction – – To/from High Marnham – LN784

Thoresby Colliery – S

LN790 RUFFORD NO.1 COAL STACKING SITE TO CLIPSTONE EAST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Clipstone South Junction – – Line OOU beyond 10m68ch

Clipstone East Junction – – To/from High Marnham – LN784

LN800 CLIPSTONE SOUTH JUNCTION TO CLIPSTONE WEST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Clipstone South Junction – – To/from Clipstone Colliery Jn – LN790

Clipstone West Junction – – To/from Warsop Jn – LN784

LN802 WELBECK COLLIERY BRANCH

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Welbeck Colliery Junction – – To/from High Marnham – LN784

Welbeck Colliery Run Round – –

Welbeck Colliery – S

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 42 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN804 TAPTON JUNCTION TO GASCOIGNE WOOD JUNCTION VIA SHEFFIELD

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Tapton Junction – ML UBH

DBH To/from Chesterfield – LN3201

To/from Barrow Hill North Jn – LN806

Dronfield – – S

Dore South Jn – – X To/from Dore West Jn – LN807

Dore Station Junction – – To/from Dore West Junction – LN808

Heeley Up Loop – S

Sheffield Signal S77 DPL X

Sheffield Signal S81 – S

Sheffield HS – S

Sheffield – Platform detail must be shown

Nunnery Main Line Junction – –

To/from Woodburn Jn – LN736

Mill Race Junction – – X

Attercliffe Sidings – – S

Brightside Up & Down East Slow – – S

Brightside Jn – SL – GL X

Wincobank Jn – SL To / From Eccelsfield West SB LN868

Meadowhall Interchange – – S

Holmes Junction – DGL – To/from Rotherham Central – LN818

Masborough Junction – – XF To/from Beighton Jn – LN806

Aldwarke Junction – – To/from Rotherham Central – LN830

To/from Thrybergh Junction – LN828

Swinton – – To/from Mexborough – LN826

Bolton upon Dearne – – S

Goldthorpe – – S

Thurnscoe – – S

Moorthorpe Goods Loop – – S

Moorthorpe – – To/from South Kirkby Jn – LN824

Moorthorpe Signal L6586 - S

Pontefract Baghill – – S

Ferrybridge North Junction – – To/from Knottingley – LN892

Ferrybridge PowerGen – S

Ferrybridge HS – S

Ferrybridge NP Depot – S

Milford Jn – – To/from Castleford – LN854

To/from Church Fenton – LN854

Milford West Sdgs – – S

Gascoigne Wood Junction – – To/from Hambleton West Jn – LN898

LN806 TAPTON JUNCTION TO MASBOROUGH JUNCTION VIA ‘OLD ROAD’

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Tapton Junction – – To/from Chesterfield – LN3201

Barrow Hill South Junction – GL – X

Barrow Hill SS – – S

Barrow Hill North Junction – – To/from Hall Lane Jn – LN774

Foxlow Junction – – X To/from Hall Lane Jn – LN776

Westthorpe Run Round – S

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 43 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN806 TAPTON JUNCTION TO MASBOROUGH JUNCTION VIA ‘OLD ROAD’

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Beighton Junction – – To/from Woodhouse Junction – LN816

Treeton Junction – – F

Up Canklow Goods Loop – – S

Masborough SS South Junction – – X S

Masborough FD – S

Masborough Junction – – X F To/from Aldwarke Jn – LN804

LN807 DORE SOUTH JUNCTION TO DORE WEST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Dore South Junction – – X To/from Dronfield – LN804

Dore West Junction – – To/from Totley Tunnel East Jn – LN808

LN808 DORE STATION JUNCTION TO TOTLEY TUNNEL EAST

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Dore Station Jn – – To/from Sheffield – LN804

Dore & Totley – – S

Dore West Jn – –

To/from Dore South Jn – LN807

Totley Tunnel East – – To/from Grindleford – NW9001

LN809 SHEPCOTE LANE WEST JUNCTION TO TINSLEY YARD EAST END

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Shepcote Lane West Junction To/from Tinsley South Jn – LN810

Shepcote Lane East Junction – – For train planning purposes, this location is

known as Shepcote Lane Jn.

To/from Broughton Lane Jn – LN812

Tinsley Yard –

LN810 SHEPCOTE LANE WEST JUNCTION TO TINSLEY SOUTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Shepcote Lane West Junction To/from Shepcote Lane East Jn – LN809

Tinsley South Junction – – To/from Tinsley East Jn – LN830

LN812 SHEPCOTE LANE EAST JUNCTION TO BROUGHTON LANE JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Shepcote Lane East Junction – – To/from Tinsley Yard – LN809

Broughton Lane Junction – – To/From Woodburn Junction- LN830

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 44 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN814 TINSLEY NORTH JUNCTION TO SHEFFIELD TRAM TRANSFER LINE

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Tinsley North Junction – – Tram Only To/from LN830

Sheffield Tram W210 – –

LN815 PARKGATE JUNCTION TO SHEFFIELD TRAM PARKGATE TRANSFER

LINE

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Parkgate Junction – – Tram Only To/from LN830

Sheffield Tram Parkgate – –

LN816 BEIGHTON JUNCTION TO WOODHOUSE JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Beighton Junction – – To/from Barrow Hill North Jn – LN806

Beighton Station Junction Signal

Box

Woodhouse Junction – – To/from Woodburn Jn – LN736

LN818 HOLMES JUNCTION TO ROTHERHAM CENTRAL JUNCTION (HOLMES

CURVE)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Holmes Junction – – To/from Meadowhall – LN804

Rotherham Booth’s – S

Rotherham Central Junction – – To/from Aldwarke Jn – LN830

LN824 MOORTHORPE JUNCTION TO SOUTH KIRKBY JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Moorthorpe – – To/from Swinton – LN804

South Kirkby Junction – – To/from Hare Park Jn – LN836

LN826 DONCASTER SOUTH YORKSHIRE JUNCTION TO SWINTON

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

South Yorkshire Junction To/from Doncaster – LN101

St James’ Junction GL GL X To/from Bridge Jn – LN832

Hexthorpe Sdgs GL GL S

Hexthorpe Junction – – GL AL To/from Bentley Jn – LN766

Cadeby Up Goods Loop – S

Conisbrough – – S

Mexborough – – To/from Thrybergh Jn – LN828

Swinton – – To/from Aldwarke Jn – LN804

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 45 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN828 MEXBOROUGH JUNCTION TO ALDWARKE JUNCTION VIA KILNHURST

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Mexborough Junction – – To/from Hexthorpe Junction – LN826

Kilnhurst Up Goods Loop – S

Thrybergh Junction – –

Aldwarke Junction – – To/from Holmes Jn – LN804

To/from Rotherham Central – LN830

LN830 ALDWARKE JUNCTION TO WOODBURN JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Aldwarke Junction – – To/from Swinton – LN804

To/from Thrybergh Jn – LN828

Aldwarke New Site – S

Aldwarke Jn Sig S738 – S Reversing point on Up Tinsley Line

Aldwarke Jn Sig S1092 – S Reversing point on Down Tinsley Line

Parkgate Junction – – X To/from Sheffield Tram Parkgate, Tram

only – LN815

Rotherham Central – – To/from Holmes Jn – LN818

Tinsley East Junction – –

Tinsley North Junction – – X To/from Sheffield Tram W210, Tram only

–LN814

Tinsley South Junction – – To/from Shepcote Lane West Jn – LN810

Broughton Lane Junction – – To/from Shepcote Lane East Jn – LN812

Woodburn Junction – – To/from Nunnery Main Line Jn – LN736

LN832 DONCASTER BRIDGE JUNCTION TO ST. JAMES JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Bridge Junction GL– – WSL To/from Decoy North Jn – LN101

St. James Junction GL GL To/from Nunnery Main Line Jn – LN736

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 46 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN836 DONCASTER MARSHGATE JUNCTION TO NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Doncaster Marshgate Junction – – S To/from Doncaster – LN101

Bentley – – S

Adwick – –

Carcroft Junction – – X To/from Skellow Junction – LN846

Adwick Junction – – To/from Skellow Junction – LN842

South Elmsall – – S

South Kirkby Junction – – To/from To/from Moorthorpe – LN824

Hemsworth Loops – – S

Fitzwilliam – – S

Wintersett – S Out of Use STNC/G1/2017/LNE/001

Hare Park Junction – – To/from Crofton West Jn – LN848

Sandall and Agbrigg – – S

Wakefield Westgate South

Junction To/from Wakefield Kirkgate – LN850

Wakefield Westgate – – Platform detail must be shown

Prison Sidings – S

Wrenthorpe Sidings – S

Outwood – – S

Copley Hill West Jn CHC – X Only when crossing to/from E or F lines or

UWC/DWC. Next/previous timing point

Whitehall Junction

Holbeck Junction – – To/from Mill Lane Jn – LN852

Whitehall Jn C E

UWC – Not a timing point on A or B lines.

To/from Engine Shed Jn – LN840

To/from Armley Jn – LN922

Leeds West Junction A B C

E F

BS CS

ES CN

CNS EN

DH D E

F UM The line codes shown between Leeds

West Jn and Leeds in both directions are

the lines the train is on at Leeds West Jn.

The line codes shown between Leeds

West Jn and Whitehall Jn are the lines the

trains are on at the east side of Whitehall

Jn.

Line codes other than those shown are

available for ARS/SSI alternative routes

but should not be used for normal

timetabling purposes. Further details are

available from the Operational Planning

Project Manager, Network Rail.

F Line to be used in Down direction for

Platform 16/17 only.

Line codes ending in ‘S’ are for trains to

Platforms 11 and 12 east end only via

Platforms 11 and 12 West.

Line codes ending in ‘N’ are ARS “Non-

Favourite” routes.

To/from Engine Shed Jn – LN872

Leeds – B D E F

BS DS

DN DNS

EN FS

Platform detail must be shown.

Line codes ending in ‘S’ are for trains from

Platforms 11 and 12 east end only via

Platforms 11 and 12 West.

Line codes ending in ‘N’ are ARS “Non-

Favourite” routes.

Marsh Lane Junction – GL – X

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 47 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN836 DONCASTER MARSHGATE JUNCTION TO NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Marsh Lane Tilcon – S

Neville Hill West Jn – – FL GL Trains in up direction from Neville Hill

T&RSMD must be shown FL or GL

To/from Hunslet East - LN900

Neville Hill T&RSMD – – S

Neville Hill Up Sidings – GL S

Neville Hill East Junction – GL – X To/from Cross Gates – LN898

LN838 LEEDS ARMLEY JUNCTION TO YORK SKELTON JUNCTION VIA

HARROGATE

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Armley Jn – UH To/from Whitehall Jn – LN922

Burley Park – – S

Headingley – – S

Horsforth – –

Weeton – – S

Rigton LC – –

Pannal – – S

Hornbeam Park – – S

Harrogate – – Platform detail must be shown

Starbeck – –

Knaresborough – – Platform detail must be shown

Token Exchange Point

Cattal – – Token Exchange Point

Hammerton – – Token Exchange Point

Poppleton – – Token Exchange Point

Skelton Jn – DL – To/from York – LN600

To/from York Yard – LN618

LN840 ENGINE SHED JUNCTION TO WHITEHALL EAST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Engine Shed Junction DWC

UWC – To/from Stourton Jn – LN872

Whitehall East Junction To/from Copley Hill East Junction – LN836

To/from Holbeck Junction or Armley

Junction – LN836

LN842 THORPE MARSH JUNCTION TO ADWICK JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Thorpe Marsh Junction – – To/from Hatfield & Stainforth – LN888

Applehurst Junction – – To/from Joan Croft Jn – LN844

Skellow Junction – – To/from Carcroft Jn – LN846

Adwick Junction – – To/from South Kirkby Jn – LN836

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 48 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN844 APPLEHURST JUNCTION TO JOAN CROFT JUNCTION (APPLEHURST

LOOP)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Applehurst Jn – – To/from Hatfield & Stainforth – LN842

Joan Croft Jn – –X To/from Temple Hirst Jn – LN600

LN846 CARCROFT JUNCTION TO SKELLOW JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Carcroft Jn – –X To/from Adwick – LN836

Skellow Jn – – To/from Applehurst Jn – LN842

LN848 HARE PARK JUNCTION TO CROFTON WEST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Hare Park Junction – – To/from South Kirby Junction – LN836

Crofton West Junction – – To/from Turners Lane Jn –LN822

LN850 WAKEFIELD WESTGATE SOUTH JUNCTION TO WAKEFIELD KIRKGATE

WEST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Wakefield Westgate South

Junction To/from Wakefield Westgate – LN836

Wakefield Kirkgate West Junction To/from Wakefield Kirkgate – LN854

LN852 HOLBECK JUNCTION TO BRADFORD INTERCHANGE

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Holbeck Junction –– – To/from Whitehall Jn – LN836

Bramley – – S

New Pudsey – – S

Laisterdyke – –S

Laisterdyke Sig M1558 –S Reversal point on Down line

Hammerton Street Loop – –S

Mill Lane Junction – – To/from Halifax – LN858

Bradford Interchange – – Platform detail must be shown

LN854 HALL ROYD JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Hall Royd Junction – – To/from Littleborough – NW7001

To/from Copy Pit – NW7009

Hebden Bridge – –

Mytholmroyd – – S

Signal HB7 – Down trains only

Signal MR8 – Up trains only

Sowerby Bridge – – S

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 49 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN854 HALL ROYD JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Milner Royd Junction – – To/from Dryclough Jn – LN858

Greetland Junction – – To/from Dryclough Jn – LN859

Brighouse – – S

Bradley Wood Junction – – To/from Bradley Jn – LN861

Heaton Lodge Junction – Up trains only

To Huddersfield – LN860

Heaton Lodge East Junction – Down Trains only

From Huddersfield – LN860

Mirfield – FL SL S

Mirfield East Junction – FL SL

Thornhill LNW Junction – – Trains from Dewsbury and trains towards

Healey Mills only

Dewsbury East Junction – – X To/from Dewsbury Railway Street – LN864

Healey Mills Yard – – S

Healey Mills B Junction – S

Horbury Up Goods Loop – S

Horbury Junction FL SL – To/from Barnsley – LN868

Wakefield Kirkgate West Junction To/from Wakefield Westgate South Jn –

LN850

Wakefield Kirkgate – GL FL SL Platform details must be shown.

To/from Calder Bridge Jn – LN882

Turner’s Lane Junction – – GL X To/from Calder Bridge Jn – LN870

Normanton – – S

Altofts Junction – – To/from Methley Jn – LN872

Whitwood Junction – – X To/from Methley Jn – LN874

Castleford West Junction To/from Pontefract Monkhill – LN875

Castleford – –

Milford Junction – – To/from Ferrybridge North Jn/Gascoigne

Wood Jn – LN804

Milford Loops – – S

Sherburn Junction – – X To/from Gascoigne Wood – LN878

Sherburn-in-Elmet – – S

Church Fenton NNL

LSL – Platform details must be shown

Church Fenton North Junction To/from Micklefield – LN902

Ulleskelf NNL

LSL NNL

LSL S

Colton South Junction LSL NNL X

Colton Junction NNL

LSL NNL

LSL To/from Hambleton North Jn/York – LN600

LN858 MILNER ROYD JUNCTION TO BRADFORD MILL LANE JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Milner Royd Junction – – To/from Sowerby Bridge – LN854

Dryclough Junction – – To/from Greetland Jn – LN859

Halifax Reversing Sdg – – S

Halifax – –

Low Moor – – S

Mill Lane Junction – – To/from Bradford Interchange – LN852

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 50 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN859 GREETLAND JUNCTION TO DRYCLOUGH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Greetland Jn – – To/from Brighouse – LN854

Dryclough Junction – – To/from Halifax – LN858

LN860 DIGGLE JN TO COPLEY HILL EAST JN

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Diggle Junction – – To/from Greenfield – NW7021

Marsden – – Platform detail must be shown

Slaithwaite – – S

Huddersfield – – Platform detail must be shown

Deighton – – S

Bradley Junction – – To/from Bradley Wood Jn – LN861

Heaton Lodge Junction –

Up trains only

To Bradley Wood Junction – LN854

Heaton Lodge East Junction – Down trains only

From Bradley Wood Junction – LN854

Mirfield – FL SL S

Mirfield East Junction – FL SL From Horbury Junction – LN854

Thornhill LNW Junction – Trains from Dewsbury and trains towards

Healey Mills only

To Horbury Junction – LN854

Ravensthorpe – – S

Dewsbury – – Line/Platform detail must be shown

Batley – – S

Morley – –

Cottingley – – S

Copley Hill East Jn – To/from Whitehall Road Jn – LN836

LN861 BRADLEY JUNCTION TO BRADLEY WOOD JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Bradley Junction – –X To/from Huddersfield – LN860

Bradley Wood Junction – – To/from Brighouse – LN854

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 51 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN862 BARNSLEY STATION JUNCTION TO HUDDERSFIELD

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Barnsley Station Junction To/from Barnsley – LN868

Dodworth – – S

Silkstone Common – – S

Penistone – –

Denby Dale – – S

Clayton West Junction – –

Shepley – – S

Stocksmoor – –

Brockholes – – S

Berry Brow – – S

Lockwood – – S

Springwood Junction – – X Only trains not terminating in Platform 2

Huddersfield – – Platform detail must be shown

To/from Heaton Lodge East Jn – LN860

LN864 DEWSBURY RAILWAY STREET BRANCH

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Dewsbury Railway Street –

Dewsbury East Junction – –X To/from Horbury Jn – LN854

LN868 WINCOBANK JUNCTION TO HORBURY JUNCTION VIA BARNSLEY

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Wincobank Junction – – To/from Nunnery Mainline Jn – LN804

Meadowhall – – SL S Platform detail must be shown

Ecclesfield West SB – –

Chapeltown – – S

Elsecar – – S

Wombwell – – S

Barnsley – – Platform detail must be shown

Barnsley Station Junction To/from Penistone – LN862

Darton – – S

Woolley Coal Sdg SB – –

Horbury Junction FL SL – To/from Wakefield Kirkgate – LN854

LN870 TURNER’S LANE JUNCTION TO CALDER BRIDGE JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Turner’s Lane Junction – –X To/from Altofts Jn – LN854

Calder Bridge Junction – – To/from Crofton West Jn – LN882

LN872 ALTOFTS JUNCTION TO LEEDS WEST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Altofts Junction – – To/from Wakefield Kirkgate – LN854

Wakefield Europort – S

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 52 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN872 ALTOFTS JUNCTION TO LEEDS WEST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Methley Junction – – To/from Whitwood Jn – LN874

Woodlesford – – S

Stourton Junction – AD –

Leeds Signal L928 AD S Crew change location

Leeds Signal L929 AD – S Crew change location

Leeds Freightliner Terminal – – S

Hunslet South Junction – S

Leeds Balm Road – S

Leeds Stourton RMC – S

Hunslet SS – S

Hunslet Station Junction – – AD X

Holbeck Depot – S

Engine Shed Junction DM

DWC

UWC

– To/from Whitehall Jn – LN840

Leeds West Junction E UM DM To/from Leeds – LN836

LN874 METHLEY JUNCTION TO WHITWOOD JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Methley Junction – – To/from Woodlesford – LN872

Whitwood Junction – –X To/from Castleford – LN854

LN875 CASTLEFORD WEST JUNCTION TO PONTEFRACT WEST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Castleford West Junction To/from Castleford – LN854

Glasshoughton – – S

Pontefract West Junction To/from Pontefract Monkhill – LN882

LN878 SHERBURN JUNCTION TO GASCOIGNE WOOD

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Sherburn Junction – –X To/from Church Fenton – LN854

Gascoigne Wood Junction – – To/from Hambleton West Jn – LN898

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 53 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN880 YORK TO SCARBOROUGH

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

York – – NNL

LSL Platform detail must be shown

To/from Colton Jn – LN600

Scarborough Bridge Junction – –

Bootham - S Steam locomotive watering point in down

direction

Strensall – –

Barton Hill –

Kirkham Abbey – –

Malton – –

Weaverthorpe – –

Seamer West Junction To/from Filey – LN914

Seamer – –

Scarborough – Platform detail must be shown

LN882 WAKEFIELD KIRKGATE WEST JUNCTION TO GOOLE POTTER’S GRANGE

JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Wakefield Kirkgate West Junction

Wakefield Kirkgate – –

Platform detail must be shown

To/from Horbury Jn – LN854

To/from Wakefield Westgate – LN850

Wakefield Withams Cobra – – S

Calder Bridge Junction – –

To/from Turners Lane Jn – LN870

Oakenshaw Up Goods Loop S

Oakenshaw Junction – – X To/from Oakenshaw South Jn – LN884

Crofton West Junction – –

To/from Hare Park Jn – LN848

Crofton East Junction – –

To/from Oakenshaw South Jn – LN886

Crofton Depot – S

Crofton East Spur – –S

Streethouse – – S

Featherstone – – S

Pontefract Tanshelf – – S

Pontefract West Junction To/from Castleford – LN875

Pontefract Monkhill – – Platform detail must be shown

Pontefract East Jn – – X To/from Ferrybridge South Jn – LN892

Knottingley West Junction – –

To/from Ferrybridge North Jn – LN888

To/from Knottingley South Jn – LN888

Knottingley – – P

Knottingley WRD UGL S

Knottingley TMD – S

Knottingley Signal FE6418 – S Crew change location

Knottingley

Up Goods Loop UGL S

Crew change location

Knottingley East Junction – – UGL

England Lane LC – S

Sudforth Lane SB – –

Kellingley Colliery – S

Sudforth Lane Down Sidings – – S

Sudforth Lane Up RS – S

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 54 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN882 WAKEFIELD KIRKGATE WEST JUNCTION TO GOOLE POTTER’S GRANGE

JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Whitley Bridge – –

Whitley Bridge Jn. – – X

Eggborough Power Station – S

Hensall – –

Drax Branch Junction – –

To/from Drax Power Station – LN896

Snaith – –

Rawcliffe – –

Potters Grange Junction – – X To/from Thorne Junction – LN912

LN884 OAKENSHAW SOUTH JUNCTION TO OAKENSHAW JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Oakenshaw South Jn – – To/from Monk Bretton – LN886

Oakenshaw Jn – – X To/from Calder Bridge Jn – LN882

LN886 MONK BRETTON LOOP TO CROFTON EAST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Monk Bretton – –

Royston Junction – –

Oakenshaw South Jn – – To/from Oakenshaw Jn – LN884

Crofton East Jn – – To/from Pontefract – LN882

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 55 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN888 HATFIELD AND STAINFORTH (STAINFORTH JUNCTION) TO

FERRYBRIDGE NORTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Hatfield & Stainforth – SL To/from Thorne Jn – LN752

Thorpe Marsh Junction – – To/from Applehurst Jn – LN842

Haywood Junction – – To/from Shaftholme Junction –LN889

Knottingley South Jn – – To/from Knottingley East Jn (England

Lane) – LN894

Knottingley West Junction – – To/from Pontefract Monkhill – LN882

Ferrybridge North Junction – – To/from Milford Junction – LN804

LN889 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO HAYWOOD JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Shaftholme Jn – – To/from Doncaster – LN101

Haywood Junction – – To/from Ferrybridge North Junction –

LN888

LN892 PONTEFRACT EAST JUNCTION TO FERRYBRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Pontefract East Junction – – X To/from Pontefract Monkhill – LN882

Ferrybridge South Junction To/from Milford Jn – LN804

LN894 KNOTTINGLEY SOUTH JUNCTION TO KNOTTINGLEY EAST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Knottingley South Junction – – To/from Shaftholme Jn – LN888

Knottingley East Junction – – FSX To/from Sudforth Lane – LN882

LN896 DRAX POWER STATION BRANCH

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Drax Branch Jn – – FX To/from Sudforth Lane – LN882

Drax Power Station Signal D17 –

Drax Power Station – –

LN898 NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION TO HULL

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Neville Hill East Junction – GL – X To/from Leeds – LN836

Cross Gates – –

Garforth – – S

East Garforth – – S

Micklefield – –

Micklefield Junction To/from Church Fenton – LN902

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 56 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN898 NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION TO HULL

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

South Milford – – S

Gascoigne Wood Junction – – To/from Sherburn Jn – LN878

To/from Milford Jn – LN804

Gascoigne Wood Down Loop – – S

Gascoigne Wood Down Sidings – – S

Gascoigne Wood Up Sidings – – S

Hambleton West Junction – – To/from Hambleton South Jn – LN904

Hambleton East Junction – – To/from Hambleton North Jn – LN906

Selby West Junction – UL – X To Selby Platform 3

To/from Selby Canal Jn – LN908

Selby South Junction To/from Selby Canal Jn – LN910

Selby – – Platform detail must be shown

Barlby Loop – – S

Selby Potter Group – S

Wressle – – S

Howden – – S

Eastrington – – S

Gilberdyke – – To/from Goole – LN912

Broomfleet – – S

Crabley Creek Signal Box Signal Box for AB Section

Brough – –

Brough East Signal Box Signal Box for AB Section

Melton Lane Signal Box Signal Box for AB Section

Ferriby – – SL S Slow Line between Ferriby and Welton

Lane LC

Hessle – – S

Hull Yard – S

Hessle East Junction – – X F

Dairycoats (Tilcon) – – S

Hessle Road Junction – – To/from Hull Saltend – LN916

Anlaby Road Junction – – X F To/from West Parade North Jn – LN920

Botanic Gardens TMD – – S

West Parade Junction To/from West Parade North Jn – LN914

Hull – Platform detail must be shown

LN900 NEVILLE HILL WEST JUNCTION TO HUNSLET EAST

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Neville Hill West Jn – – FL GL To/from Neville Hill – LN836

Hunslet East –

LN902 MICKLEFIELD JUNCTION TO CHURCH FENTON NORTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Micklefield Junction To/from Leeds – LN898

Church Fenton NNL

LSL – Platform detail must be shown

Church Fenton North Junction To/from York – LN854

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 57 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN904 HAMBLETON SOUTH JUNCTION TO HAMBLETON WEST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Hambleton South Jn – – X To/from Shaftholme Jn – LN600

Hambleton West Jn – – To/from Neville Hill East Jn – LN898

LN906 HAMBLETON EAST JUNCTION TO HAMBLETON NORTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Hambleton East Jn – – To/from Selby – LN898

Hambleton North Jn – – To/from York – LN600

LN908 SELBY WEST JUNCTION TO SELBY CANAL JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Selby West Junction – – X To/from Hambleton East – LN898

Selby Canal Junction – – XF To/from Temple Hirst Jn – LN910

LN910 TEMPLE HIRST JUNCTION TO SELBY SOUTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Temple Hirst Junction – – To/from Shaftholme Jn – LN600

Selby Canal Junction – – XF To/from Temple Hirst Jn – LN910

Selby South Junction To/from Selby – LN898

LN912 THORNE JUNCTION TO GILBERDYKE JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Thorne Junction – – SL To/from Hatfield & Stainforth – LN752

Thorne North – – S

Goole Glassworks – S

Potters Grange Junction – – X To/from Rawcliffe – LN882

Goole Docks S

Goole Up & Down Goods Loop – S

Goole – – Platform detail must be shown

Saltmarshe – – S

Gilberdyke Junction – – To/from Brough – LN898

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 58 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN914 HULL TO SEAMER WEST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Hull – Platform detail must be shown

West Parade Junction To/from Anlaby Road Jn – LN898

West Parade North Junction – – X To/from Anlaby Road Jn – LN920

Walton St. Junction – – X To/from Springbank North Jn – LN918

Cottingham – – S

Beverley – –

Arram – – S

Hutton Cranswick – – S

Driffield – –

Nafferton – – S

Bridlington – – Platform detail must be shown

Bempton – – S

Hunmanby – –

Filey – –

Seamer West Junction To/from Scarborough – LN880

LN916 HESSLE ROAD JUNCTION TO SALTEND

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Hessle Road Junction – To/from Brough – LN898

Springbank South Junction – –

Springbank North Junction – – To/from Walton St. Jn – LN918

Bridges Junction –

–

Hull Dock Security Gates – –

Hedon Road Sdgs – –

Hull Coal Terminal – –

Hull Saltend BP –

LN918 SPRINGBANK NORTH JUNCTION TO WALTON STREET JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Springbank North Jn – – To/from Hessle Road Jn – LN916

Walton Street Jn – – X To/from Hull – LN914

LN920 ANLABY ROAD JUNCTION TO WEST PARADE NORTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Anlaby Road Jn – – X To/from Hessle Road Jn – LN898

West Parade North Jn – – X To/from Beverley – LN914

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 59 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN922 WHITEHALL WEST JUNCTION TO HELLIFIELD SOUTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Whitehall Junction DS US C D

UWC

DWC

Not a timing point on A or B/Down or Up

Shipley Main lines

To/from Leeds – LN836

Armley Junction – US UH

DS DH

Kirkstall Down Loop – – S

Kirkstall Up Loop – S

Kirkstall Forge – – S

Apperley Junction – – To/from Ilkley – LN924

Apperley Bridge – – S

Dockfield Junction – – To/from Baildon – LN926

Shipley East Jn To/from Bradford Forster Square – LN928

Shipley – – Platform detail must be shown

Shipley West Jn To/from Shipley South Jn – LN932

Saltaire – – S

Bingley – – S

Crossflatts – – S

Keighley – – Platform detail must be shown

Keighley Station Jn – – S To/from Keighley & Worth Valley Railway

Steeton and Silsden – – S

Cononley – – S

Skipton Sig. L4031 – Regulation/reversal point on Down Shipley

Main

Skipton Sig. L4549 – Reversal point on Up Shipley Main

Skipton Down Stabling Siding – S

Skipton – – Platform detail must be shown

Skipton Middle Jn To/from Rylstone – LN930

Broughton Road CS – – S

Down Shipley Slow – – S

Skipton Signal L4046 – S Regulation point on Up Shipley Main

Gargrave – – S

Hellifield South Junction – – To/from Settle Jn – NW9901

LN924 APPERLEY JUNCTION TO ILKLEY

Apperley Junction – – To/from Leeds – LN922

Esholt Junction To/from Dockfield Junction – LN926

Guiseley – –

Menston – – S

Burley in Wharfedale – –

Ben Rhydding – – S

Ilkley – Platform detail must be shown

LN926 DOCKFIELD JUNCTION TO ESHOLT JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Dockfield Junction – – To/from Shipley – LN922

Baildon – – S

Esholt Junction – – To/from Ilkley – LN924

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 60 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN928 SHIPLEY EAST JUNCTION TO BRADFORD FORSTER SQUARE

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Shipley East Junction To/from Leeds – LN922

Shipley – – Platform detail must be shown

Shipley South Junction To/from Shipley West Jn – LN932

Shipley Crossley Evans – S

Frizinghall – – S

Bradford Forster Square – Platform detail must be shown

LN930 SKIPTON MIDDLE JUNCTION TO RYLSTONE

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Skipton Middle Junction To/from Skipton – LN922

Rylstone –

LN932 SHIPLEY SOUTH JUNCTION TO SHIPLEY WEST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP CODE NOTES

Shipley South Junction To/from Bradford Forster Square – LN928

Shipley – – Platform detail must be shown

Shipley West Junction To/from Skipton – LN922

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 61 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

2.2 Route Opening Hours

LINE OF ROUTE

Subject to constraints imposed by Rules of the Route, all routes are open continuously, except as shown below.

The hours shown reflect the contractual opening hours. The actual opening hours may vary from those shown. If

there is doubt about a signalbox’s opening hours check with the appropriate Network Rail Operations Manager.

When the routes shown are required for services diverted under the Rules of the Route, opening hours will be

increased as necessary on a temporary basis.

Signal boxes equipped to be switched–out during a route’s opening hours are shown within the routes concerned.

PLT denotes passage of last train.

LN170 WERRINGTON JUNCTION TO FLYOVER EAST JUNCTION (VIA LINCOLN)

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Werrington Junction to

Gainsborough Trent West

Junction (Inclusive)

Continuous Continuous Continuous

Gainsborough Trent West

Junction (Exclusive) to Bessacarr

Junction

From 0930 Mon Until 2130 Closed

LN185 ALLINGTON WEST JUNCTION TO SKEGNESS

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Allington West Jn to Boston 0610 – 2310 0610 – 2310 0835 – 2135

Boston to Skegness 0620 – 2156 0620 – 2156 0925 – 2125

LN190 ALLINGTON EAST JUNCTION TO ALLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION

(ALLINGTON CHORD)

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Allington East Junction to Allington

North Junction

0515 – 2309 0515 – 2309 0905 – 2320

LN195 GRANTHAM NOTTINGHAM BRANCH JUNCTION TO ALLINGTON WEST JN

(INCLUSIVE)

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Grantham Nottingham Jn to

Allington West Junction

0515 – 2305 0515 – 2305 0905 – 2320

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 62 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN200 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO PELHAM STREET JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Wrawby Junction to Pelham Street

Junction

Continuous Until 2320 From1045

LN206 NEWARK FLAT CROSSING (INCLUSIVE) TO WEST HOLMES JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Newark Castle to Swinderby Continuous Until 2300 From 1525

Swinderby to West

Holmes/Pyewipe Jn. Continuous Until 2320 From 1045

LN626 NORTHALLERTON HIGH JUNCTION TO NORTHALLERTON EAST

JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Northallerton High Jn to

Northallerton East Jn.

Continuous 0000 – 2359 0830 – 2400

LN627 LONGLANDS JUNCTION TO NEWCASTLE EAST JUNCTION VIA THE

COAST

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Longlands Jn to Stockton Cut Continuous Continuous Continuous

Stockton Cut to Billingham Continuous 0000 –2359 08:01 – 2400

Billingham Junction to Belasis

Lane Continuous 0000 –20:00 22:00–23:59

Greatham to Sunderland (excl) Continuous 0000 –0056* 0800 – 2400

Sunderland (excl) to South Hylton Continuous Continuous Continuous

Sunderland to High Level Bridge

Junction Continuous

Continuous

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.

These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and

Network Rail.

Greatham to Sunderland (excl) closes at 0056 vice 2350 SO

LN631 DARLINGTON SOUTH JUNCTION TO EAGLESCLIFFE SOUTH JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Darlington South to Allens West 0510* – 0030* 0515 –0030* 0712* – 2356*

Low Gates to Eaglescliffe Continuous 0000 – 2359 0830 – 2400

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.

These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and

Network Rail.

Darlington South to Allens West opens at 0510 vice 0515 and closes at 0030 vice 2345 SX

Darlington South to Allens West closes at 0030 vice 2345 SO

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 63 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN631 DARLINGTON SOUTH JUNCTION TO EAGLESCLIFFE SOUTH JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Darlington South to Allens West opens at 0712 vice 0730 and closes at 2356 vice 2345 SUN

LN632 STOCKTON CUT JUNCTION TO SALTBURN

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Newport East to Saltburn Continuous 0000 – 2359 0830 – 2400

Middlesbrough open

from 0730

LN634 GUISBOROUGH JUNCTION TO WHITBY

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Guisborough Junction to Whitby

Shunts at signal M695 controlled

by Middlesbrough Signal Box.

Check EAS and Compendium of

Signal Box Opening Times

0636 –2130* 0636 – 2130* 0800 – 2000 (All Year

Round)*

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.

These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and

Network Rail.

Guisborough Junction to Whitby closes 2130 vice 2124 SX

Guisborough Junction to Whitby closes 2130 vice 2124 SO

Guisborough Junction to Whitby opens All Year Round vice Summer Months Only

LN642 SALTBURN WEST JUNCTION TO BOULBY POTASH MINE

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Saltburn West Jn. To Boulby Continuous 0000 – 2359 0830 – 2359

LN646 NORTON-ON-TEES SOUTH TO FERRYHILL SOUTH JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Norton South to Ferryhill Continuous 0000 – 1401 Closed

Norton East Junction to Norton

West Junction As required As required Closed

LN664 BOLDON EAST JUNCTION TO BOLDON NORTH JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Boldon East Jn to Boldon North Jn Continuous 0000 – 2300 0800 – 2400

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 64 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN666 BOLDON WEST JUNCTION TO TYNE DOCK

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Boldon West to Green Lane

Junction Continuous 0000 – 2300 0800 – 2400

Green Lane Junction to Tyne

Biomass/Coal Loading Sidings Not NR Infrastructure Not NR Infrastructure Not NR Infrastructure

LN678 DARLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION TO EASTGATE

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Darlington North Junction to

Bishop Auckland and Eastgate 0645–2230 0645–2230 07:30-20:00

LN682 KING EDWARD BRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION TO PETTERIL BRIDGE

JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Blaydon to Petteril Bridge Open continuously from

0540 (Mon) 0001 – 2350* 0840 – 2200

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.

These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and

Network Rail.

Blaydon to Petteril Bridge closes 2350 vice 2340 SO

LN694 BENTON NORTH JUNCTION TO MORPETH NORTH JUNCTION VIA

BEDLINGTON

ROUTE SECTIONSXSOSUN

   

Benton Junction to Morpeth (via Bedlington)0530 - 2200*0530 - 2200*Closed

Bedlington to Blyth0530 - 2200*0530 - 2200*Closed

Marcheys House to Lynemouth 0530 - 2200*0530 - 2200*Closed

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific GB Railfreight Ltd

services. These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between GB

Railfreight Ltd and Network Rail.

Benton Junction to Morpeth (via Bedlington) Closes at 22:00 vice 21:00 SX

Bedlington to Blyth Closes at 22:00 vice 21:00 SX

Marcheys House to Lynemouth Closes at 22:00 vice 21:00 SX

Benton Junction to Morpeth (via Bedlington) Opens at 05:30 vice 09:00 AND Closes at 22:00 vice 15:30 SO

Bedlington to Blyth Opens at 05:30 vice 09:00 AND Closes at 22:00 vice 15:30 SO

Marcheys House to Lynemouth Opens at 05:30 vice 09:00 AND Closes at 22:00 vice 15:30 SO



NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 65 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN736 CLEETHORPES TO NUNNERY MAIN LINE JUNCTION VIA RETFORD

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Habrough to Grimsby (excl) 0450 – 0002 0450 – 0002 0930 – 0045

Wrawby Junction (excl) to

Gainsborough Central 1400 – 2359 (Mon –

Fri)

0000 – 0600 (Tue – Fri)

00.00 – 2100 Closed

Gainsborough Trent Junction 0540 – 2359 0000 – 2152 09:25* - 23:15*

West Burton to Shireoaks (incl) Continuous Continuous Continuous

Shireoaks (excl) to Woodburn

Junction (excl) Continuous 0500 – 2359 08:30* – 23:50*

Woodburn Junction to Nunnery

ML Junction

Continuous 0000 – 2400 08:30* – 24:00

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.

These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and

Network Rail.

Gainsborough Trent Junction opens at 09:25 vice 13:40 on Sundays.

Shireoaks to Woodburn Junction and Woodburn Junction to Nunnery Main Line opens at 08:30 vice 13:50 on

Sundays.

Gainsborough Trent Junction closes at 23:15 vice 23:00 on Sundays.

Shireoaks to Woodburn Junction closes at 23:50 vice 23:00 Sundays.

LN740 GRIMSBY MARSH WEST JUNCTION TO HUMBER ROAD JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Immingham/Grimsby Light

Railway Open as Required

LN742 KILLINGHOLME TO BROCKLESBY JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Humber Road Junction to

Immingham West Continuous 0000 – 2400 0801 – 2400

LN744 ULCEBY NORTH JUNCTION TO BARTON ON HUMBER

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Ulceby to Barton on Humber 0620 – 2232 0620 – 2232 1000 – 1940

LN758 BRANCLIFFE EAST JUNCTION TO KIRK SANDALL JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Brancliffe East Junction to St

Catherine’s Junction Continuous 0000 – 1530 1400 – 2400

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 66 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN768 MANSFIELD WOODHOUSE TO SHIREOAKS EAST JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Mansfield Woodhouse to

Shireoaks Junctions Continuous 0000 – 2300 1400 – 2400

LN774 BARROW HILL NORTH JUNCTION TO OXCROFT DISPOSAL POINT

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Barrow Hill to Oxcroft/Bolsover 0530 – 2209 0530 – 1445 1500 – 2100

LN784 HIGH MARNHAM TO SHIREBROOK EAST JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

High Marnham and Branches to

Shirebrook Junctions Continuous 0000 – 2200 1500 –2400

LN804 TAPTON JUNCTION TO GASCOIGNE WOOD JUNCTION VIA SHEFFIELD

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Swinton Junction to South Kirkby Continuous 0000 – 2400 0845* – 2400

Moorthorpe (excl) to Gascoigne

Wood Continuous 0000 – 2300 0750 – 2400

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.

These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and

Network Rail.

Swinton Junction to South Kirkby opens at 0845 vice 0900 SUN

LN809 SHEPCOTE LANE WEST JUNCTION TO TINSLEY YARD EAST END

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Tinsley South Junction to Tinsley

Yard Continuous 0000 – 2359 1350 – 2400

LN816 BEIGHTON JUNCTION TO WOODHOUSE JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Beighton Junction (excl) to

Woodhouse Junction (excl) Continuous 0001 –0015* 1330 – 2359

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.

These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and

Network Rail.

Beighton Junction (excl) to Woodhouse Junction (excl) closes at 0015 vice 2200 SO

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 67 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN830 ALDWARKE JUNCTION TO WOODBURN JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Rotherham Central (excl) to

Woodburn Junction Continuous 0000 – 2359 0830 – 2400

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Supertram services. These

are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Stagecoach Supertram and

Network Rail.

Rotherham Central(excl) to Woodburn Junction Opening hours opens 0830 Sunday vice 1350 Sunday

LN838 LEEDS ARMLEY JUNCTION TO YORK SKELTON JUNCTION VIA

HARROGATE

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Armley Junction to Harrogate 0540 –0020*

0540 –0020* 0540 –0020*

0540 –0020* 0905* – 0015

0905* – 2355

Harrogate (excl) to Skelton

Junction 0650 –2248*

0635 –2318* 0650 –2248*

0635 –2318* 1140 –2155*

1115 –2225*

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.

These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and

Network Rail.

Armley Junction to Harrogate closes 0020 vice 0010 SX (Applies in both directions)

Armley Junction to Harrogate closes 0020 vice 0010 SO (Applies in both directions)

Armley Junction to Harrogate opens 0905 vice 0930 SUN (Applies in both directions)

Harrogate (excl) to Skelton Junction closes 2248 vice 2226 SX (Applies in Up Direction only)

Harrogate (excl) to Skelton Junction closes 2318 vice 2235 SX (Applies in Down Direction Only)

Harrogate (excl) to Skelton Junction closes 2248 vice 2226 SO (Applies in Up Direction only)

Harrogate (excl) to Skelton Junction closes 2318 vice 2235 SO (Applies in Down Direction Only)

Harrogate (excl) to Skelton Junction closes 2155 vice 2150 SUN (Applies in Up Direction only)

Harrogate (excl) to Skelton Junction closes 2225 vice 2210 SUN (Applies in Down Direction Only)

LN852 HOLBECK JUNCTION TO BRADFORD INTERCHANGE

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Holbeck Junction (Exc) to

Bradford Interchange

0500 – 0040 0520 – 0100 0740 –0020*

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.

These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and

Network Rail.

Holbeck Junction (Excl) to Bradford Interchange closes 0020 vice 0015 SUN

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 68 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN854 HALL ROYD JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Hebden Bridge to Milner Royd

Junction Continuous 0000 – 0050 Sun* 0820 – 2359

Milner Royd Junction to Heaton

Lodge Junction Continuous Continuous 0840 – 2359

Healey Mills to Horbury Junction Continuous 0001 –2359 0845 – 2359

Horbury Junction to Castleford Continuous 0000 – 2400 0835* – 2400

Castleford to Milford Junction Continuous 0000 – 2300

0000 – 2400 0800 – 2400

0840 – 2400

Milford Junction to Church Fenton

(excl) Continuous 0000 – 2300 0750 – 2400

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.

These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and

Network Rail.

Hebden Bridge to Milner Royd Junction Opens 0000 and closes 0050 Sun vice Continuous SO

Horbury Junction to Castleford Opens 0835 vice 0845 Sun

LN858 MILNER ROYD JUNCTION TO BRADFORD MILL LANE JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Dryclough Junction to Greetland

Junction 0520 – 0035 0535 – 2355 0845 – 2315

Milner Royd Junction to Mill Lane

Junction

0530 –0035

0500 – 0040 0555 –0035

0520 – 0100 0810 – 0015

0740 – 0015

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.

These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and

Network Rail.

Milner Royd Junction to Mill Lane Junction closes 0035 vice 0010 SX (Applies in the Down direction only)

Milner Royd Junction to Mill Lane Junction closes 0035 vice 0025 SO (Applies in the Down direction only)

LN862 BARNSLEY STATION JUNCTION TO HUDDERSFIELD

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Barnsley Station Junction to

Huddersfield

0600 – 2359

0555 – 2355 0600 – 2359

0555 – 2355 0905*– 2055*

0905*– 2055*

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.

These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and

Network Rail.

Barnsley Station Junction to Huddersfield opens 0905 vice 0945 and closes 2055 vice 2015 SUN (Applies in the

Down Direction only)

Barnsley Station Junction to Huddersfield opens 0905 vice 0910 and closes 2055 vice 2034 SUN (Applies in the

Up Direction only)

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 69 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN868 WINCOBANK JUNCTION TO HORBURY JUNCTION VIA BARNSLEY

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Wincobank Junction (excl) to

Barnsley 0445 –0012* FSX

0445 –0012* FO 0445 – 2350 0825 – 2330

Barnsley Station Junction to

Horbury Junction 0600 –2359 0600 – 2359 0855* – 2325

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.

These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and

Network Rail.

Wincobank Junction (Excl) to Barnsley closes 0012 vice 0005 FSX

Wincobank Junction (Excl) to Barnsley closes 0012 vice 2350 FO

Barnsley Station Junction to Horbury Junction opens 0855 vice 0915 SUN

LN872 ALTOFTS JUNCTION TO LEEDS WEST JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Altofts Junction – Leeds (excl) Continuous 0000 – 2400 0820* – 2400

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.

These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and

Network Rail.

Altofts Junction to Leeds (Excl) opens 0820 vice 0830 SUN

LN875 CASTLEFORD WEST JUNCTION TO PONTEFRACT WEST JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Castleford (excl) to Pontefract

Monkhill (excl) Continuous 0000 – 2400 0900* – 2400

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.

These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and

Network Rail.

Castleford (Excl) to Pontefract Monkhill (Excl) opens 0900 vice 0940 SUN

LN880 YORK TO SCARBOROUGH

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

York to Scarborough 0600 –2335* 0600 –2335* 0845 –2335*

* Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific TransPennine Express

services. These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between

TransPennine Express and Network Rail.

York to Scarborough Opens at 0600 SX and SO and closes 2335 SX, SO and SU vice 2330 SX, SO and SU

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 70 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN882 WAKEFIELD KIRKGATE WEST JUNCTION TO GOOLE POTTER’S GRANGE

JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Wakefield Kirkgate to Pontefract

East Junction (excl) Continuous 0000 –0005* 0845 – 2400

Pontefract East Junction (incl) to

Drax Branch Junction (incl) Continuous Continous Continuous

Drax Branch Junction (incl) to

Drax Power Station Continuous Continous Continuous

Drax Branch Junction (excl) to

Goole Potter’s Grange Junction Continuous 0000 – 2400 0845 – 2400

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.

These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and

Network Rail.

Wakefield Kirkgate to Pontefract East Junction (Excl) closes 0005 vice 2400 SO

LN886 MONK BRETTON LOOP TO CROFTON EAST JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Monk Bretton to Crofton East Jn Continuous 0000 – 2400 0845 – 2400

LN898 NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION TO HULL

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Micklefield/Milford/Sherburn in

Elmet to Hambleton East

Continuous 0000 –2320 0735** – 2400

Hambleton East to Gilberdyke

(excl) 0525**– 2325** 0525** –2325**

0745** –2335**

Gilberdyke to Hull (excl) 0510 –2400** 0510– 0014

0835 – 2359

Selby to Temple Hirst 0550 – 2234 0602 – 2245 0900 – 2250*

* Signal Box opening hours are 1030 to 2215 (SUN) Any trains planned outside these hours require special

arrangements to be made with the L.O.M.

**Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North and

TransPennine Express services. These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis,

between TransPennine Express, Arriva Rail North and Network Rail.

Micklefield/Milford/Sherburn in Elmet to Hambleton East opens 0735 vice 0800 SUN and Closes 2320 SO vice

2300 SO

Hambleton East to Gilberdyke (Excl) opens 0525 vice 0552 and closes 2325 vice 2238 SX

Hambleton East to Gilberdyke (Excl) opens 0525 vice 0602 and closes 2325 vice 2245 SO

Hambleton East to Gilberdyke (Excl) opens 0745 vice 0850 and closes 2335 vice 2300 SUN

Gilberdyke to Hull (Excl) closes 2400 vice 2352 SX

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 71 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN912 THORNE JUNCTION. TO GILBERDYKE JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Thorne Junction to Gilberdyke 0522 –2335* 0522 –2335* 0835*– 0005*

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.

These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and

Network Rail.

Thorne Junction to Gilberdyke closes 2335 vice 2310 SX

Thorne Junction to Gilberdyke closes 2335 vice 2310 SO

Thorne Junction to Gilberdyke opens 0835 vice 0845 and closes 0005 vice 2340 SUN

LN914 HULL TO SEAMER WEST JUNCTION

ROUTE SECTION SX SO SUN

Hull to Bridlington 0540*– 2400*

0545 –2400*

0835* –2400*

Bridlington (excl) to Seamer 0615* –2148*

0630 –2148*

0920*– 2205*

*Extended opening hours listed below are agreed for the purpose of operating specific Arriva Rail North services.

These are subject to Network Rail receiving funding on an ongoing basis as agreed between Arriva Rail North and

Network Rail.

Hull to Bridlington opens 0540 vice 0545 and closes 2400 vice 2345 SX

Hull to Bridlington closes 2400 vice 2345 SO

Hull to Bridlington opens 0835 vice 0900 and closes 2400 vice 2100 SUN

Bridlington (Excl) to Seamer opens 0615 vice 0625 and closes 2148 vice 2118 SX

Bridlington (Excl) to Seamer closes 2148 vice 2118 SO

Bridlington (Excl) to Seamer opens 0920 vice 0950 and closes 2205 vice 1950 SUN

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 72 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

3 Electrification

3.1 Electrification Limits

Limits of the 25 kV AC and 750V DC electrification systems are contained in Table A of the Sectional Appendix to the

Working Timetables, issued by, Network Rail. Refer to Table A for the given location to identify the type of

electrification that applies.

3.2 Electrification Supply Restrictions

Under normal conditions, the electrification power supplies will not place any restrictions on the use of approved

electric traction. However, the Route Clearance sections of the Sectional Appendix to the Working Timetables,

issued by, Network Rail do tabulate restrictions on the movement of electric trains. Refer to Table A and select

Route Clearance.

Under maintenance conditions, certain sections of the electrified network may be blocked to electric traction. These

restrictions are contained within the Network Rail Rules of the Route for the appropriate year. Additional restrictions

may also arise in connection with engineering possessions requested through the Rules of the Route amendment

procedure.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 73 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

4 Rolling Stock Restrictions

4.1 Locomotive Route Availability

See the applicable Route Clearance table for the given location in Sectional Appendix to the Working Timetables,

issued by Network Rail. Refer to Table A, and select Route Clearance.

4.2 Passenger Stock Restrictions

See the applicable Route Clearance table for the given location in Sectional Appendix to the Working Timetables,

issued by Network Rail. Refer to Table A, and select Route Clearance.

4.3 Freight Wagon Restrictions

See the applicable Route Clearance table for the given location in Sectional Appendix to the Working Timetables,

issued by Network Rail. The Route Availability for a given location is in the ‘Signalling and Remarks’ column of Table

A. Route Clearance Table D5 Route clearance of freight vehicles gives further guidance on freight wagon

restrictions.

Trains conveying vehicles that have a heavy axle weight or other exceptional characteristics, or vehicles conveying

containers or swap bodies require an RT3973 form.

Note: The Rule Book GERT8000 Section TW4 of defines a container as an intermodal transport unit constructed to a

standard (usually specified by the ISO) suitable for conveyance by road, rail or sea.

Note: The Sectional Appendix does not cover the CTRL HS1. The CTRL has its own Working Manual.

4.4 Freight Train Load Limits

Trailing load limits for all traction types are contained in the Freight Loads Book published by Network Rail.

Note: It is important to understand the weight limitations that apply to trains especially over sections of heavily graded

routes. Coupling strength information is also contained in the Freight Loads Book. Coupling strength is important in

determining the trailing loads that trains can convey.

4.5 Freight Train Length Limits

Refer to the Freight Train Loads Book published by Network Rail for the length limits of freight trains.

Note: The Sectional Appendix quotes loop lengths in metres and feet. All lengths are exclusive of an allowance of

one locomotive.

4.6 Engineers’ Trains Restrictions

Some On Track Machines (OTMs) do not reliably activate track circuits. These OTMs must use one of the following

special reporting numbers 6Z09, 7Z09 or 8Z09*. Because these OTMs do not reliably activate track circuits it is not

possible to apply the headways and junction margins as outlined in Timetable Planning Rules consistently and it is

therefore not possible for Operational Planning to provide timings for these movements.

* Source GE/RT 8000–OTM

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 74 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

5 Running Times, Margins and Allowances

Except where otherwise stated, the information in this section of the Timetable Planning Rules reflects the general

rules used in developing the 1994/5 timetable (Several exceptions to the general rules were agreed for 1994/5 and

exceptions may continue to be possible with the specific agreement of Network Rail in every case.)

5.1 Sectional Running Times

The definition for Sectional Running Times (SRTs) is listed in Section 6.4 of the National TPRs.

5.1.1 Source of Current SRTs

The definitive catalogue of SRTs is Bplan.

5.1.2 Method of Calculation

SRTs are revised by Train Operators and Network Rail as part of the Revision of Timetable Planning Rules process

outlined in Network Code Part D 2.2. Normally they will not change from one timetable to the next. Network Rail will,

however, re–calculate SRTs for particular train/route combinations in the following circumstances:

i) Where a Train Operator anticipates using a train/route combination for which no suitable SRTs exist;

ii) Where Network Rail anticipates a change to route data, e.g. line speed changes;

iii) Where there is evidence that the SRTs in current use do not adequately represent real train performance;

iv) Where it is cost–effective to re–calculate all SRTs on a route at the same time as a re–calculation for a particular

train type.

Network Rail will reflect the methodology and assumptions described in Section 6 of the National TPRs when

calculating TPR proposals, unless and to the extent documented otherwise in respect of any given proposal.

Timetable participants are encouraged to submit change proposals for review and consultation in line with the

national methodology, or in line with such alternative methodology and assumptions as favoured by the proposer.

NR will not seek to reject any proposal on the exclusive basis of the methodology employed, provided that the

methodology and assumptions are clearly stated and demonstrably adhered to in respect of the proposal

received.

SRT change proposals may be calculated in a number of ways including, but not limited to:

a) Through actual timing of trains

b) Use of On Train Monitoring Recorder (OTMR) systems

c) Ues of computer system actual values

d) Use of computer simulation tools

e) By any other agreed methodology

It is permissible to include percentage uplift in SRTs instead of applying engineering recovery allowances to be

agreed by all affected parties.

In the event that the application of different methodologies produces conflicting proposals, a joint observation

exercise should be undertaken to ascertain what happens in reality.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 75 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

5.1.3 New and Revised Sectional Running Times

New and revised SRTs revised by Train Operators and Network Rail on an individual basis. These should be

supplied by applying the methodology described in Section 6 of the National TPRs unless another methodology is

deemed appropriate, provided that the methodology and assumptions are clearly stated and demonstrably adhered

to in respect of the proposal received.

5.1.4 Timing of Trains Consisting of Passenger Vehicles on Goods Lines

The sectional running timings quoted for trains consisting of passenger vehicles on Goods Lines reflect the speeds

shown in the relevant Table ‘A’ of the appropriate Sectional Appendix. They do not constitute an authority to time

trains conveying passengers on a Goods Lines. Nor do they reflect the permitted speeds at which a train conveying

passengers can proceed. Network Rail will offer the sectional running times for trains conveying passengers on a

Goods Line on a train–by–train basis. For those times, please apply to the Capacity Planning Department.

Operations Publications publish the authority to allow the planned operation of trains conveying passengers on

Goods Lines. Before Operations Publications can grant authority, they require confirmation that the track is fit for

purpose and that there is a safe method of operation. Therefore, the Capacity Planning Department must apply to

the relevant Track Engineer and Operations Manager for confirmation of these requirements in writing. The Capacity

Planning Department must pass these responses to Operations Publications. The Capacity Planning Department is

responsible for advising Operations Publications of the requirement to operate a passenger train on a Goods Line at

least 8 weeks before the day of operation.

5.2 Headways

The definition for Headways is listed in Section 6.5 of the National TPRs.

5.2.1 Headway Values

All times are in minutes. All routes are shown.

Where track circuit block (TCB) signalling applies, the standard headways for each route are shown, together with

any exceptions.

AB indicates locations where absolute block signalling applies: here the headway is to be calculated from the transit

time of the first of each pair of trains running between the consecutive block posts being considered. To this transit

time shall be added 2 minutes to allow for the signaller’s actions. Exceptions are shown as AB and appear together

with the actual headway value to be used, which includes the allowance for signallers’ actions. Where there is an

intermediate block signal, the absolute block section concerned shall be between this signal and the next block post

in advance.

Single lines and other forms of signalling are shown, together with any values applicable, where they occur.

“OTNS” or “OT” indicates One Train Working with No Train Staff; “OTS” or “OT(S)” indicates One train Working with

Train Staff. “NST” indicates No Signaller token. In these cases only one train is allowed in the section at one time; a

second train cannot be allowed to enter the section until the first train has left the section.

“ETB” indicates Electric Token Block and “TB” indicates Tokenless Block for single lines.

“RB” indicates Radio Signalling where “long section tokens” can be issued between certain block posts during times

of low traffic volume.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 76 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Where headways are shown as being “following a non stop” or “following a stopping“ these descriptions refer to the

service that the path is following. The headway value does not refer to running lines. The “following a stopping”

headway should be applied to a service following a preceding service which stops at either a station or any other

location for operational reasons. The ‘’following a non-stopping’’ headway should be applied to a service following a

preceding service which does not stop at that location. Immediately the preceding service stops at any location for

any reason, the headway should be amended to the "following stopping” value. If in doubt, apply the use of the

“following non-stop” headway.

Light engine movements to be treated as passenger trains when applying margins/allowances where there is a

passenger/freight differential.

LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

Exceptions:

King’s Cross to Hitchin Alexandra

Palace 3 3

Alexandra Palace to Woolmer

Green Junction 3 3* - Fast

3- Slow *May be reduced to 2½ where a stopping service at

Knebworth has crossed to FL behind a non-stop

express service timed at 100mph or above

Woolmer Green Junction to

Hitchin 3 3

Hitchin to Peterborough 3 – Fast

4 – Slow 3 – Fast

4 – Slow

Helpston to Stoke Junction 4 – Fast

5 – Slow 4 – Fast

5 – Slow

LN105 MOORGATE TO FINSBURY PARK JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

LN120 WOOD GREEN NORTH JUNCTION TO LANGLEY JUNCTION (VIA

HERTFORD)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Alexandra Palace to Gordon Hill 3 3

Gordon Hill to Hertford 5 5

Hertford to Langley 3½ 3½ Following a train not stopping at Watton – At –

Stone

Hertford to Langley 5 5 Following a train stopping at Watton – At –Stone

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 77 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN125 HITCHIN CAMBRIDGE JUNCTION TO ROYSTON (INCLUSIVE)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

LN170 WERRINGTON JUNCTION TO FLYOVER EAST JUNCTION (VIA LINCOLN)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Werrington Jn to Spalding 5 6

Spalding to Quadring 4 4

Quadring to Sleaford Sth Jn 9 7 ½

Sleaford Sth Jn to Sleaford North

Jn 3 3

Sleaford North Jn to

Metheringham 6 5

Metheringham to Pelham Street

Junction 6 7

Pelham Street Jn to Pyewipe Jn 3 3

Pyewipe Jn to Saxilby 5 ½ 5 ½

Saxilby to Gainsborough Lea

Road 6 ½ 6 ½

Gainsborough Lea Road to

Flyover East Junction 4 4 * * Absolute block for Beckingham to Gainsborough

Trent Junction

LN185 ALLINGTON WEST JUNCTION TO SKEGNESS

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Allington West Junction to

Ancaster AB AB

Ancaster to Rauceby AB AB

Rauceby to Sleaford AB AB

Sleaford to Heckington Single line TB planned as AB

Heckington to Hubberts Bridge AB AB

Hubberts Bridge to Sibsey Single line TB planned as AB

Sibsey to Bellwater Junction

Signal Box AB AB

Bellwater Junction Signal Box to

Thorpe Culvert AB AB

Thorpe Culvert to Wainfleet AB AB

Wainfleet to Skegness AB AB

LN190 ALLINGTON EAST JUNCTION TO ALLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION

(ALLINGTON CHORD)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Allington East Junction to Allington

North Junction

AB AB

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 78 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN195 GRANTHAM NOTTINGHAM BRANCH JUNCTION TO ALLINGTON WEST JN

(INCLUSIVE)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Nottingham Branch Junction to

Allington West Junction AB AB

LN200 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO PELHAM STREET JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Wrawby Junction to Holton le

Moor AB AB

Holton le Moor to Wickenby SB AB AB

Wickenby SB to Langworth SB AB AB

Langworth SB to Pelham Street

Junction AB AB

LN206 NEWARK FLAT CROSSING (INCLUSIVE) TO WEST HOLMES JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 6 Pass. 6 Pass. Down

6 Freight following Pass.

8 when Freight following Freight

6 Freight following Pass.

8 when Freight following Freight

Exceptions:

Approaching West Holmes Jn 5 if

following

a train

stopping

Hykeham

Approaching Newark Flat

Crossing East Jn 5 if

following

a train

stopping

Collingha

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 79 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

Exceptions:

York to Colton Junction 4 4 Down

A stopping service can follow 3 minutes behind non–

stop on Down Leeds line, and can arrive York 3

minutes behind stopping service

A stopping service can follow 3 minutes behind non–

stop from York on the Up Leeds line.

York to Skelton Junction 3 3

Skelton Junction to Northallerton 4 – Fast

5 – Slow 4 – Fast

5 – Slow

King Edward Bridge South

Junction to Heaton South Junction 3 3

Benton North Junction

Signal EG402/403 5* 5* * May be 4 if Class 1 service is following Class 1

service. Also, trains can be 4 minutes apart

passing Heaton South in either direction.

LN620 KING EDWARD BRIDGE EAST JUNCTION TO KING EDWARD BRIDGE

NORTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway TCB* TCB* *Plan as AB

LN626 NORTHALLERTON HIGH JUNCTION TO NORTHALLERTON EAST

JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway TCB* TCB* *Plan as AB

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 80 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN627 LONGLANDS JUNCTION TO NEWCASTLE EAST JUNCTION VIA THE

COAST

Down Direction

HEADWAY AT FOLLOW

PASSENGER

TWM

FREIGHT

NOTES

Longlands Junction n/a n/a 3½

Boroughbridge Road LC n/a n/a 3½

Northallerton East Jn 4½ n/a 5½

Yarm 5* n/a 3½ *If 1s

train stopping

Yarm; 3 if not

Eaglescliffe 4 n/a 4

Stockton Cut Jn 4 n/a 4

Hartburn Jn 4 n/a 4

Norton South Jn 4 n/a 5

Billingham Jn AB n/a AB

Greatham SB 5* n/a 4 *If 1s

train stopping;

4 if not

Hartlepool TCB treat as

AB* n/a TCB treat as AB *A train stopping

Hartlepool can

depart 4” after

preceeding train but

{2} required before

Horden

Horden Sig 7137 TCB treat as

AB* n/a TCB treat as AB *Second train pass

Horden 1” after

passenger

arrive/pass

Seaham; 2” after

freight from south

pass Seaham. A

freight from

Seaham Harbour

does not affect

headway from

Horden

Seaham 5 n/a 5

Ryhope Grange Jn 5 n/a 5

Sunderland 3 4 4 If 2n

train freight,

see margins

Boldon West/Brockley W 2½ 3 3½

Pelaw Metro Junction n/a 3 n/a

Pelaw Junction 5* n/a 3 *If 1s

train stopping

Heworth; 2 if not

Park Lane J (to Newcastle) 3 n/a n/a

High Level Bridge Jn 3 n/a n/a

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 81 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN627 LONGLANDS JUNCTION TO NEWCASTLE EAST JUNCTION VIA THE

COAST

Up Direction

HEADWAY AT FOLLOW

PASSENGER

TWM

FREIGHT

NOTES

High Level Bridge Jn 2½ n/a n/a

Park Lane Junction 2½ n/a 5

Pelaw Junction 2½ See margins 4½

Pelaw Metro Junction n/a 2½ n/a

Boldon West/Brockley W 2½ 2½ 5½* *High figure due to

signaling restriction;

see Margins

Sunderland 5 n/a 5

Ryhope Grange Jn 5 n/a 5

Seaham TCB treat as

AB* n/a TCB treat as AB* *In Up Direction, 2nd

train can

pass/depart

Seaham 1”

(passenger) 2”(

freight going to

Hartlepool) after 1st

train pass

Horden. freight

trains to Seaham

Harbour can pass

Seaham 5” after

preceding train

Horden Sig 7148 6 n/a 7

Hartlepool 5* n/a 4 *If 1s

train stopping;

4 if not

Greatham SB AB n/a AB

Billingham Jn 4 n/a 6

Norton South Jn 4 n/a 4

Hartburn Jn 4 n/a 4

Stockton Cut Jn 4 n/a 4

Eaglescliffe 5½* n/a 4 *If 1s

train stopping

Yarm; 3½ if not

Yarm 5* n/a 4½ *If 1s

train stopping

Yarm; 4 if not

Northallerton East Jn n/a n/a 3½

Boroughbridge Road LC n/a n/a 3½

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 82 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN628 SOUTH HYLTON TO SUNDERLAND SOUTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

South Hylton to Sunderland 4 4

LN631 DARLINGTON SOUTH JUNCTION TO EAGLESCLIFFE SOUTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 5 5

LN632 STOCKTON CUT JUNCTION TO SALTBURN

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

Exceptions:

Middlesbrough to Redcar Central 5 5

Redcar Central to Saltburn West

Junction 8 8

Saltburn West Junction to Saltburn Single line TCB

LN634 GUISBOROUGH JUNCTION TO WHITBY

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Guisborough Jn to Nunthorpe Single Line TCB but treat as AB. See Restrictions at Nunthorpe

Nunthorpe to Battersby Single Line NSTR but treat as AB*

Battersby to Glaisdale Single Line NSTR but treat as AB*

Glaisdale to Whitby Single Line NSTR but treat as AB*. See Restrictions at

Glaisdale and Whitby

Passing points:

Nunthorpe

Battersby

Glaisdale

*AB for Nunthorpe-Battersby-Glaisdale-Whitby must be 5 minutes arrive/depart. This is due to first driver at

location ‘x’ having to walk to token box, unlock, and relinquish token; then driver at location ‘y’ having to phone

signaler for permission to obtain token, lock token box, return to train, then conductor close doors, before train can

depart

LN642 SALTBURN WEST JUNCTION TO BOULBY POTASH MINE

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Saltburn West Junction to Crag

Hall Single Line TB

Crag Hall to Boulby Single Line NST

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 83 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN644 HARTBURN JUNCTION TO BOWESFIELD JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Bowesfield Junction to Hartburn

Junction

TCB* TCB* * planned as AB

LN646 NORTON-ON-TEES SOUTH TO FERRYHILL SOUTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Norton-on-Tees South Jn to

Norton-on-Tees West Jn AB AB

Norton-on-Tees West Jn to

Ferryhill South Jn AB AB

LN652 BILLINGHAM JUNCTION TO SEAL SANDS STORAGE

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Billingham Jn. To Belasis Lane AB AB

Belasis Lane to Port

Clarence/Seal Sands Single Line NTS/OTS Working

LN664 BOLDON EAST JUNCTION TO BOLDON NORTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Boldon East Junction to Boldon

North Junction Single line TCB

LN666 BOLDON WEST JUNCTION TO TYNE DOCK

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Boldon West Junction to Boldon

North Junction Single line TCB

Boldon North to Green Lane

Junction Only one train in either direction between these

locations

Green Lane Junction to Tyne

Dock Single line Information only controlled by Port of Tyne

LN674 HIGH LEVEL BRIDGE JUNCTION GREENSFIELD JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway TCB* TCB* *Plan as AB

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 84 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN676 PARK LANE JUNCTION TO KING EDWARD BRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Park Lane Junction to Greensfield

Junction

TCB* TCB* *Plan as AB

Greensfield Junction to King

Edward Bridge East Junction TCB* TCB* *Plan as AB

King Edward Bridge East Junction

to King Edward Bridge South

Junction

TCB* TCB* *Plan as AB

LN678 DARLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION TO EASTGATE

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Darlington to Heighington Single line TCB planned as AB

Heighington to Shildon AB AB

Shildon to Bishop Auckland Single line TCB planned as AB. Bishop Auckland Jn (exculsive)

to Eastgate controlled by the Weardale Railway who

should be contacted for permission to access the

line.

LN682 KING EDWARD BRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION TO PETTERIL BRIDGE

JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

King Edward Bridge South

Junction to Blaydon 4

following

non-stop,

5 ½

following

stopping

following

non-stop,

5 ½

following

stopping

Blaydon to Wylam AB AB

Wylam to Prudhoe AB AB

Prudhoe to Hexham 7

following

non–stop

following

stopping

following

non–stop

9½

following

stopping

Hexham to Haydon Bridge AB AB

Haydon Bridge to Haltwhistle AB AB

Haltwhistle to Low Row AB AB

Low Row to Brampton Fell AB AB

Brampton Fell to Corby Gates AB AB

Corby Gates to Petteril Bridge

Junction 4 AB

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 85 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN684 LOW FELL JUNCTION TO NORWOOD JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Low Fell Junction to Norwood

Junction Single line TCB

LN694 BENTON NORTH JUNCTION TO MORPETH NORTH JUNCTION VIA

BEDLINGTON

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Morpeth to Bedlington North

Junction Single line TCB planned as AB

Bedlington North Junction to

Newsham AB AB

Newsham to Benton North

Junction Single line TCB planned as AB

LN696 HEPSCOTT JUNCTION TO MORPETH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Hepscott Junction to Morpeth

Junction 4 4

LN700 BUTTERWELL NORTH BRANCH

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Butterwell Junction to Butterwell Single Line TCB planned as AB

LN702 BEDLINGTON NORTH TO LYNEMOUTH ALCAN

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Bedlington North to West

Sleekburn Junction

AB AB

West Sleekburn Junction to

Marchey’s House Junction AB AB

Marchey’s House Junction to

Ashington Junction AB AB

Ashington Junction to Lynemouth

Alcan/Power Station AB AB

LN706 WEST SLEEKBURN JUNCTION TO NORTH BLYTH

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

West Sleekburn Junction to

Winning Junction

AB AB

Winning Junction to Freeman’s LC AB AB

Freeman’s LC to North Blyth Single Line See Section 5.3 for Method of Working

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 86 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN708 WINNING JUNCTION TO MARCHEY’S HOUSE JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Winning Junction to Marchey’s

House Junction AB AB

LN736 CLEETHORPES TO NUNNERY MAIN LINE JUNCTION VIA RETFORD

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Cleethorpes to Brocklesby

Down

All stations can

depart 3 minutes

behind non–stop.

Non–stop can arrive

3 minutes behind all

stations

Brocklesby to Barnetby 5 DM

8 DG

Following

Freight

over 800

tonnes

Barnetby to Wrawby Junction 4

Following

Passenger

Following

Freight

Following

Freight

over 800

tonnes

Wrawby Junction to Brigg 6* 6* * Single line TCB

Brigg to Kirton Lime Sidings AB AB

Kirton Lime Sidings to

Gainsborough Central 9

** Single line TCB Passing loop at Northorpe

Gainsborough Trent Junction to

Retford 5 5

Retford to Worksop 6 5

Worksop to Brancliffe East

Junction 4 4

Brancliffe East Junction to Kiveton

Park TCB TCB To be planned as AB

Kiveton Park to Woodhouse

Junction AB AB

Woodhouse Junction to Woodburn

Junction AB AB

Woodburn Junction to Nunnery

Main Line 4 4

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 87 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN740 GRIMSBY MARSH WEST JUNCTION TO HUMBER ROAD JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Marsh West Junction to Great

Coates No. 1

AB AB

Great Coates No. 1 to Pyewipe

Road SB Single line AB

Pyewipe Road SB to Immingham

East Junction One train in section ETB

Immingham East Jn to Humber

Road Jn

TCB TCB Planned as AB

LN741 HABROUGH JUNCTION TO ULCEBY SOUTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Habrough Junction to Ulceby 4 4

LN742 KILLINGHOLME TO BROCKLESBY JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Killingholme to IW253 signal Single line OT(S)

Immingham West Jn to Ulceby 6 6

LN744 ULCEBY NORTH JUNCTION TO BARTON ON HUMBER

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Ulceby to Goxhill AB AB

Goxhill to Oxmarsh Crossing AB AB

Oxmarsh Crossing to Barton on

Humber Single line OTS

LN750 WOODBURN JUNCTION TO DEEPCAR

Restriction:

 Tokenless One Train Working on Stocksbridge Line

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 88 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN752 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO MARSHGATE JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

Exceptions:

Wrawby Junction to Foreign Ore

Branch Junction

Following

Passenger

Following

Freight

Following

Freight

over 800

tonnes

Kirk Sandall Junction to Doncaster 4

Stopping

Pass’r or

Freight

following

non–stop

LN756 SCUNTHORPE TRENT JUNCTION TO ROXBY

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway Single Line Staff Working

LN758 BRANCLIFFE EAST JUNCTION TO KIRK SANDALL JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Brancliffe East Junction to WP605

Signal

WP605 Signal to Dinnington

Junction AB

Brancliffe East Junction to WP606

Signal AB

WP606 Signal to Dinnington

Junction AB

Dinnington Junction to Maltby

Colliery SB Single Line TB planned as AB

Maltby Colliery SB to Firbeck

Junction Single Line TB planned as AB

Firbeck Junction to St Catherines

Junction Single Line TCB planned as AB

St Catherines Junction to Kirk

Sandall Junction Single Line TCB

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 89 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN766 BENTLEY JUNCTION TO HEXTHORPE JUNCTION (DONCASTER

AVOIDING LINE)

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 5 5

LN768 MANSFIELD WOODHOUSE TO SHIREOAKS EAST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Mansfield Woodhouse to

Shirebrook Jn

AB AB

Shirebrook Jn to Shireoaks East

Jn AB AB Elmton & Creswell Signal Box is in situ but switched

out. If required for timeble purposes Elmton &

Creswell Signal Box can be opened outside normal

opening box times.

LN774 BARROW HILL NORTH JUNCTION TO OXCROFT DISPOSAL POINT

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway Single line OTS

LN784 HIGH MARNHAM TO SHIREBROOK EAST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway AB AB

Exceptions:

High Marnham to Boughton

Junction Single line OTS

LN786 BEVERCOTES COLLIERY BRANCH

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Bevercotes Colliery to Boughton

Junction Single line Out of use

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 90 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN804 TAPTON JUNCTION TO GASCOIGNE WOOD JUNCTION VIA SHEFFIELD

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Tapton Junction to Dore Station

Junction 4 4

Dore Station Junction to Sheffield 4

Down

Trains stopping at Dore or signal stop at Dore may

be 3 minutes behind at Dore Station Jn

Trains may depart 3 minutes apart from Sheffield

but must be 4 minutes behind at Dore Station Jn

Sheffield to Nunnery Main Line

Junction

Down

2½ when preceding/following train to Woodburn

Junction

2½ when preceding/following train from Woodburn

Junction

Nunnery Main Line Junction to

Wincobank Junction

3 3

Wincobank Junction to Holmes

Junction 3

3 Up

2½ from Rotherham Central when following non–

stop

Holmes Junction to Swinton 3 3

Swinton to Ferrybridge North

Junction 4 4

Ferrybridge North Junction to

Milford Junction

Passenger

6 Freight

Passenger

6 Freight

Milford Junction to Church Fenton 4 5

LN806 TAPTON JUNCTION TO MASBOROUGH JUNCTION VIA ‘OLD ROAD’

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

LN807 DORE SOUTH JUNCTION TO DORE WEST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway Single line TCB

LN808 DORE STATION JUNCTION TO TOTLEY TUNNEL EAST

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Dore Station Jn to Dore West Jn Single line TCB

Dore West Jn to Totley Tunnel

East

4 4

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 91 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN809 SHEPCOTE LANE WEST JUNCTION TO TINSLEY YARD EAST END

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway Single line TCB

LN814 TINSLEY NORTH JUNCTION TO SHEFFIELD TRAM TRANSFER LINE

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway Single line TCB

LN815 PARKGATE JUNCTION TO SHEFFIELD TRAM PARKGATE TRANSFER

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway Single line TCB

LN816 BEIGHTON JUNCTION TO WOODHOUSE JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

LN818 HOLMES JUNCTION TO ROTHERHAM CENTRAL

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway Single line TCB

LN826 DONCASTER SOUTH YORKSHIRE JUNCTION TO SWINTON

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

Exceptions:

Doncaster to Hexthorpe Jn 4

Down

3 stopping Passenger or Freight following non–stop

from Doncaster

3 non–stop can arrive behind stopping Passenger at

Doncaster

LN828 MEXBOROUGH JUNCTION TO ALDWARKE JUNCTION VIA KILNHURST

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway Single line TCB

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 92 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN830 ALDWARKE JUNCTION TO WOODBURN JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

Exceptions:

Tinsley East Junction to

Woodburn Junction Single Line TCB to be planned as AB

LN836 DONCASTER MARSHGATE JUNCTION TO NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

Exceptions:

South Kirkby Junction to Hare

Park Junction 4

4 Down

3 from Branch following train from Doncaster at

South Kirkby Jn. 2 if from a stand

Wakefield Westgate to Holbeck

Junction 4

Down

3½ on approach to Holbeck Jn if 1st train has an

excess of pathing, engineering or performance

allowances.

3½ Loco hauled or stopping DMU following electric

service

Armley Junction to Leeds 2½ 2½ A and B Lines Only

Armley Junction to Whitehall Jn 3 3 C and D Lines Only

Holbeck Junction to Leeds 3 3

Leeds West Junction to Leeds 2 2 E and F Lines Only

Leeds to Neville Hill East Junction 4 4 Down

A stopping service can follow 3 minutes behind non–

stop from Leeds.

A non–stop can arrive Leeds 3 minutes behind

stopping service

LN838 LEEDS ARMLEY JUNCTION TO YORK SKELTON JUNCTION VIA

HARROGATE

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway AB AB

Exceptions:

Poppleton to Hammerton Single line ET

Cattal to Knaresborough Single line ET

Harrogate to Horsforth 6½*

8* 6½*

8* Following Non-Stop service

Following Stopping service

*Please refer to Harrogate station under junction

margins for exceptions to the headways listed

Horsforth to Armley Junction 5 4½

Armley Junction to Leeds 2½ 2½ A and B Lines Only. See also LN836 for other

headways west of Leeds.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 93 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN842 THORPE MARSH JUNCTION TO ADWICK JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

LN848 HARE PARK JUNCTION TO CROFTON WEST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

LN850 WAKEFIELD WESTGATE SOUTH JUNCTION TO WAKEFIELD KIRKGATE

WEST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway Single line TCB

LN852 HOLBECK JUNCTION TO BRADFORD INTERCHANGE

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 5 5

Exceptions:

Mill Lane Junction to Bradford

Interchange 3½ –

train from

Halifax

followed

by train

from

Leeds

2½ –

train from

Leeds

followed

by train

from

Halifax

2 – trains

diverging

at Mill

Lane

Junction

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 94 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN854 HALL ROYD JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 5 5

Hall Royd Jn. To Hebden Bridge 4 4

Hebden Bridge to IBS signals

HB7/MR8

AB AB

IBS signals HB7/MR8 to Milner

Royd Junction AB AB

Greetland Junction to Bradley

Wood Junction 4½ 4½

Heaton Lodge/Heaton Lodge East

Junction to Thornhill LNW/Mirfield

East Junctions to Dewsbury

2½* 2½* Section also appears in LN860

*Down. 3 following freight going towards Healey

Mills

*Up. 4 on US

Thornhill LNW Junction to Horbury

Junction 5 6

Horbury Junction to Wakefield

Kirkgate 5 6

Wakefield Kirkgate to Whitwood

Junction 4 5* *A train may pass Altofts Junction 2 minutes before

a service passes Turners Lane Junction towards

Calder Bridge Junction

Whitwood Junction to Castleford 3 Pass

4 Freight 3 Pass

4 Freight

Castleford to Milford Junction 6 Pass

10 Freight 6 Pass

10 Freight Maximum of 2 trains between Castleford and Milford

Junction at the same time.

Church Fenton North Junction to

Colton Junction

4 4

LN858 MILNER ROYD JUNCTION TO MILL LANE JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Milner Royd Junction to Halifax 5 5½

Halifax to Mill Lane Junction 6 $

following

non stop

7½ $ #

following

stopping

Following

non stop

7½

Following

Stopping

$ Trains can be 5 minutes apart at Mill Lane

Junction

# Headway following a stopping train can be

reduced to 6 minutes provided that at least 1½

minutes pathing time is added before Mill Lane

Junction

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 95 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN860 DIGGLE JUNCTION TO COPLEY HILL EAST JUNCTION : Down Direction

HEADWAY AT FOLLOWING

NON-STOP

FOLLOWING

STOPPER

NOTES

Diggle Junction See notes See notes This section is TCB. It is operated as one section

Marsden to Diggle Junction as though it were AB

Marsden 4 4

Huddersfield (arriving) 4* 4* *3½ if arriving at different platforms

Huddersfield (depart) 4* 4 *2½ if calling at Deighton and/or diverging at

Bradley Junction, following non–stop; 3½

consecutive fasts Huddersfield if coming from

different platforms

Bradley Junction 2½ 4

Heaton Lodge East Jn 2½* 3 *3 following freight going towards Healey Mills

Mirfield East Junction 2½ 3

Dewsbury 3 3½

Morley 4 4

Trains maybe timed 3 minutes apart at Whitehall Junction

LN860 COPLEY HILL EAST JUNCTION TO DIGGLE JUNCTION : Up Direction

HEADWAY AT FOLLOWING

NON-STOP

FOLLOWING

STOPPER

NOTES

Whitehall Junction 3 4

Morley 4½ 5½* *5 if class 185 stopping at Morley

Dewsbury 2½ 2½

Thornhill LNW Junction 2½ 2½

Mirfield East J (FL) 2½ 4

Mirfield East J (SL) 4 4

Heaton Lodge Junction 2½ 3

Bradley Junction 2½ 3

Huddersfield (arriving) 2½ 2½

Huddersfield (depart) 4 4

Marsden (arriving) - 4½

Marsden (departing) See notes See notes This section is TCB. It is operated as one section

Diggle Junction to Marsden as though it were AB

(Second train can depart Marsden 1 after first train

has passed Diggle)

LN862 BARNSLEY STATION JUNCTION TO HUDDERSFIELD

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway Single line TCB

Exceptions:

Clayton West Junction to

Stocksmoor AB AB

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 96 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN868 WINCOBANK JUNCTION TO HORBURY JUNCTION VIA BARNSLEY

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Wincobank Junction to Ecclesfield

West 5 5

Ecclesfield West to Barnsley 8 8

Barnsley to Horbury Junction 8 8

LN872 ALTOFTS JUNCTION TO LEEDS WEST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

LN874 METHLEY JUNCTION TO WHITWOOD JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 3 3

LN875 CASTLEFORD WEST JUNCTION TO PONTEFRACT WEST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 5 Pass

6 Freight 5 Pass

6 Freight

LN880 YORK TO SCARBOROUGH

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

York to Strensall 6 6

Strensall to Barton Hill AB AB

Barton Hill to Kirkham Abbey AB AB

Kirkham Abbey to Malton AB AB

Malton to Weaverthorpe AB AB

Weaverthorpe to Seamer AB AB

Seamer to Scarborough 3½ 3½

LN882 WAKEFIELD KIRKGATE WEST JUNCTION TO GOOLE POTTER’S GRANGE

JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

Exceptions:

Wakefield Kirkgate to Oakenshaw

Junction 3 3

Pontefract East Goods Junction to

Knottingley West Junction 3 3

Knottingley East Junction to Drax

Branch Junction 5 Pass

6 Freight 5 Pass

6 Freight

Drax Branch Junction to Goole Single line TCB planned as AB

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 97 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN886 MONK BRETTON LOOP TO CROFTON EAST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway Single Line OTNS. Monk Bretton loop can only be used for a

locomotive run round.

LN888 HATFIELD AND STAINFORTH (STAINFORTH JUNCTION) TO

FERRYBRIDGE NORTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

Exceptions:

Haywood Junction to Knottingley

South Junction

4 Pass

6 Freight 4 Pass

6 Freight

LN889 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO HAYWOOD JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

LN896 DRAX POWER STATION BRANCH

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Drax Branch Junction to Drax PS 6 6

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 98 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN898 NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION TO HULL

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

Exceptions:

Selby West to Selby 3 4

Selby to Gilberdyke 6

following

non–

stop.

following

stopping

train or

Freight

following

non–stop

following

stopping

train or

Freight

Gilberdyke to Broomfleet AB AB

Broomfleet to Crabley Creek SB AB AB

Crabley Creek SB to Brough East

SB AB AB

Brough East SB to Melton Lane AB AB

Melton Lane to Hull 5 non–

stop

stopping

train

arriving

in front of

non–stop

4 non–

stop

stopping

train

following

non–stop

LN902 MICKLEFIELD JUNCTION TO CHURCH FENTON NORTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

LN910 TEMPLE HIRST JUNCTION TO SELBY SOUTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

LN912 THORNE JUNCTION TO GILBERDYKE JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

Exceptions:

Saltmarshe to Gilberdyke AB AB

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 99 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN914 HULL TO SEAMER WEST JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Hull to Beverley 6 6

Beverley to Driffield AB AB

Driffield to Bridlington AB AB

Bridlington to Hunmanby Single line TCB

Filey to Seamer Single line TCB

LN916 HESSLE ROAD JUNCTION TO SALTEND

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway

Springbank South Jn to Dock

Security Gates

Single line TCB Section Split at Bridges Junction

Passing point

Hessle Road Junction to Springbank South Junction

LN922 WHITEHALL WEST JUNCTION TO HELLIFIELD SOUTH JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Whitehall West Junction to Shipley 4 4

Shipley to Keighley 4

(6 at

Shipley

following

train

stopping

Saltaire)

4 (6 at

Keighley

following

train

stopping at

Crossflats)

Keighley to Skipton 5 5 (6 at

Skipton

following

train

stopping at

Connonley

)

Skipton to Gargrave 8½

following

non–stop

following

stopping

8½

following

non–stop

following

stopping

Gargrave to Hellifield AB AB

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 100 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN924 APPERLEY JUNCTION TO ILKLEY

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Apperley Junction to Springs

Junction Single line TCB

Esholt Junction to Guiseley TCB TCB Planned as AB – SRT +1 minute

Guiseley to Burley-In-Wharfedale TCB TCB Planned as AB – SRT +1 minute

Burley-In-Wharfedale to Ilkley TCB Planned as AB – SRT +1 minute

Ilkley to Ben Rhydding TCB Planned as AB – SRT +1 minute

Ben Rhydding to Burley-In-

Wharfedale TCB Planned as AB – SRT +1 minute

LN926 DOCKFIELD JUNCTION TO ESHOLT JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway Single line TCB

LN928 SHIPLEY EAST JUNCTION TO BRADFORD FORSTER SQUARE

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Standard Headway 4 4

LN930 SKIPTON MIDDLE JUNCTION TO RYLSTONE

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

Skipton to Rylstone Single line OTNS

LN3214 BELLE ISLE TO CANAL TUNNEL JUNCTION

TIMING POINT DOWN UP NOTES

For Route LN3214 Please See East Midlands Timetable Planning Rules

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 101 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

5.2.2 General Capacity Constraints

Where single line working is to operate or trains are to be routed to run on a line other than that normally planned for

them, constraints on capacity will apply – see Rules of the Route.

The following special capacity and timing restrictions apply in addition to the constraints stated elsewhere in this

document:

None

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 102 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

5.3 Junction Margins and Station Planning Rules

The definition for Junction Margins and Station Planning Rules is listed in Section 6.6 - 6.10 of the National TPRs.

All times shown are in minutes. Where adjustments to sectional running times are shown, the value must be added

to the normal SRTs shown in B Plan. Negative adjustments are specially identified.

Minimum station allowances are the minimum practical for the particular type of stock. These are shown with

exceptions being listed by line of route where applicable.

Light engine movements to be treated as passenger trains when applying margins/allowances where there is a

passenger/freight differential.

LINE OF ROUTE

STANDARD VALUES – MINIMUM

Attachment of Locomotives/Units

22x 7

DMU 6

EMU (gangwayed) 4

EMU (Non gangwayed) 3

EMU (Northern Trains) 7

Locomotive 15

Govia Thameslink Railway class

313/365/387 units 6

Connectional Allowance 5 minutes

Detachment of Locomotives/Units:

22X 7

DMU 5

EMU (gangwayed) 3

EMU (non gangwayed) 2

EMU (Northern Trains) 7

Locomotive 10

% 12 if locomotive attached at other end of train

Govia Thameslink Railway class

313/365/387 units 5

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 103 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Dwell Time

DMU (E) 1

DMU (Other) 45 seconds. To be shown as alternating 1 and ½ minute stops

DMU reversing on through

services 3*

* 4 East Midlands Trains services

EMU ½

HST/LH/22X/180 1½

Tyne & Wear Metro cars 24 seconds. To be shown as ½ stop and SRT shortened by 6 seconds

Locomotive Change

At same end 16

Locomotive Run–Round

Passenger 16

Freight 20

Platform End Conflictions

train arrive to 2n

train depart 1

Platform Re–occupation

Following EMU/DMU in same

direction 3

following EMU/DMU in opposite

direction 5

Following LH/HST in same

direction 4

Following LH/HST in opposite

direction 6

Reversal

No change in composition 8

HST 2+7 or 2+8 includes Serco

New Measurement Train 7

HST 2+7 or 2+8 Re–manned 5

Turnround

DMU* 4

* Where turnround times are specified at locations for trains from specific origins, request should be made to the

Operational Planning Project Manager LNE, Network Rail for times from other locations as a longer turnround may

apply.

HST/LH 35

Terminating CrossCountry trains prior to ECS move to Depot – Safety Check Unit (SCU):–

1 x 22X 8 SCU and depart in same direction as arrival

1 x 22X 10 SCU and depart in reverse direction to arrival

2 x 22X 15 SCU and depart in same direction as arrival

2 x 22X 20 SCU and depart in reverse direction to arrival

Minimum Platform standing allowance before passenger train departure of 22x after arriving ECS form depot(train

preparation reasons)

1 x 22x 15

2 x 22x 20

By exception, values may be reduced after discussion and agreement with CrossCountry

3 car class 313 5

6 car class 313 6

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 104 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

4 car class 365 5

8 car class 365 6

12 car class 365 7

4 car class 387 8

8 car class 387 9

12 car class 387 10

8 car class 700 8

12 car class 700 10

6 car class 717 6

THE FOLLOWING PAGES SHOW THE EXCEPTIONS TO THESE STANDARD VALUES

EXCEPTIONS TO THE STANDARD VALUES:

LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION

London King’s Cross

Connectional Allowance 15

Junction Margins and Platform re- occupation – Crossing via Throat

Depart/Arrive Platforms 1 – 8 5

Depart/Arrive Platforms 9 – 11 4

Arrive/Depart 2*

* May be reduced to 1 if both trains are EMUs

Minimum Turnround

All Times

Suburban EMU 7* * 8 minutes if from north of Cambridge

From Yorkshire and stations south

there of (VTEC) 30

From Newcastle 35

From Scotland 40

From Hull (Hull Trains) 30

20 for arrivals during the following hours:

Monday to Friday 0700 – 1000hrs and 1600 – 1900hrs

Saturday All day

Sunday 1700 – 2100hrs

From Sunderland (Grand Central) 35

20 for arrivals originating from York during contingency timetable

20 for weekend trains subject to engineering diversions

Station Working

Platform 1. Trains starting from Platform 1 using signal K287 must depart via FL2 to Belle Isle and then FL to

Holloway. Trains required to depart via FL1 must start behind K285 signal.

Station Watering Points Platforms 0 – 11

Belle Isle Junction

Note : It is not permissable for up trains to have any pathing,engineering or perforamnce allowances between

Belle Isle Junctions and King’s Cross as there are no signals in this section.

Junction Margins

All crossing margins 3 minutes

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 105 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Copenhagen Junction

Note: Trains in the Down direction on the North London Incline (NLI) should not normally be shown to stop at

Copenhagen Junction. Down trains required to stop on the NLI to wait a path over Copenhagen Jn should be

timed to stop at York Way North Jn unless they exceed 630 metres in length. Only trains in excess of 630 metres

in length should be timed to stop at Copenhagen Jn. In those circumstances due to signalling constraints the

following applies: A Down train on the NLI planned to stop at Copenhagen Jn must arrive a minimum of 5 minutes

before the passage of any train on the Down Slow

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Train from NLI to Down Slow Line Train from Up Slow Line to North London

Incline 5

Train from Up Slow Line to North London

Incline Train passing on Down Slow 4½

Train passing on Down Slow Train from Up Slow Line to North London

Incline 4

Holloway South Junction

Adjustment to sectional running times

Movement Down Reason Value

Belle Isle to Holloway South Jn DF or DS to DG pass to pass, approach control

and differential junction speed ½

Movement Up Reason Value

Holloway South Jn to Belle Isle US2 to UF or US pass to pass ½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up train passes Belle Isle Pass from SL2 1½

Up trains cross to/from SL Next train passes Finsbury Park 2^

Down train cross to SL/FL Next train passes Belle Isle 1½

Down train cross to GL Next train passes Belle Isle 2

Down FL train pass Finsbury Park Cross from DSL to DFL 1½*

^ - May be 1½ if 2n

train is also crossing to/from SL

* - May be 1 if 2n

train is calling at Finsbury Park

Finsbury Park

Dwell Time

Class 313, 365 and 387 1

Class 700 and 717 1½ May be reduced to one minute by TOC agreement

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart Platform 7 to DSL Depart platform 8 to DSL 2

Arrive USL from UFL Pass UFL 2½

Depart Platform 4 to DFL Arrive Platform 4 from UFL 4

Pass DFL Depart DSL to DFL 1½^

Pass DFL Pass DSL to DFL 2

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 106 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Finsbury Park

$ May be 1½ if second train has 1 minute or more pathing time approaching Finsbury Park

^ Headway passing Alexandra Palace may be reduced to 2½ minutes.

Platform Re–occupation

In same direction 2½

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Alexandra Palace to Finsbury Park UF to US (all movements)

Approach Control and Differential Junction

Speed

1 EMU

1½ HST/LH/

180/225

Movement Down Reason Value

Finsbury Park to Alexandra Palace DS to DF (all movements)

Differential Junction Speed ½

Harringay

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart US2 (K85) to Hornsey EMUD Arrive/Pass Finsbury Park 5

Alexandra Palace

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Finsbury Park to Alexandra Palace DF to Down Hertford and also DF to DS pass

to pass; approach control and differential

junction speed

1 EMU

1½ HST/LH/

180/225/*

DF to Down Hertford and also DF to DS start to

pass 1

DS to Down Hertford also DS to DF pass to

pass ½

Alexandra Palace to Potters Bar DF to DS pass to pass 1

DS to DF pass to pass 1 180/EMU

1½ HST/LH/

225

Movement Up Reason Value

Potters Bar to Alexandra Palace US to UF pass to pass; approach control and

differential junction speed 1 Except

HST/225

1½ HST/225

US1 to US2 pass to pass; approach control

and differential junction speed

½ EMU

Alexandra Palace to Finsbury Park Up Hertford to UF pass to pass; differential

junction speed 1 180/EMU

1½ HST/LH/

225

Up Hertford to US pass to pass; differential

junction speed

½ 180

1 HST/LH/

225

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 107 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Alexandra Palace

US1 to UF pass to pass; differential junction

speed

1 180/EMU

1½ HST/LH

US2 to US pass to pass; differential junction

speed

½ EMU

For services departing from Bounds Green

Depot to US2 Start to pass; for acceleration

purposes

1½ HST/LH

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass DFL Depart DSL to DFL 1½

Pass DFL Pass DSL to DFL 2*

Arrive/pass DSL from DFL Pass DFL 3

Pass UFL Pass USL to UFL 2*

Pass UFL Depart USL to UFL 1½

Pass USL Depart USL2 to USL 1½

Pass USL Pass USL2 to USL 2*

Depart USL not calling at Hornsey Depart USL2 to USL caling at Hornsey 2

Pass USL2 Pass USL to USL2 2*

* May be reduced to 1½ if second train has 1

minute or more pathing time approaching

Alexandra Palace

Dwell Time

1 Up peak Trains arriving King’s Cross/Moorgate /St Pancras International 0700 – 0959 SX

1 Down peak Trains departing King’s Cross/Moorgate/ St Pancras International 1600 – 1859 SX

Platform Re–occupation

In same direction 2½

New Southgate

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Cross UFL to USL Up fast passes Potters Bar Same time

New Barnet

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down train to cross to SL Next fast train passes Alexandra Palace ½

Up train cross to SL Next train passes Potters Bar 1

Fast passes Alexandra Palace Depart USL to UFL 1 before

Fast passes Alexandra Palace Pass USL to UFL Same time

Fast passes Potters Bar Depart/pass DSL to DFL Same time

Dwell Time

1 Up peak Trains arriving King’s Cross/Moorgate / St Pancras International 0700 – 0959 SX

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 108 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

New Barnet

1 Down peak Trains departing King’s Cross/Moorgate / St Pancras International 1600 – 1859 0700 0959 SX

Potters Bar

Adjustment to sectional running times

Movement Down Reason Value

Alexandra Palace to Potters Bar DF to DS pass to pass and pass to stop;

approach control and differential junction speed ½

DS to DF pass to pass and pass to stop;

approach control and differential junction speed ½ EMU

1HST/LH/

180 /225

Potters Bar to Welwyn Garden City DF to DS pass to pass and pass to stop 1

DS to DF pass to pass 1 EMU/180

1½ HST/LH/

225

Movement Up Reason Value

Welwyn Garden City to Potters Bar UF to US pass to pass; approach control and

differential junction speed 1

US to UF pass to pass; approach control and

differential junction speed 1

Potters Bar to Alexandra Palace UF to US pass to pass 1

US to UF pass to pass ½ EMU/180

1 HST/LH/

225

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down train to cross to SL Before next fast train passes Down Fast 2½

Up train cross UFL to USL Before next fast train passes 3½

Pass UFL Depart USL to UFL 1½

Pass UFL Pass USL to UFL 2½

Pass DFL Depart DSL to DFL 1½

Pass DFL Pass DSL to DFL 2

Marshmoor Crossover

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up train arrive Welham Green Pass USL to UFL 3

Up Fast Potters Bar Pass USL to UFL Same time

Hatfield

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Cross to USL at Hatfield North Before next train passes Welwyn Garden City 1½

Down fast pass Welwyn G.C. Pass DSL to DFL 1

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 109 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Welwyn Garden City

Adjustment to sectional running times

Movement Down Reason Value

Potters Bar to Welwyn Garden City DF to DS pass to pass; approach control and

differential junction speed 1

DS to DF pass to pass; approach control and

differential junction speed 1

Potters Bar or Hatfield to Welwyn Garden City DS to DF pass to pass 1 180/EMU 2

HST/LH/

225

Movement Up Reason Value

Woolmer Green to Welwyn Garden City UF to US pass to pass; approach control and

differential junction speed 1

US to UF pass to pass 1 EMU/180

2 HST/LH/

225

Connectional Allowance 4

Dwell Time

Class 313, 365 and 387 1

Class 700 and 717 1½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Cross to DSL Pass DFL 3

Pass DFL Depart DSL to DFL 2

Pass UFL Depart USL to UFL 2

Cross to USL Pass UFL 3

Depart Yard Pass Up/Down 5

Pass Up/Down Depart Yard 2

GTR class 387, 700 and 717 trains to Welwyn Garden City CS require a 4 minute operational stop in the platforms

to clear the train of passengers and lock the doors

GTR Class 313 and 365 trains to Welwyn Garden City CS require a 5 minute operational stop in the platforms to

close windows, clear the train of passengers and lock the doors

This is to permit station staff to ensure windows are closed prior to the train passing through the carriage washer

Turnrounds All shunt movements to be timed

Platform Re–occupation

In either direction 3

Digswell

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up train to cross to SL Up fast passes Welwyn Garden City 3½

Down Fast train passes Welwyn Garden City Pass DSL to DFL 2½*

Down Fast train passes Welwyn Garden City Depart from USL 2

* May be reduced to 1½ mins for trains with pathing allowance after Welwyn Garden City and calling at Welwyn

North

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 110 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Welwyn North

Station Working

For trains booked to call at Welwyn North a public/working differential (up to a maximum value of 3 minutes) equal

to any pathing time approaching Digswell (down) and Woolmer Green (up) is to be applied

Woolmer Green

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Approaching Woolmer Green Jn DF – DS when DF from Welwyn GC;

differential junction speed

½ HST/180/

225

Movement Up Reason Value

After Woolmer Green Jn US – UF when UF to Welwyn GC; differential

junction speed

½ HST/180/

225

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down train to cross to SL Next train pass 3

Pass UFL Pass from USL 2

Stevenage

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Stevenage to Hitchin DF to DS pass to pass; junction differential ½ 180 /EMU

1 HST/LH/

225

DS to DF pass to pass (use for Hertford

diversions)

1 180/EMU

1½ HST/LH/

225

US or UF to DF (for originating trains at during

engineering works); differential junction speed

Woolmer Green to Stevenage DF to DS pass to pass; approach control and

differential junction speed 1

DF to DS pass to stop; approach control and

differential junction speed ½

DS to DF pass to pass; approach control and

differential junction speed

½ 180 /EMU

1 HST/LH/

225

Movement Up Reason Value

Hitchin to Stevenage UF to US pass to pass (use for Hertford

diversions); approach control and differential

junction speed

1 EMU

1½ HST/LH

180/225

UF to US pass to stop (use for Hertford

diversions); approach control and differential

junction speed

½ HST/LH/

180

US to UF pass to pass; approach control and

differential junction speed 1

Stevenage to Woolmer Green UF to US pass to pass 1

US to UF pass to pass 1 180/EMU

1½ HST/LH/

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 111 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Stevenage

225

Connectional Allowance 4

Dwell Time

Class 313, 365 and 387 1

LH/HST/222 1½

Class 700 and 717 1½ May be reduced to 1 minute by TOC agreement

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Cross to DSL Pass DFL 3

Cross to USL Pass UFL 3

Pass DFL Depart DSL to DFL 2

Pass DFL Pass DSL to DFL 2½*

Pass UFL Depart USL to UFL 2

Pass UFL Pass USL to UFL 2½*

Depart USL to UFL Arrive/Pass UFL 3

Depart DSL in Up direction Arrive DSL 6

Depart DSL in Up direction Arrive DSL from DML 4

* May be reduced to 2 minutes if second train has 1 or more minutes pathing time approaching Stevenage

Platform Re–occupation

In same direction 3

Station Working

Up trains must be routed SL from Hitchin if UFL platform at Stevenage is occupied by an originating down

passenger service.

Turnround Suburban EMU services turning round in platform 4 : 8 maximum SX, 10

maximum SO

Hitchin

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Stevenage to Hitchin DF to Cambridge (via DCF) pass to pass;

approach control and differential

(EMU differential included in the SRT)

1 HST/LH/

/225 Also

see 5.1

DF to Cambridge (via flat junction) pass to

pass; approach control and differential ½ EMU

HST/LH/225

DF to DS pass to pass crossing at Hitchin

South Jcn; junction differential ½

DS to DF or Cambridge (via flat junction) pass

to pass; approach control and differential ½ /EMU

1 HST/LH/

225

DS to DF pass to pass 1 222/EMU

1½ HST/LH/

225

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 112 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Hitchin

Movement Up Reason Value

Sandy to Hitchin UF to US pass to pass;

approach control and differential 1½ EMU

2 HST/LH/

180/225

US to UF pass to pass; approach control 1

Hitchin to Stevenage UF to US pass to pass ½

Up Cambridge to Up Fast pass to pass;

differential 1 EMU

2 HST/LH/

180 /225

US to UF pass to pass crossing at Hitchin

South Jn ; differential 1 HST/LH

180/225/365

Connectional Allowance 4

Dwell Time

EMU 1 * May be reduced to ½ minute by agreement with Train Operator

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive USL from UFL Pass Up Main 4

Pass UFL Pass from USL to UFL 2

Down train to depart towards Royston Before next fast Up or Down passes 3½

Depart to Royston Arrive from Peterborough 3½

Down or Up fast passes Depart to Royston 1*

Arrive DSL from DFL Pass DFL 2½

Pass Up Fast/Up Slow Pass to Royston 3

Pass to Royston Pass Up Main 3

Pass to Royston via Flyover Down Pass at Hitchin 3

Pass to Royston via Flyover Depart to Sandy 3

* 1½ minutes when train on Down Slow arrives exactly same time as train passes Down Fast

Platform Re–occupation

In same direction 3

Simultaneous moves not permitted

A train may not arrive at the Down Slow platform 2 while a train is signalled from K699 signal on the Down Fast to

the Down Slow(via 2271 crossover unless both trains have {1} on approach to Hitchin as they will both be

approach controlled at Hitchin South Jn. Otherwise a margin of 2 minutes is required.

A train may not cross from K699 signal on the Down Fast to the Down Slow (via 2271 crossover) while a train is

arriving at platform 2 unless both trains have {1} on approach to Hitchin, as both trains will be approach-controlled

at Hitchin South Jn. Otherwise a margin of 2 minutes is required

Cadwell

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Up Fast passes Hitchin Cross USL to UFL 1

Arlesey

Dwell Time

1 Down peak Trains departing King’s Cross/Moorgate / St Pancras International

1600 – 1859 SX

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 113 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Biggleswade

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down train cross to DFL to DSL Next Down fast train pass on DFL 2

Depart/Pass UFL to USL Next Up fast train pass on UFL 2½

Arrive DS from US Depart US or UF to Hitchin Same time

Arrive DS from US Pass on US 1½

Arrive DS from US Pass on UF 1½

Arrive DS from US Pass on DF 2

Arrive DS from US Down arrive platform 3 3½

Arrive Plasmor Pass on DS 2½

Arrive Plasmor Down arrive Biggleswade 2½

Pass UF Depart DS to Up 2

Pass UF Depart K235 to DS 2

Depart platform 2 to UF Depart DS to Up 2

Depart platform 2 to UF Depart K235 to DS 2

Pass DF Depart DS to Up 1

Pass DF Depart K235 to DS 1

Pass DS Depart Plasmoor 2

Pass DS Depart K235 to DS 2

Down depart on DS. Depart Plasmor 2½

Down depart on DS Depart K235 to DS 2½

US pass Depart DS to US 2

US depart Depart DS to US 2½

Depart DS to Up Pass DS 4

Depart DS to Up Arrive DS 4½

Depart DS to Up Pass DF 4

Depart DS to US Pass UF 4

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Hitchin to Biggleswade. To be

applied approaching

Biggleswade

DF to DS ; approach

control 1 for non stopping; ½ stopping at Biggleswade

Bigglswade to Sandy. To be

applied after Biggleswade DF to DS; acceleration from

slow speed pointwork ½ for non stopping trains only

Movement Up Reason Value

Sandy to Biggleswade. To be

applied approaching

Biggleswade

UF to US; approach control ½

Biggleswade to Hitchin. To be

applied after Biggleswade UF to US; acceleration from

slow speed pointwork 1 for non stopping trains only

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 114 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

METHOD OF WORKING TO/FROM PLASMOR SIDINGS

Method of Working from South, to Plasmor Sidings:

 Hitchin xx/xx

 Biggleswade [platform 4] arr xxRM00

 Biggleswade [platform 4] dep xxRMPR03

 Biggleswade Plasmor xxPR06½

Method of Working from North, to Plasmor Sidings:

 Sandy xx/xx

 Biggleswade [platform 1 or 2] xx/00

 Biggleswade Signal K235 arrive xxRM02

 Biggleswade Signal K235 depart xxRMPR04

 Biggleswade [platform 4] arrive xxPRRM07

 Biggleswade [platform 4] depart xxRM09

 Bigglswade Plasmor arrive xx:12½

Method of Working from Plasmor Sidings to South:

 Bigglswade Plasmor depart xxPR00

 Biggleswade [platform 4] arrive xxPRRM02

 Biggleswade [platform 4] depart xxRM04

 Hitchin xx/xx

Method of Working from Plasmor Sidings to North:

 Bigglswade Plasmor depart xx:00

 Bigglswade [platform 4] arrive xxOP02 (OP stop to allow GF operator to join train)

 Biggleswade [platform 4] depart xxOP07

 Sandy xx/xx

Notes:

 Run Rounds, if required, use the DSL. Planners must satisfy themselves that a ‘window’ of at least 10

minutes exists between other traffic to allow this to take place

 Siding Lengths:

 No. 1 Siding (adjacent to Down Slow): Complete siding 821yards/117slu; south, clear of ‘A’ ground frame

476yards/67slu; north, clear of ‘B’ ground frame and all points 85yards/12slu; between ‘A’ ground frame

and ‘B’ ground frame 276yards/39slu

 No. 2 Siding (adjacent to no. 1 siding at south end) – 205yds/29slu [presently out of use]

 No. 3 Siding (adjacent to no. 1 siding at north end) – 213yards/39 slu

 No. 4 Siding (adjacent to no. 3 siding) – 213yards/39 slu

 No. 5 Siding (adjacent to no. 4 siding) – room for locomotive only

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 115 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Sandy

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Hitchin to Sandy DF to DS pass to pass; approach control 1 EMU

2 HST/LH/

180/225

DS to DF pass to pass; differential 1

Sandy to Huntingdon DF to DS pass to pass; approach control 1

DS to DF pass to pass; differential 1 180/EMU

2 HST/LH/

225

Movement Up Reason Value

Huntingdon to Sandy UF to US pass to pass; approach control and

differential 1 EMU

2 HST/LH/

180/225

US to UF pass to pass; differential 1

Sandy to Hitchin UF to US pass to pass; approach control 1

US to UF pass to pass; differential 1 180/EMU

2 HST/LH/

225

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down train pass FL to SL Next DF train passes 3

Up train crosses FL to SL Next UF train passes 3

Pass Up Fast Depart USL cross UFL 2

Pass Down Fast Depart DSL cross DFL 2

St Neots

Dwell Time

All trains 1

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Sandy to St.Neots DF to DS ; approach control 1 EMU

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down train to clear to SL Before next non–stop train passes Sandy Pass Sandy

½ before 1st

train has

cleared to SL

at St Neots

Pass Up fast Depart USL to UFL 1½ before

fast passes

Sandy

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 116 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Huntingdon

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Sandy to Huntingdon DF to DS pass to pass ; approach control 1 EMU

2 HST/LH/

180/225

DS to DF pass to pass ; differential 1

Huntingdon to Holme DF to DS pass to pass ; approach control ½ EMU

HST/LH/180/

225

Movement Up Reason Value

Conington South Jn to Huntingdon UF to US pass to pass ; approach control

EMU/Freight

1½ HST/LH/

180/225

Dwell Time

EMU: 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up train to arrive Before next non stop train passes 3

Down train to clear to SL Before next non stop train passes 3

Pass Down Fast Depart DSL to DFL 1½

Empty EMU to arrive Up platform from DFL Before next non stop train passes 3½

Depart Up Bay Arrive Up Slow Platform 3

Arrive Up Bay from P33 signal Arrive Up Slow Platform 3½

Platform Reoccupation 3 minutes

Conington Loop

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass Up Main Depart Loop 3 after fast

passes

Conington

South Jn

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 117 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Conington South Junction

Minimum Turnaround

4 cars 5

8 cars 6

12 cars 7

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up train cross to SL Before next Up fast train passes 4

Cross Down to Up Before Down fast passes Holme 5

Cross Down to Up After Down fast passes Holme 1

Cross Down to Up After Up train passes 2

Holme Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

After Holme Jn DS – DF when DF to Peterborough; differential

junction speed

1 HST/180/

225

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass DFL Pass from DSL 2½

Pass DFL Depart from DSL 2

Fletton Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down train to clear to SL Before next non stop passes Holme Same time

Pass Up Main Pass/depart USL 3 after non–

stop passes

Peterborough

Pass Up Main

Pass/depart USL 4 after

stopping train

departs

Peterborough

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 118 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Peterborough

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

After Peterborough for departures from

Platforms 2, 4 and 5 via USL towards

Werrington Jn

Via slow speed connections ½ All

Connectional Allowance 8

Dwell Time

DMU/EMU 2

LH/HST 2

170 1½

Junction Margins

Conflicting moves 3 minutes unless listed below

In the following tables,

‘A’ denotes a parallel move to Peterborough East, then normal headway.

‘P’ denotes a parallel move.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 119 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Platforms 1, 2 and 3

move →

1st move ↓

Dep

Pl 1

to UF

Dep

Pl 1

Dep

Pl 2

to UF

Dep

Pl 3

Pass

Pl 3

Dep

Pl 1

Dep

Pl 2

to DF

Arr

Pl 1

from

Arr Pl

from

Arr Pl

from

Arr Pl

from

Arr Pl

from

Arr

Pl 1

frm

US/

Arr

Pl 2

frm

US/

Depart Pl 1

to UF – 3 3 3 5 – – 5 5 4 4 4 4 4

Depart Pl 1

to US 3 – P P P – – 5 P – – P 4 –

Depart Pl 2

to UF 3 P – 3 5 – – 5 5 P 4 4 P 4

Depart Pl 3

to UF 3 P 3 – – – – 5 5 P P 4 P P

Pass Pl3 to

UF 2 P 2 – – 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 P 5

Depart Pl 1

to DF P P P P 5 – 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5

Depart Pl 2

to DF P P – P 5 4 – P 4 5 5 5 P 5

Arrive Pl 1

from DF – – 2 2 4 – P – 3 4 P 4 – 4

Arrive Pl 2

from DF 2 P – 2 4 2 – 3 – P 5 4 P 5

Arrive Pl 1

from UF – – P P 4 – 2 3 P – 4 4 – 3

Arrive Pl 2

from UF 2 P – 2 4 2 – 3 4 4 – 4 P 4

Arrive Pl 3

from UF 2 P 2 – – 1 1 3 3 4 4 – P 3

Arrive Pl 1

from US/WY 1 1 P P P – P 4 P 4 P P – –

Arrive Pl 2

from US/WY 2 P – P 4 2 – 3 4 4 4 4 3 –

Platforms 4 and 5

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Time between trains in the same direction in

the same platform 4

Time between trains in the opposite direction in

the same platform 5

Calling on restrictive aspect 3 mins between

movements in same direction Plus 1 running time for arrival

Arrive Platform 4 from north Arrive Platform 5 from south/Nene 3

Arrive Platform 5 from south/Nene Arrive Platform 4 from north 3

Arrive 2-Way Goods lines from north Arrive Platform 5 from south 3

Depart 2-Way Goods lines to north Arrive Platform 5 from south 4

Arrive Platform 5 from south Depart 2-Way Goods lines to north Parallel

Arrive Platform 5 from south Arrive/pass on the 2-Way Goods from the north Parallel

Arrive Platform 4 from south Depart 2-Way Goods to north/Down Main/West

Yard Parallel

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 120 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Platforms 4 and 5 north end movements

move →

1st move ↓

Dep Pl 4

to DSL Dep Pl 4

to DM/

W Yd

Dep Pl 5

to DSL Dep Pl 5

to DM/

W Yd

Arr Pl 4

from Up

Stamfd

Arr Pl 5

from Up

Stamfd

Arr Pl 4

from

UM/US

Arr Pl 5

from

UM/US

Pass

Down

Main

Dep Pl 4 to D

Stamford – 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 P

Dep Pl 4 to

DM/W Yd 3 – P 3 5 P 6 6 7

Dep Pl 5 to

DS 3 P – 3 P 5 P 5 P

Dep Pl 5 to

DM/W Yd 3 3 3 – 5 5 5 5 6

Arrive Pl 4

from Up

Stamford

– – P 1 – 4 4 4 P

Arrive Pl 5

from Up

Stamford

1 P – – 4 – P 4 P

Arrive Pl 4

from UM/USL – – P 1 4 P – 4 5

Arrive Pl 5

from UM/USL 1 1 – – 4 4 4 – 5

Pass Down

Main P 2 P 2 P P 5 5 –

Arrive Pl 2/3

from UM/US P P P P P P 3 3 P

Platform 4 and 5 south end movements

move →

1st move ↓

Dep

Pl 4 to

Nene

Dep

Pl 5 to

Nene

Dep

Pl 4 to

March

Dep

Pl 5 to

March

Dep

Pl 5

via 2

way

Arr Pl

4 from

DM/

Arr Pl

5 from

DM/

Arr Pl

4 from

Nene

Arr Pl

5 from

Nene

Arr Pl

4 from

March

Arr Pl

5 from

March

Dep Pl 4 to

Nene Sdgs – 4 3 3 P 4 4 7 7 4 P

Dep Pl 5 to

Nene Sdgs 4 – 3 3 3 4 5 7 7 4 4

Dep Pl 4 to

March 3 3 – 3 A 4 4 3 3 4 P

Dep Pl 5 to

March 3 3 3 – – 4 4 3 3 4 4

Dep Pl 5 via 2

way P 3 A – – P 4 P 3 7 7

Arr Pl 4 from

DM/DS – 1 – 1 P – 4 3 3 3 P

Arr Pl 5 from

DM/DS 1 – 1 – – 4 – 3 3 4 4

Arr Pl 4 from

Nene – 1 – 1 P 4 4 – 4 4 P

Arr Pl 5 from

Nene 1 – 1 – – 4 4 4 – 4 4

Arr Pl 4 from

March – 1 – 1 1 4 4 4 3 – 4

Arr Pl 5 from

March P – P – – P 4 P 3 4 –

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 121 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Peterborough continued

Junction Margins

North End Movements

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Dep Pt 5 to Down Fast Pass Plat 6 to Down Stamford /Up Slow 3½

Pass Pt 5 from Up Slow Arrive Plat 1 from Up Slow 4

Pass Pt 5 from Up Slow Pass Plat 3 from Up Fast 3

Pass Pt 5 from Up Slow Arrive Plat 6 from Up Stamford 3½

Dep Pt 6 to Down Fast Dep Platform 5 to Down Stamford/ Down Fast

/Up Slow/ 3

Dep Pt 6 to Down Fast Arrive Platform 5 from Up Slow 4

Dep Pt 6 to Up Slow Pass Platform 3 from Up Fast 3½

Dep Pt 6 to Up Slow Pass Down Fast 4

Arrive Platform 5 from Down Fast/Down Slow Arrive Platform 6 from Up Slow/Up Fast/Up

Stamford 4

Arrive Platform 6 from Up Slow/Up Fast/Up

Stamford Arrive Platform 5 from Down Fast/Down Slow 4

Arrive Pt 6 from Up Slow Arrive Platform 1/2 from Up Fast 3

Arrive Pt 6 from Up Slow Arrive Platform 3 from Up Fast 3

Arrive Pt 6 from Up Slow Pass Down Fast 2

Pass Pt 6 from Up Slow Pass Platform 3 from Up Fast 3

Pass Pt 6 from Up Slow Arrive Platform 4 from Up Fast/Stamford 3½

Train Watering Points Platforms 1, 3 and Nene Sidings

Turnround

To/from Spalding 5

To/from Lincoln 7

To/from Doncaster, or North or

West of Lincoln 10

To/from East Anglia 10

Suburban EMU services Suburban EMU turnaround to be 6 minutes absolute minimum all day.

New England North Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down Freight to clear to Down Stamford line Before Down train passes Peterborough (DFL) 3

Down Freight to clear to Down Stamford line Before Up train passes Tallington (UFL) 2

Down Freight to clear to Down Stamford line Before Up train passes Werrington Junction

(USL) 2

Down Freight to clear to Down Stamford line Before Up train passes Helpston (from

Stamford) 1

Up Freight (from Ketton) to clear to

Peterborough Yard – A/D lines Before Down train passes Peterborough 3

Up Freight (from Ketton) to clear to

Peterborough Yard – A/D lines Before Up train passes Tallington 2

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 122 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Werrington Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Sleaford Up train passes Tallington 1½

Up train passes Tallington Pass to Sleaford 6

Pass to Sleaford Down train passes Peterborough 3

Pass to Sleaford Down train departs Peterborough 1

Helpston Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass Down Slow to Tallington Pass from Stamford 4

Pass from Stamford Pass Down Slow to Tallington Junction 3

Tallington Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Train clear to SL Next train pass Up/Down Main 4

Pass Up or Down Main Pass from SL 3

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Approaching Tallington DF-DS approach control and differential

junction speed

2 HST/180/

225

Movement Up Reason Value

Approaching Tallington UF – US; approach control and differential

junction speed

2 HST/180/

225

After Tallington US – UF; approach control and differential

junction speed

2 HST/180/

225

Stoke Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

After Stoke Jn DS – DF; differential junction speed 1 HST/180/

225

Movement Up Reason Value

Approaching Stoke Jn

* When UF from Grantham UF – US*; approach control and differential

junction speed

1 HST/180/

225

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass DFL Depart DSL 1½

Pass DFL Pass DSL to DFL 3

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 123 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Stoke Junction

Cross to Up Slow before next Up train passes 4

$ maximum of (2) approaching Stoke on DSL permitted for trains following Down Fast. Otherwise * stop at Stoke

Junction to be shown.

Highdyke Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up train passes Stoke Junction Depart from Up Slow ½

Grantham

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times (to be shown after this location)

Movement Reason Value

Down Fast to P4/Up & Down Slow Approach control and differential junction

speed at Grantham South Jn

1½ HST/

180/225

Stoke Jn to Nottingham Branch Jn to Allington

triangle; pass to pass Approach control and differential junction

speed at Grantham South Jn 2 Freight

Up Fast only to Up Slow (to Highdyke Jn) Approach control and differential junction

speed 2 Freight

P4/Up & Down Slow to Up Fast Differential junction speed at Grantham South

2 HST/180/

225

Allington triangle to Nottingham Branch Jn to

Stoke Jn; pass to pass Differential junction speed at Grantham South

Jn 2 Freight

Connectional Allowance 7

Dwell Time

365 1

DMU 2*. * 4 for reversing trains

LH/HST 1½

180 1½

Minimum Turnround 7 – DMU/EMU

Junction Margins

In the following tables, ‘P’ denotes a parallel move.

Time in–between trains in the same direction in the same platform – 4 mins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Platform 4 from Stoke Depart Platform 3 to Nottingham Branch Junction 2

Arrive Platform 4 from Stoke Arrive Platform 3 from Nottingham Branch

Junction 4

Arrive Platform 3 from Nottingham Branch

Junction Arrive Platform 4 from Stoke 4

North End movements

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 124 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Grantham

move →

1st move ↓

Arr Pl ¾ *

from

Claypole

Arr Pl ¾ *

from

Nottm

Dep Pl ¾

* to

Claypole

Dep Pl ¾

* to Nottm Pass

Down

Main

Dep Down

Main Pass Up

Main Arr Up

Main

Arr Pl ¾ * from

Claypole – 4 2 2 3 1 3 4

Arr Pl ¾ * from

Nottm 4 – 2 2 P P P P

Dep Pl ¾ * to

Claypole 8 7 – 4 7 6 P P

Dep Pl ¾ * to

Nottm 7 7 4 – P P P P

Pass Down

Main 6 P 2 P – – P P

Dep Down

Main 7 P 3 P – – P P

Pass Up Main 7 P P P P P – –

Arr Up Main 6 P P P P P – –

* Platform ¾ margins also apply to movements to/from GL

South End movements

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up Train from Up/Down Slow depart Grantham Down train passes/arrives Grantham 5

Down train passes/arrives Grantham Up Train from Up/Down Slow depart Grantham 2

Up train passes Up Train from Up/Down Slow depart Grantham 2

Up train departs Up Train from Up/Down Slow depart Grantham 3

Claypole Loop

Restrictions

In Down directions, train in excess of 350 yards (50 SLU) in length are only permitted to stand for a maximum of

15 minutes

Newark North Gate

Advertised Differential Trains to Nottingham should be advertised to depart 2 minutes earlier

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement (to be shown after Newark) Reason Value

UDPL/P3 to Down Main when Down Main to

Retford Junction differential when joining the Main line ½ HST/180/

225

Newark Crossing East Jn via P3/UDG to the

Up Main; pass to pass Junction differential when joining the Main line 2 Freight

Movement (to be shown approaching Newark) Reason Value

Up Main to P3/UDPL Approach control and differential junction

speed

½ HST/180/

225

Down Main to Newark Crossing East Jn via

P3/UDG; pass to pass Approach control and differential junction

speed 2 Freight

Connectional Allowance 7

Dwell Time

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 125 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Newark North Gate

DMU/EMU 1½*. * 4 for reversing trains

LH/HST 1½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up train pass Down train arrives in Platform 3/GL 4

Up train depart Platform 3/GL Down train arrives in Platform 3/GL 4½

Down train arrives in Platform 3/GL Up train arrive 4

Down train arrives in Platform 3/GL Up train depart 1

Down train arrives into loop Down train passes Newark NG 5

Down train arrives into loop Up train passes Newark NG 4

Down train passes Newark NG Down train depart loop 1

Up Train arrive loop Up train pass Newark NG 5

Up Train depart Newark NG Up train depart loop 2½

Minimum Turnround 7 – DMU/EMU 20 – VTEC

Platform Re–occupation

In same direction 4

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 126 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Newark Flat Crossing

Adjustment to Sectional Running Time (to be shown after this location)

Movement Down Reason Value

Newark Northgate to Retford start to pass Not at linespeed by Newark Flat Crossing 1 Class 91/180

1½ HST

Newark Northgate to Retford start to stop Not at linespeed by Newark Flat Crossing 1 HST/180

1½ Class 91

Junction Margins

move →

1st move ↓

Down ECML

passing

Newark Flat

Crossing

Down ECML

calling

Newark NG

passing Flat

Crossing

Up ECML

passing

Newark Flat

Crossing

Up ECML

calling

Newark NG

passing Flat

Crossing

Nottm –

Lincoln pass Lincoln –

Nottm pass

Down ECML

passing

Newark Flat

Crossing

– – – – 2½ 2

Down ECML

calling

Newark NG

passing Flat

Crossing

– – – – 3 2½

Up ECML

passing

Newark Flat

Crossing

– – – – 3½ 3

Up ECML

calling Newark

NG passing

Flat Crossing

– – – – 3 2½

Nottingham–

Lincoln pass 4½ 3½ 4½ 5 – –

Lincoln–

Nottingham

pass

4½ 4 4½ 5 – –

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 127 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Carlton Loops

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down train arrive Next Down pass Newark North Gate 1 before first

train arrives

Loop

Down train arrive Next Down depart Newark North Gate 2½ before

first train

arrives Loop

Down train passes Newark North Gate Depart Loop 5

Down train departs Newark North Gate Depart Loop 7

Up train arrive Next Up pass Retford 4½ before

first train

arrives Loop

Up train arrive Next Up depart Retford 7 before first

train arrives

Loop

Up train passes Retford Depart Loop 8½

Up train departs Retford Depart Loop 11½

Retford High Level

Adjustment to Sectional Running Time

Movement Reason Value

Newark Flat Crossing/Carlton Loop to Retford

to Thrumpton West Jn (not stopping at Retford) Not at linespeed passing Retford 2 Approach

Retford

Thrumpton West Jn to Retford to Newark Flat

Crossing/Carlton Loop (not stopping at Retford) Not at linespeed passing Retford 2 After

Retford

Down freight trains to Babworth loop Slow Speed Crossover 2 Approach

Retford

Connectional Allowance 10

Dwell Time

HST/LH 1½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Worksop and shunt to single line Down train arrives 8

Arrive from Worksop and shunt to siding Down train arrives 10

Depart to Worksop Next train arrives from Worksop 7

Depart to Worksop Down train arrives 5

Pass Up or Down Depart Up or Down platform 2

Minimum Turnround 10 – DMU/EMU. ECS moves to Single Line, Down Slow or Siding may

require extended turnrounds

Babworth Loop

Junction Margins

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 128 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Babworth Loop

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass Down Main at Retford Depart Down Loop 2

Ranskill Loop

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Loop Down train passes Retford 2

Arrive Loop Down train departs Retford 1

Down train passes Retford Depart Loop 5

Down train departs Retford Depart Loop 7

Arrive Loop Up train passes Loversall Carr Same time

Up train passes Retford Depart Loop 1

Up train arrives Retford Depart Loop 2

Loversall Carr Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movements Down Reason Value

All Passenger trains to West Slow Line

approaching Loversall Carr Differential Speed 1

Movements Up Reason Value

All Passenger trains from Up East Slow Line

approaching Retford Acceleration 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Cross to Down SL Next train passes 4½

Depart US to UF After train passes 2

Pass US to UF After train passes 3

Black Carr Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Loversall Carr Junction Pass from Bessacarr Junction 3½

Decoy North Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Cross to WSL Next train passes Loversall Carr 3

Down pass/arrive Doncaster Pass DSL to FL Same time

Doncaster

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 129 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Doncaster

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains arriving Platform 5 TPWS ½

Movements Up Reason Value

Trains stopping or passing Doncaster if

diverging from Up Fast Up to up East Slow. Up

fast to Thorne Slow into platform 1 or Up Fast

to Down side, approaching Doncaster.

Approach control 1 Passenger

2 Freight

Trains from Up Leeds line if diverging to Down

Side. Approaching Doncaster Approach control 1 (Except

DMU/EMUs)

Trains from Up Leeds line if diverging to Up

East Slow line. Approaching Doncaster Approach control 2

Trains arriving Platforms 6 and 7 TPWS ½

Connectional Allowance 7

Dwell Time

DMU 2

HST/LH 2

XC 22x 2 (Can be 1½ if no transfer of catering trolleys)

TPE 2

Junction Margins

South End Movements

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart Platform 1 to South Arrive from Carrage Sidings to depart 1 to

North

Arrive Platform 3B from Down Pass Up/Down Main 3½

Depart Plat 3B to Sheffield/WSL Pass Up/Down Main 4

Depart Plat 3B to Sheffield/WSL Arrive from Down Main/Slow 5

Depart Plats 3B/4/5/8 to Sheffield Arrive Platforms 3B/4/5 from Sheffield 6

Arrive Plats 3B/4/5 from Sheffield

Arrive Platform 8 from Sheffield Depart Platforms 3B/4/5/8 to Sheffield

Depart Platforms 3B/4/5 to Sheffield 2

Parallel

Pass Up/Down Main Depart Platform 3B to Sheffield 1

Pass Up/Down Main Arrive Platform 3B from Sheffield/WSL 3½

Arrive Platform 4/5 from Sheffield Arrive Platform 8 from Down Main/Slow 4

Arrive Plat 4/8 from Down Main/Slow Arrive Platform 3 from Sheffield 3

Depart Platform 4/5 to Sheffield Arrive Platforms 4, 5, 8 from Down M/S 4

Arrive Plat 3B from Sheffield Arrive Platforms 4, 5, 8 from Down M/S 3½

Arrive Plats 4, 5, 8 from Sheffield/SL Depart Goods Lines 2

Arrive Platform 2 Depart Platform 1 1

Arrive Platform 2 Pass Platform 1 4

Arrive Platform 2 Depart Platform 3 to ESL 1

Arrive Platform 2 Pass Platform 3 4

Arrive Platform 2 via ESL

2401pts Depart Platform 3 to UF Parallel

Depart Platform 1 to UF Depart Platform 2 to ESL 2½

Depart Platform 2 to ESL Depart Platform 1 to UF 2

North End Movements

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart Plat 0 to Up Thorne Arrive Plat 0 from Down Thorne 4

Depart Plat 0 to Up Thorne Arrive Plat 1 from York (via Thorne Slow) 4½

Arrive Plat 1 from York (via Thorne Slow) Arrive Plat 0 from Down Thorne 2½

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 130 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Doncaster

Arrive Plat 0 from Down Thorne Arrive Plat 1 from York (via Thorne Slow) 3

Dept Plat 0 to Up Thorne Arrive Plat 3 from York

4 (parallel

unless arrival

is via Up ESL)

Dept Plat 0 to Up Thorne Arrive Plat 1 from Down Thorne 4

Arrive Platforms 1/3 from Leeds Depart to York/Thorne 1

Pass Down Main (to York) Pass Up Main (from Leeds) 3½

Pass Down Main (to York) Arrive Plat 1/3 (from Leeds) 4

Depart Down Main (to York) Pass Up Main (from Leeds) 4

Depart Down Main (to York) Arrive Plat 1/3 (from Leeds) 5

Depart Plat 4 to Leeds/York Depart Plat 8 to Thorne 2

Pass Up Main (from York) Arrive Up Main (from Leeds) 4

Pass Plat 1/3 from East Slow Arrive Plat 1/3 from York/Leeds 5

Depart Plat 8 to Thorne Depart Plat 4 to Leeds or York 2

Depart Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 to Thorne Arrive from Leeds or York 4½

Depart Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 to Thorne Pass from Leeds or York 4

Depart Goods Lines to Thorne Depart Plat 4 to Leeds or York 4

Arrive/Depart Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 from Thorne Pass Up Main/Down Main 4

Arrive Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 from Thorne Arrive Plats 1/3 3½

Arrive Plat 1 from Leeds/York Arrive Plat 3B from Thorne 2

Arrive Plat 1/3 from Leeds/York Arrive Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 from Thorne 4

Arrive Plat 3B from South Arrive Plat 1 from Leeds 6*

Arrive Plat 1 from Leeds/York Arrive Plat 3B from South 4*

Pass Up Main/Down Main Arrive Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 from Thorne/York 4

Pass Up Main/Down Main Depart to Thorne from Down Side 1

Arrive Plat 1 from Leeds Arrive Plat 3 from York 4

Depart Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 to York Pass Down Main (to Leeds) 4½

Depart Plat 3B to Leeds/York Arrive Plat 3B from Leeds/York 5

Depart Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 to North Arrive Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 from North 5 when

conflicting

Depart Plats 1/3 to Thorne Arrive Plats 1/3 from Thorne 3

Arrive Plats 6, 7 from North Follow to same platforms 3

Arrive Plats 4, 8 from North Follow to same platforms 3½

Arrive Plats 4, 6, 7, 8 from North Dep Goods Lines 2

* refers to Overlap Restrictions

Minimum Turnround 7 – Leeds EMU services, but not 2 consecutive

10 – DMU/EMU from Leeds, Sheffield, Humberside area, Lincolnshire and

Peterborough. Any reduction must be specially agreed

Operating Restrictions –

Doncaster Station. Trains from the Sheffield direction arriving into Platform 3B will hold the overlap so trains

cannot arrive into Platform 1 from the Up Main line/Leeds Line. Trains from the Shaftholme Junction direction can

access Platform 1 simultaneously by using the Down Thorne Slow line which will add an extra 1 minute running

time. This should be shown in the timetable as Adjustment allowance.

Doncaster West Yard. Electrically hauled trains shunting to or from Doncaster West Yard must be routed to

stand behind Signal D1488 or on to the Thorne Lines due to the presence of an OHL Neutral Section

Platform Re–occupation

In same direction 4 (3 DMU)

In opposite direction 5 (4 DMU)

Train Watering Points Platforms 2, 5, 6, 7, Middle Road

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 131 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Arksey Loop

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive in Loop Before Down train passes Doncaster 3

Arrive in Loop Before Down train departs Doncaster 1

Down Main pass Shaftholme Junction Depart Down Loop Same time

LN105 MOORGATE TO FINSBURY PARK JUNCTION

Moorgate

Junction Margins and Platform Re-occupations – Crossing via Throat

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Platform 9 Depart Platform 10 1

Depart Platform 9 Arrive Platform 9 2½

Depart Platform 9 Arrive Platform 10 Parallel

Arrive Platform 10 Depart Platform 9 Parallel

Depart Platform 10 Arrive Platform 9 2½

Depart Platform 10 Arrive Platform 10 2½

Station Working

ARS will automatically route trains into platform 9 if it is not occupied

Highbury & Islington

Dwell Time

EMU 1

LN110 CANONBURY WEST JUNCTION TO FINSBURY PARK JUNCTION

Highbury Vale Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Train from Canonbury West Junction Train to Canonbury West Junction 2½

LN115 COPENHAGEN JUNCTION TO CAMDEN ROAD CENTRAL JUNCTION

York Way North Junction

Junction Margins

Movement Margin

Fouling Move 2½

Where trains are required to stand at Copenhagen Junction and are likely to be in excess of 620 metres in length

then these should be held at York Way North Junction

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 132 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Camden Road Central Junction

Junction Margins

Margin

Up Trains towards Camden Road on the North

London Line Down Train towards Copenhagen Junction on

the North London Incline Line 3

Down Train travelling towards Copenhagen

Junction on the North London Incline Line Up Train travelling towards Camden Road on

the North London Line 3

LN120 WOOD GREEN NORTH JUNCTION TO LANGLEY JUNCTION (VIA

HERTFORD)

Bowes Park

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Reversing Siding Next train depart/pass Alexandra Palace 1

Arrive/pass Alexandra Palace Depart Reversing Siding Same time

Depart Reversing Siding Fast passes Gordon Hill Same time

Depart Reversing Siding All stations departs Winchmore Hill Same time

Depart Reversing Siding Semi Fast departs Winchmore Hill 1

Palmers Green

Dwell Time

1 Up peak Trains arriving King’s Cross/Moorgate 0700 – 0959 SX

1 Down peak Trains departing King’s Cross/Moorgate 1600 – 1859 SX

Winchmore Hill

Dwell Time

1 Up peak Trains arriving King’s Cross/Moorgate 0700 – 0959 SX

1 Down peak Trains departing King’s Cross/Moorgate 1600 – 1859 SX

Enfield Chase

Dwell Time

1 Up peak Trains arriving King’s Cross/Moorgate 0700 – 0959 SX

1 Down peak Trains departing King’s Cross/Moorgate 1600 – 1859 SX Trains

terminating at Gordon Hill may have a ½ minute dwell time by agreement with

the Train Operator if deemed appropriate

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 133 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Gordon Hill

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Up Bay Arrive /Pass Up Platform 3

Arrive Up Bay Depart Up Platform 1

Arrive Up Main Depart Up Bay 1

Depart Up Bay Arrive/Pass Up Platforms 3

Depart / Pass Up Main Arrive Up Bay 3

Pass Up Main Depart Up Bay 2

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains arriving Up Bay Approach Control ½

Dwell Time

1 Up peak Trains arriving King’s Cross/Moorgate 0700 – 0959 SX

1 Down peak Trains departing King’s Cross/Moorgate 1600 – 1859 SX

Hertford North

Dwell Time

EMU 1 Up peak Trains arriving King’s Cross/Moorgate 0700 – 0959 SX

1 Down peak Trains departing King’s Cross/Moorgate 1600 – 1859 SX

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains Arriving Down Bay Approach Control ½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass Platform 1 Depart Platform 3

Depart / Pass Platform 1 Arrive Platform 1 from Down Hertford 4

Arrive Platform 3 Arrive/Pass Platform 2 from Down Hertford

Northbound 4

Arrive Platform 3 Depart Platform 2 to Up Hertford 1

Arrive Platform 2 Depart Platform 3 1

Depart Platform 2 to Up Hertford Southbound Arrive Platform 3 4

Depart Platform 3 Arrive / Pass Platform 2 from Down Hertford

Northbound 3½

Depart Platform 3 Arrive Platform 1 from the South 4

Depart to Up Hertford not calling Bayford Depart to Up Hertford calling Bayford 4

Depart to Up Hertford Southbound Depart to Up Carriage Sidings 3

Arrive platform 1 from Down Hertford Depart platform 2 to Up Hertford Southbound 1

Arrive platform 1 from Down Hertford Depart platform 3 to Up Hertford 1

Depart platform 2 to Up Hertford Southbound Pass / arrive platform 2 from Down Hertford

Northbound 3

Depart platform 2 to Up Hertford Southbound Arrive platform 1 from Down Hertford 4

Hertford North Up Sidings Capability

No 1 Sidings 12 Cars but not currently in use due to lack of suitable lighting and walkways

No 2 Sidings 6 Cars

No 3 Sidings 6 Cars

No 4 Sidings 3 Cars

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 134 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Molewood Junction

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up Train Pass Passenger Train Pass 3

Up Train Pass Freight Train Pass 3½

Bragbury Junction

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down Train Pass Up Passenger Train Pass 2½

Down Train Pass Up Freight Train Pass 3

Langley South Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass Down to Up Down train departs Watton Same time

Pass Down to Up Before next fast train from Branch passes Langley

Junction 5

LN125 HITCHIN CAMBRIDGE JUNCTION TO ROYSTON (INCLUSIVE)

Letchworth Garden City

Dwell Time

EMU 1

Station Working

Down terminating trains require a minimum dwell of 2 minutes before departing ECS

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive/pass from A/D line Arrive Down platform 3½

Depart/pass from C S reception Arrive/pass to C S reception from Up direction 3

Pass/Depart Up Platform Arrive from A/D line 3

Platform Re–occupation

Platform Re-occupation in the same direction 3 minutes

Turnrounds All shunt movements to be timed

Letchworth Garden City EMU Sidings

Operating Stop / Operating

Restrictions All services travelling from Letchworth A/D line to Letchworth CS Reception

must be shown to have a ‘dot stop’ at Letchworth A/D line.

All services travelling to/from Letchworth A/D line or Letchworth CS

Reception towards or from Baldock direction must be shown to have a ‘dot

stop’ at Letchworth CS Reception.

All movements between Stop Board 4 and Letchworth Reception

CS/Letchworth CSD and also Stop Board 5 and Letchworth A/D

line/Letchworth CSD are controlled by the shunter and in most cases only

one movement at any one time is permitted.

Trains can be held at Stop Board 5 awaiting authority from the shunter to

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 135 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Letchworth Garden City EMU Sidings

proceed towards Letchworth CS Reception; however trains cannot be

signaled from K954 signal (from Royston) to Stop Board 4 until the previous

movement within the yard has arrived at Letchworth CSD or Letchworth A/D

line.

Trains of more than 8 cars should not be planned to stable in Letchworth

CSD without prior agreement as trains longer than this will block the

walkways.

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass/Depart Letchworth Garden City towards

Royston Depart Letchworth CS Reception towards

Royston 3

Pass/Depart Letchworth Garden City towards

Royston Arrive Letchworth CS Reception 3

Arrive Letchworth CS Reception from Royston Arrive/Pass Letchworth Garden City from

Royston 5

Arrive Letchworth CS Reception from Royston Depart Letchworth Garden City towards

Royston 1

Arrive Letchworth CS Reception from Royston Pass Letchworth Garden City towards Royston 3

Depart Letchworth CSD towards Royston Depart Letchworth CSD towards Royston or

Letchworth A/D line 10

Depart Letchworth CSD towards A/D line Depart Letchworth CSD towards Royston or

Letchworth A/D line 23 (if first

train formed

of up to 6

cars)

24 (if first

train formed

of 8 cars)

Arrive Letchworth CSD from Royston Arrive Letchworth CSD from Royston 10

Arrive Letchworth CSD from Letchworth A/D Depart Letchworth A/D towards Letchworth CS

Reception Same Time

Arrive Letchworth CSD from Letchworth A/D Arrive at Letchworth CS Reception from

Royston 6

Baldock

Dwell Time

EMU 1 Up peak trains arriving St Pancras Low Level / King’s Cross / Moorgate

between 0700 –0959 SX which run non-stop between Hitchin or Stevenage and

Finsbury Park

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart Up platform Arrive up platform from Down 3½

Up fast pass Letchworth Arrive up platform from Down ½

Up fast arrive Letchworth Arrive up platform from Down same time

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 136 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Royston

Dwell Time

EMU 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

All crossing margins at south end 3½

All crossing margins at north end 4

Arrive Platform 2 from Cambridge Depart Platform 1 to Cambridge 1

Arrive Platform 1 from Letchworth Garden City Depart Platform 2 to Letchworth Garden City 1

Pass/Depart Up not calling at Ashwell Depart Up calling at Ashwell 3

Platform Re-occupation in the same direction 3 minutes

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Shepreth Branch Junction to Royston Arrive from Up Cambridge into platform 2 or

attaching to unit already in platform 1;

approach control

Movement Down Reason Value

Royston to Shepreth Branch Junction Platform 1 to Down Cambridge;

differential junction speed

Minimum Turnround 6 minutes for Suburban EMU services

LN150 FLYOVER EAST JUNCTION TO DECOY NORTH JUNCTION

Decoy South Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from St Catherines Junction Re–occupy single line 3

Bridge Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Train to Hexthorpe Junction Train to Belmont Yard 3

Train to Belmont Yard Train to Doncaster from WSL 3½

LN170 WERRINGTON JUNCTION TO FLYOVER EAST JUNCTION (VIA LINCOLN)

Spalding

Dwell Time

EMU DMU 1

Minimum Turnround 4 trains from Peterborough

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up Train Pass/Depart Platform 1 Down Train terminates Platform 1 3

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 137 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Sleaford South Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up train passes from Sleaford Down fast pass 2 ½

Down fast pass Up train passes from Sleaford 2

Up train passes from Sleaford Down train passes to Sleaford 2 ½

Sleaford North Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up train passes to Sleaford Down fast pass 2

Down fast pass Up train passes to Sleaford 3

Down train passes from Sleaford Up train passes to Sleaford 3

Pelham Street Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Market Rasen Pass to Sleaford 3

Pass to Sleaford Pass from Market Rasen 4

Lincoln

Attachment of Locomotives/Units

Attach DMU 3

Dwell Time

All 2

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Terminating train arrive from North or East

arrive

Terminating train from North or East arrive 7

Arrive from Market Rasen Arrive from Metheringham 5

Minimum Turnround 12 trains from Sheffield, Nottingham, Cleethorpes or Peterborough

15 trains from beyond Sheffield, Nottingham or Peterborough

Where minimum turnrounds have been increased and shorter turnrounds already apply for some trains in the

2000 timetable, existing values may continue to be used for a similar number of trains, provided they are not

further reduced. In the event that the service is amended by changes to the overall pattern, the new values will

apply.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 138 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

West Holmes Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Gainsborough Pass from Newark 3½

Pass from Newark Pass to Gainsborough 3

Pyewipe Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass West Holmes Junction to Gainsborough Pass to Boultham Junction 5

Pass to Boultham Junction Pass West Holmes Junction to Gainsborough 3

Pass from Boultham Junction Pass to Boultham Junction 4

Gainsborough Lea Road

Dwell Time

All 1

Bessacarr Junction

Adjustment to sectional running time

Movement Down Reason Value

Approaching Bessacarr Junction – for trains to

Black Carr Junction or Up Lincoln Flyover Approach Control 1½ Freight

½ Passenger

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

All conflicting moves 3

LN185 ALLINGTON WEST JUNCTION TO SKEGNESS

Allington West Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Nottingham towards Grantham Pass from Sleaford 4

Pass from Sleaford Pass to Grantham 4

Allington North Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Sleaford towards Allington West

Junction Pass from Allington East towards Sleaford 3½

Pass from Allington East towards Sleaford Pass from Sleaford towards Allington West

Junction 2½

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 139 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Sleaford

Dwell Time

All 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down train from Lincoln or Grantham arrive

Platform 1

Up train from Spalding or Skegness arrive

Platform 2

Up train from Spalding or Skegness arrive

Platform 2

Down train from Lincoln or Grantham arrive

Platform 1

Down train from Lincoln or Grantham arrive

Platform 3

Up train from Spalding or Skegness arrive

Platform 2

Up train from Spalding or Skegness arrive

Platform 2

Down train from Lincoln or Grantham arrive

Platform 3

Up train departs to Lincoln from Platform 3 Down train from Grantham arrive 6

Down train from Lincoln or Grantham arrive Up train departs to Lincoln from Platform 3 1

Up train departs to Lincoln or Grantham from

Platform 3 Up train from Spalding or Skegness arrive 4

Train arrives from Grantham Train from Lincoln pass Sleaford N Junction 2

Train from Lincoln arrives Platform 3 Train from Grantham arrive 6

Arrive from Spalding or Skegness Depart to Spalding or Skegness 1

Arrive from Lincoln Depart to Lincoln 2

Depart to Spalding Arrive from Skegness 6

Depart to Skegness Arrive from Spalding 7

Minimum Turnround 5 trains from Peterborough, Lincoln or Grantham

10 trains from beyond Peterborough, Lincoln or Grantham

Heckington

Adjustment to sectional running time

Movement Down Reason Value

Departing Heckington Only applies to trains consiting of 5 or more

vehicles. HN13 signal which protects Great

Hale Drove LC on the Down line, will not clear

until the train clears the track circuit in rear.

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Train from Sleaford Train to Sleaford 3

Restriction. No acceptance into Up platform until 2 minutes after train has arrived off the Single Line from

Sleaford.

Hubberts Bridge

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Train from Boston Train to Boston 3

Restriction. No acceptance into Down platform until 2 minutes after train has arrived off Single Line from Boston

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 140 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Boston

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains bound for Boston Docks. Approaching

Boston Station To cover the time required for:

a) the train to stop adjacent Sleaford Siding

G.F. and collect a radio from the shunter;

b) the train to draw forward towards Boston

station

Dwell Time

All 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Hubberts Bridge Depart to Hubberts Bridge Same time

Arrive from Skegness Depart to Skegness 2

Minimum Turnround 8

Sibsey

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Train from Boston Train to Boston 3

Skegness

Minimum Turnround 7 trains from Nottingham

15 trains from beyond Nottingham

Where minimum turnrounds have been increased and shorter turnrounds already apply for some trains in the

2000 timetable, existing values may continue to be used for a similar number of trains, provided they are not

further reduced. In the event that the service is amended by changes to the overall pattern, the new values will

apply

Platforming Due to the lack of platform lighting, only Platforms 3 and 4 should be used

during the hours of darkness.

LN190 ALLINGTON EAST JUNCTION TO ALLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION

(ALLINGTON CHORD)

Allington East Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Nottingham towards Grantham Pass towards Allington North 3

Pass towards Allington North Pass from Nottingham towards Grantham 2½

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 141 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Allington North Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Sleaford towards Allington West

Junction Pass from Allington East towards Sleaford 3½

Pass from Allington East towards Sleaford Pass from Sleaford towards Allington West

Junction 2½

LN206 NEWARK FLAT CROSSING (INCLUSIVE) TO WEST HOLMES JUNCTION

Newark Flat Crossing

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Lincoln – Nottingham pass Down train pass ECML 4½

Lincoln – Nottingham pass Down train calling Newark North Gate pass

ECML 4

Down train pass Newark Flat Crossing Lincoln – Nottingham pass 2

Down train stopping Newark North Gate Lincoln – Nottingham pass 2½

Lincoln – Nottingham pass Up train pass ECML 4½

Lincoln – Nottingham pass Up train calling Newark North Gate pass ECML 5

Up train pass ECML Lincoln – Nottingham pass 3

Up train stopping Newark North Gate pass

ECML Lincoln – Nottingham pass 2½

Nottingham – Lincoln pass Down train pass ECML 4½

Nottingham – Lincoln pass Down train stopping Newark Nth Gate pass

ECML 3½

Down train pass ECML Nottingham – Lincoln pass 2½

Down train stopping Newark Nth Gate pass

ECML Nottingham – Lincoln pass 3

Nottingham – Lincoln pass Up train pass ECML 4½

Nottingham – Lincoln pass Up train stopping Newark North Gate pass

ECML 5

Up train pass ECML Nottingham – Lincoln pass 3½

Up train stopping Newark North Gate pass

ECML Nottingham – Lincoln pass 3

Newark Flat Crossing East Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Approaching Newark Flat Crossing East

Junction – for trains to Newark North Gate Slow speed junction ½ Class 15X

only

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 142 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Newark Flat Crossing East Junction

Movement Up Reason Value

After Newark Flat Crossing East Junction– for

trains from Newark North Gate Slow speed junction ½ Class 15X

only

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Nottingham Arrive from Newark North Gate 4

Arrive/pass from Newark North Gate Pass to Nottingham or Newark North Gate 4

Pass to Nottingham Arrive from Newark North Gate 4

Pass to Nottingham Depart to Newark North Gate 3

Depart to Newark North Gate Pass to Nottingham 5

Depart to Newark North Gate Pass from Nottingham 5

Depart to Nottingham (after reversal) Pass/arrive from Nottingham 5

Minimum Reversal 3½

Boultham Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Lincoln Pass from Pywipe Junction 3

Pass from Pyewipe Junction Pass to Lincoln 4

Pass from Pyewipe Junction Pass to Pyewipe Junction 4

LN220 BESSACARR JUNCTION TO BLACK CARR JUNCTION

Bessacarr Junction

Refer to LN170

LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP

Shaftholme Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up

Pass from Knottingley.

Approaching Doncaster Differential junction speed 1 Freight

1½

Passenger

Movement Down

Pass from Doncaster Platform 8 Slow Access to Down Main Line 1 Cross

Country 22X

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up train from Branch Pass Down Main 5

Down train pass to Branch Before next fast train 4

Up train from Branch Down train to Branch 5

Down train pass to Temple Hirst Up train pass from Branch 4

Down train pass to Temple Hirst Up train start from Branch 1

Up train pass from Temple Hirst Up train pass from Branch 4

Up train pass from Temple Hirst Up train start from Branch 2

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 143 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Joan Croft Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down train from Branch Up train passes Shaftholme Junction 5

Up train passes Shaftholme Junction Down train from Branch 2

Down train passes Shaftholme Junction Down train from Branch 3

Up train pass to Branch Up train passes Temple Hirst Junction Same time

Temple Hirst Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Pass from Selby.

Approaching Shaftholme Junction

Differential junction speed 1

HST/170/180

Pass from Hambleton South Junction

Approaching Shaftholme Junction Differential Junction Speed -½ 180/222

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down Passenger pass to Branch Before next Up/Down train 4

Down Freight pass to Branch Before next Up/Down train 5

Pass Up Main Pass to Branch 4

Down Passenger to Branch Up Passenger/Freight from Branch 5

Down Freight to Branch Up Passenger/Freight from Branch 6

Up Passenger from Branch Down Passenger/Freight to Branch 5

Up Freight from Branch Down Passenger/Freight to Branch 6

Hambleton South Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Pass to Hambleton West, if stopping at

Hambleton West. Approach control 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down ML train pass Hambleton North Junction Pass Hambleton South Junction from

Hambleton West Junction 4*

Pass Hambleton South Junction to Hambleton

West Junction Down ML pass Hambleton North Junction 4

Pass Hambleton South Junction from

Hambleton West Junction Down ML train pass Hambleton North Junction 4

Up ML train passes Hambleton North Junction Pass Hambleton South Junction from

Hambleton West Junction 5

* 1 minute if second train stopped at Hambleton South Junction

$ 2 if second train stopped at Hambleton South Junction

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 144 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Hambleton North Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Branch Pass Up Main 4

Pass Up Main Pass from Branch 3

Pass Up Main Depart from Branch 1

Pass Down Main Depart from Branch 2

Pass Down Main Pass from Branch 3

Colton Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass NNL to Church Fenton Pass from Hambleton 4

Pass from Hambleton Pass NNL to Church Fenton 4

Colton North Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up LSL pass Colton Junction Down crossing movement pass Colton

Junction 3

Down crossing movement pass Colton

Junction Up LSL pass Colton Junction 5

Up crossing movement pass Colton Junction Down ML/NNL pass Colton Junction 3

Down ML/NNL pass Colton Junction Up crossing movement pass Colton Junction 5

Holgate Sidings

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart Holgate Sidings to Colton Junction Arrive/pass York/York Yard South LSL 6

Arrive/pass York/York Yard South LSL Depart Holgate Sidings to Colton Junction 1

Arrive Holgate Sidings from York/York Yard

South Arrive/pass York/York Yard South LSL 5

Arrive/Pass York/York Yard South Arrive Holgate Sidings from York/York Yard

South 3

Holgate Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down pass/arrive York Yard South Junction Arrive York from Leeds lines 4

Arrive York from Leeds lines Up pass York Yard South Junction 3

Arrive York from Leeds lines Up depart York Yard South Junction Same time

Depart York on Leeds lines Depart/pass York Yard South Junction 4

Up depart/pass York Yard South Junction Arrive York from Leeds lines 5

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 145 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

York

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Reason Value

Bay Platforms TPWS ½

Approaching Platforms 11x from the south Approach control 1

Up trains departing platform 4 (to be input at next

timing point) Additional distance through York station ½

Connectional Allowance 8

Dwell Time

DMU 3

HST/LH 3

XC Services (HST & 22x) 2

TPE 2

Grand Central 2

Minimum Turnround HST EWD LH EWD HST Sun LH Sun

To/from London King’s Cross 25 25 25 25

XC 20 (10 by exception and in agreement with Network Rail)

TPE 8

DMU/EMU 10 from Leeds, Sheffield, Newcastle, Middlesbrough, Scarborough, Hull,

Harrogate and Manchester Victoria

15 from Blackpool which may be reduced to a minimum of 10 minutes by the

number of minutes additional station dwell at Leeds of the incoming service

Junction Margins outside ‘Leaf Fall Period’

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Trains following same direction 3

Arrive Depart conflicting move 1

Between first departing and second arriving South end and Scarborough line (or as below) 5

Between first departing and second arriving North end 4

Junction Margins during ‘Leaf Fall Period’

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Scarborough Depart to Scarborough 1

Depart to Scarborough Arrive from Scarborough 8

Note: Trains from Scarborough are not permitted to pass S4 signal at Haxby Road until the Down train has cleared

the Single Line. No trains are to be planned into Platform 5 during this period.

Junction Margins – Alternative Rules

ARS coding now means the following alternative rules can apply for platform 11. By using the suffix ‘x’ to the

platform number, ARS will always use the short overlap for that train, this results in the train being cautioned upon

approach to York.

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Platform 11x from Down Leeds Arrive Platform 10 from Down Main No conflict

Arrive Platform 11x from South Arrive/Depart platform 10 from the North No conflict

Platform 11x is not available from the North or from the down Main due to there being no short overlap.

Overlap restrictions

The following moves have an extended overlap which clears approximately ½ minute after arriving. The overlap

must be clear for a minimum of 3 mins before the train arrives and 3 minutes after arrival must elapse before it is

reoccupied by an arriving train, 1 minute for a departing train.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 146 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

York

Movement Conflict

Arrive/Depart Platform 2 from East Arrive Platform 4 from South

Arrive Platform 3 from North/East Arrive/depart Platform 1

Arrive Platform 3 from North/South Arrive Platform 4 from East

Arrive Platform 4 from East Arrive Platform 3 from North/South

Arrive Platform 10 from North Arrive Platform 11 from Down Main

Arrive Platform 10 from North Depart Platform 11 to the South*

Arrive Platform 11 from South Arrive or Depart platform 10 to/from North

Arrive Platform 5 from South Arrive/depart Platform 4 to/from East and Platform 8 to/from North when the

routes are set at the same time

Arrive Platform 5 from South Arrive Platform 3 from North and depart Platform 8 to North at the same time

*It is possible to depart Platform 11 to Holgate Sidings (only) the same time as an arrival from the north in Platform

10.

The parallel move of arriving Platform 5/8 from the North at the same time as departing Platform 9/10/11/to North

can be timetabled using the line code AL on the departing services.

Platform Re–occupation

In same direction 4

In opposite directions 5

Preferred Platform Usage

To protect performance VTEC trains should where possible use the following platforms:

VTEC xx:01-xx:03 York –

King’s Cross services Use platform 6

Southbound xx:53-xx:55 arrivals

connecting into them to use platform 5

Train Watering Points Restricted use in Platforms 1, 2 and siding.

Platforms 9 and 10

Skelton Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass towards Harrogate/Down Slow Pass Down Fast/Slow 3

Pass to Harrogate Pass from Harrogate 4

Pass from Harrogate Pass to Harrogate 3½

Pass from Harrogate Pass Down Fast/Slow 3½

Pass Down Fast/Slow Pass from Harrogate 3

Pass Up Slow Pass from Harrogate 3

Pass Up Fast Pass from Harrogate 2½

Pass to/from Harrogate Next move through SL junction 3

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 147 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Skelton Bridge Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down Passenger pass to Down Slow Down train departs York Same time

Down Freight pass to Down Slow Down train departs York 1

Up Freight pass to Up Slow Up train passes Tollerton on Up Fast Same time

Up Fast Line train passes Skelton Junction Up Freight pass to Up Slow 1

Up Freight pass to Up Slow Down train departs York 1

Pass Down Fast (Skelton Junction) Cross to Up Slow 4

Tollerton

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Crossing from DF to DS. Approaching

Tollerton

Differential junction speed ½

Crossing from DS to DF Approaching Tollerton

$ Approaching Thirsk

Differential junction speed 1*

Movement Up

Crossing from UF to US Approaching Tollerton

Differential junction speed 1

½$

Crossing from US to UF Approaching Skelton Differential junction speed ½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass Up Fast Cross Up Slow to Up Fast 3½

Cross Up Fast to Up Slow Pass Up Fast 4

Down train pass to Down Slow Next train passes 4

Pass Down Fast Cross Down Slow to Down Fast 2½

Thirsk

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Crossing from Down Slow to Down Fast

* Approaching Thirsk

** Approaching Northallerton

Approach Control Acceleration 1*

1**

Movements Up Reason Value

Crossing from Up Slow to Up Fast

Approaching Tollerton

Acceleration 1

Dwell Time

DMU/EMU 1

Junction Margins

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 148 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Thirsk

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down train clear to Down Slow Next train passes 4

Pass Up Fast Depart Up Slow to Up Fast 1½

Pass Up Fast Pass Up Slow to Up Fast 3

Pass Down Fast Depart Down Slow to Down Fast 2

Longlands Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass Down Main (Northallerton) Pass from Down Slow 2

Pass Down Main (Northallerton) Depart from Down Slow 1

Northallerton

Dwell Time

DMU 1

HST/LH 1½*. * 3 when station is unstaffed

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart to Eaglescliffe Pass Down Main 4½

Depart to Eaglescliffe Pass Up Main 4½

Depart to Eaglescliffe Arrive Up Main 4

Arrive/pass Up Main Depart to Eaglescliffe 1

Arrive/pass Up Main Pass to Eaglescliffe 3

Pass Up Main Pass/arrive from Eaglescliffe 3

Depart Up Main Arrive from Eaglescliffe 4*

Passenger Pass Up Main to SL Pass Up Main 4

Passenger Depart Up Main to SL Pass Up Main 4½

Freight Pass Up Main to SL Pass Up Main 5

Depart Down Platform to Up Pass Down Main 5½

Depart Down Platform to USL Pass Up Main 4½

* 3 if train from Eaglescliffe has pathing allowance

Darlington

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Train to Platform 4B via Bypass Line Slower approach speed 2

Trains from Down Main to Platform 1 – 3 Approach control 1

Trains from Up Saltburn terminating in Platforms 2 & 3 TPWS

Non–stop trains from Eaglescliffe to the Down Main. After

Darlington Acceleration 2

Movements Up Reason Value

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 149 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Darlington

Train to Platform 4B Approach control

Dwell Time

185 1½

22x 1½

XC Services (HST & 22x) 1½

DMU/EMU 2

LH/HST 2

Junction Margins

South end movements

move →

1st move

↓

Dep

York

Pass

to York

Arr from

E’cliffe Pass

from

York

Dep

E’cliffe

Arr Plat

4A from

E’cliffe

Arr Plat

4 from

York via

Bypass

Arr Plat

1 – 3

from

York

Arr Plat

1 from

N’castle

Arr/pass

from

E’cliffe

1 4 4 1

4* P

Pass to

York 4 2 4

Dep to

York 5* 5 3 5* 5*

Dep to

E’cliffe 3 5 5* 5 5* 5*

Pass

from

York

1 4* 1 4* 4 ½

Arr Plat

4 from

York

Arr Plat

4A from

Ecliffe

4 P

North End movements

move

→

1st move ↓

Pass

from

York

Arrive

Plat 4

from

York

Depart to

Newcastle Depart to

Bishop

Auckland

Pass to

York Arrive Plat 1

from

Newcastle

Arrive Plat 4

from

Newcastle

Arrive

from

Bishop

Auckland

Pass from

York 3 4 ½ 4

Dep to

Newcastle 3 5* 4*

Arr Plat 1

from

Newcastle

5 4

Arr Plat 1

from

Bishop

Auckland

1 1 4

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 150 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Arr Plat 4A

from

Bishop

Auckland

4 – via

bypass 1 4

Dep Plat 1

for Bishop

Auck

3 (Plat 4) 5 5*

*These margins can be reduced by 1 if the second train has at least 1 minute pathing allowance approaching

Darlington

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Up Loop Pass Up Main 6

Pass Up Main Depart Up Loop 2

Depart to Eaglescliffe Depart Up Loop 3

Depart to York Depart Up Loop 3

Minimum Turnaround

DMU 5 for trains from Bishop Auckland and Saltburn. There

must not be two consecutive 5 minute turnarounds, and

the total of any two consecutive turnarounds must equal

15 minutes. These values may be reduced if sufficient

pathing time is included in the schedule approaching

Darlington.

10 trains from York

15 trains from Leeds or beyond

HST 25 trains to/from Bristol/Reading and north thereof

35 trains to/from south of Bristol, and South Wales and

beyond Reading

LH 35 trains to/from Bristol/Reading and north thereof

45 trains to/from south of Bristol, and South Wales and

beyond Reading

Train Watering Points Platforms 2 and 3

Ferryhill South Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Train to Slow Line Approach control 1 Freight

1½ DMU

Movements Up Reason Value

Train from Slow Line Acceleration 1½ DMU

2 Freight

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down Passenger pass to SL Next Down/Up train passes 4

Down Freight pass to SL Next Down/Up train passes 5

Pass Up Main Depart US or UGL to UM 2

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 151 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Ferryhill South Junction

Operating/Planning Restriction

 All trains booked to stand on the Up Slow Line for over 10 minutes that are less than 69 SLUs/1449 ft/441

metres, must be shown to stand in the Up Goods Loop (Line Code GL). The length of Ferryhill South Up

Goods Loop is 70 SLUs/1470 ft/448 metres. Any trains standing for less than 10 minutes or that are

longer than the Up Goods Loop; need to stand on the Up Slow Line (Line Code SL).

Tursdale Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Train from Slow Line Acceleration 1½ DMU

2 Freight

Movements Up Reason Value

Train to Slow Line Approach control 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up Passenger passes on FL Down Freight passes from SL 4

Up Passenger passes on FL Down Freight departs from SL 2

Up Passenger pass to SL Before next train passes 4

Up Freight pass to SL Before next train passes 5

Pass to/from SL Next train to/from SL 4

Down Freight pass/depart from SL Up Passenger passes 3 ½

Down Passenger passes Down Freight depart from SL 3 ½

Durham

Adjustment to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Terminating train in Down platform Approach control ½

Dwell Time

DMU/EMU 1

LH/HST/22x 1½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down Passenger clear to platform/SL Next train passes 4

Down Freight clear to platform/SL Next train passes 5

Up train terminating shunt, arrive to DF Next Up service pass 8

Up train arriving on Down side Next Down/Up pass 4

Minimum Turnround

DMU 5 trains from Newcastle area. 10 minutes must be allowed if the service is to

be replatformed.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 152 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Durham Up Loop

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up Passenger arrive inside Next up train passes Durham 4

Up Freight arrive inside Next up train passes Durham 5

Pass Durham on Up Main Depart Loop 2

Depart Durham on Up Main Depart Loop 3

Durham Down Loop

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Down Loop Next train arrives Durham 4

Pass Durham Depart Down Loop 3

Depart Durham Depart Down Loop 4

Chester–le–Street

Dwell Time

DMU(A/S) ½

DMU(E)/185 1

Birtley Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down Passenger pass to SL/GL Next Down pass 4

Down Freight pass to SL/GL Next Down pass 5

Up Passenger from SL/GL Next Down pass 4

Down Fast pass Up Passenger from SL/GL 3

Up Fast pass Up Passenger pass from SL/GL 2

Up Freight from SL/GL Next Down pass 5

Down Fast pass Up Freight from SL/GL 3

Up Fast pass Up Freight from SL/GL 2

Up train from SL/GL Down train to SL/GL 6

Down Freight to GL Up Passenger/Freight pass from SL 6

Down Passenger/Freight to SL Up Freight from GL 4

Low Fell Junction/RMT

Junction Margins

First movement Second Movement Margin

Up Passemger pass to SL/GL Next Up Pass King Edward Bridge 2

Up Freight pass to SL/GL Next Up Pass King Edward Bridge 4

Up Passenger pass to SL/GL Next Down pass Birtley Junction 3

Up Freight pass to SL/GL Next Down pass Birtley Junction 4

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 153 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Low Fell Junction/RMT

After Down ML passes Kingf

Edward Bridge

Down Passenger from SL/GL 1

After Down ML passes Kingf

Edward Bridge

Down Freight from SL/GL 2

Pass SL/GL to King Edward

Bridge/Norwood Junction

Pass from King Edward Bridge /

Norwood 5

Arrive Low Fell RMT from Low Fell

Junction/Norwood Junction

Pass Low Fell Junction to Low Fell

RMT

Arrive Low Fell RMT from Low Fell

Junction/Norwood Junction

Pass Low Fell Junction to Norwood

Junction 2

Arrive/pass from Low Fell RMT Depart / pass to Low Fell RMT 4

King Edward Bridge South Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains towards Greensfield

Jn Differential junction speed ½ Passenger

Movements Up Reason Value

Trains from Greensfield

Juntion Differential Speed Junction ½ Passenger

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down pass to SL or

Gateshead line Up train pass 3

Down or Up pass Down pass to SL or Gateshead Line 3

Pass from King Edward

Bridge East/North Junction Pass to King Edward Bridge East/North

Junction 3

Pass Up Main Pass from Norwood Junction ( wrong direction

) 3

King Edward Bridge North Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from King Edward Bridge South Junction Pass to King Edward Bridge South Junction 3

Newcastle

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Train departing from Platforms 5,6,7 and 8 to

Morpeth, timed FL. Approaching Heaton South

Jn.

Differential junction speed at Argyle Street

Junction ½

Trains arriving Platforms 9, 10, 11 and 12 TPWS 1

Movements Up Reason Value

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 154 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Newcastle

Trains arriving Platforms 5,6,7 and 8 from

Morpeth timed FL. Approaching Newcastle. Differential junction speed at Argyle Street

Junction ½

Trains arriving Platform 1 TPWS ½

Connectional Allowance 8

Conflicting Moves

Movement Margin

Between trains in the same direction Platforms 2 – 4. 4

Between arrivals from opposite directions 4

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive lat 2 from South Arrive Platform 1 4

Depart Plat 3 to South Arrive Platform 4 from North 4

West End movements

Movement Margin

Between first arriving and second departing 1

Between two consecutive arrivals 3

Between first departing and second arriving (LH/HST) 5

Between first departing and second arriving (DMU) 4

Between two consecutive departures 3

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart Platform 2/3 to West Arrive Platform 2/3 from Forth Banks 4

Arrive Platform 8 from West Arrive Platform 7 from East 3

Arrive Platform 8 from West Depart Platform 7 to Up Slow Line 1

Arrive Platform 7 from West Arrive Platform 8 from West 3

Depart Platform 7 to West via Depart Platform 8 to East 2

Depart Platform 7 to Up Slow Line Arrive Platform 8 from West 3

Depart Platform 3/4 to West Arrive opposite Platform from East 3

Arrive Platform 3/4 from East Depart opposite Platform to West 3

Arrive Platform 3 from down main Arrive Platform 4 from up main 1

Arrive Platform 4 from up main Arrrive Platform 3 from down main 1

East End movements

Movement Margin

Between first arriving and second departing 1

Between two consecutive arrivals 3

Between two consecutive departures 3

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart to North / High Level Bridge Arrive from North 4

Depart to North / High Level Bridge Arrive from High Level Bridge ( first via Level

Bridge Central ) Junction 5

Depart to North / High Level Bridge Arrive from High Level Bridge ( first via

Newcastle East Junction ) 4

Depart Platform 3 / 4 to North via UFL Arrive from UF 6

Depart Platform 2 to North Depart Platform 1 to High Level Bridge 2

Arrive /depart Platform 1 Arrive Platform 2 from South 3

Depart Platforms 5,6,7 and 8 to DFL Arrive from North on Up Fast Line 6

Arrive from North on Up Fast Line Depart Platform. 5,6,7 and 8 to Down Fast Line 1 min before

first train

arrives

Dwell Time

DMU 2

HST/LH 3

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 155 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Newcastle

XC Services (22x&HST) 2

Maximum Turnround 60 minutes in through platforms

Minimum Turnround

VTEC 35

TPE 10

XC 20 (10 by exception and in agreement with Network Rail)

DMU/EMU 5 To/from Sunderland or Metro Centre

To/from Hexham, Morpeth or Seaham

10 To/from Carlisle, Hartlepool, Middlesbrough or Darlington

20 To/from York and beyond, and north of Carlisle

# May be reduced to 5 minutes if the train has two or more minutes pathing time approaching Newcastle

Operating Restrictions

Class 22X trains using Platforms 5/6 must be planned to use the furthest platform dependant on the direction of

arrival (i.e Platform 5 ex KEB direction and Platform 6 ex HLB/Scotland direction).

No other units to be planned to use Platform 5/6 whilst a Class 22X train is occupying either platform due to

overlap and signal sighting issues.

Class 22x trains should not be planned to use Platforms 7 and 8

Trains conveying containers should only be planned to run SL or Platform 7 or Platform 2 (in this preference) due

to RT3973 restrictions through the station.

Train Watering Points Platforms 2, 3; restrictive use of Platforms 4, 5 and 6; Newcastle Forth

Siding; Heaton Depot

Heaton South Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains from Slow Line Differential junction speed ½ MU

1 Freight

Movements Up Reason Value

Trains to Slow Differential junction speed ½ DMU

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

All crossing margins 4

Benton North Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Branch Up train pass Heaton South Junction 6

Up train pass Heaton South Junction Pass to Branch 2

Off Branch Re–occupy Branch 4

Arrive Loop from either direction Same time

Up train depart Loop Up train arrive Loop from Newsham 6

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 156 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Morpeth

Dwell Time

DMU 1

HST/LH 1½*. * To be increased to 3 when the station is unstaffed

XC Services (HST & 22x) 1½

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Passenger arrive Down Loop (Morpeth North

Jn)

Pass Morpeth Down Main

1½

LH Freight arrive Down Loop (Morpeth North

Jn) Pass Morpeth Down Main

3½

Down terminating train to Branch Down/Up non–stop pass

Down Freight pass to Branch Down/Up non–stop pass 6

Up Passenger pass Morpeth Arrive from reversing siding 3

Up Passenger arrive Up Loop Up non–stop pass 6

Up Freight arrive Up Loop Up non–stop pass 7

Pass from Branch Pass to Branch 4

Minimum Turnround 10 Shunt via sidings

Morpeth North Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart pass from Branch Up pass Morpeth 6

Pass to Branch Up pass Morpeth 7

Pass from Branch Up pass Morpeth 4

Down Passenger pass Morpeth Depart Down Loop 2

Up train pass Morpeth Depart from Branch 1

Down Passenger pass Morpeth Depart from Branch 2

Pegswood

Dwell Time

DMU ½

Butterwell Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up Passenger train passes Alnmouth Pass to branch (before Up train) 5

Up Freight train passes Alnmouth Pass to Branch (before Up train) 9

Up train passes/arrives Morpeth/Morpeth UPL

(or Morpeth North if going to Blyth & Tyne) Depart/Pass Down Main to Branch

Same time

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 157 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Widdrington

Dwell Time

DMU ½

Chevington Loops

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down passenger arrive Non–stop pass Morpeth

4 mins after

Down freight arrive Non–stop passes Morpeth

2 mins after

before

Down passenger pass Morpeth Down depart Loop 8

Up passenger arrive Non stop pass Alnmouth Same time

Up freight arrive Non stop pass Alnmouth 1

Acklington

Dwell Time

DMU ½

Wooden Gates

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down Passenger arrive Non stop passes Alnmouth 6

Down Freight arrive Non stop passes Alnmouth 7

Down Passenger arrive Down Passenger arrive Alnmouth 4

Down Freight arrive Down Passenger arrive Alnmouth 5

Down Passenger pass Alnmouth Down depart Loop 1

Alnmouth for Alnwick (inc Wooden Gates loops)

Dwell Time

DMU 1

HST/LH 1½*. * To be increased to 3 when the station is unstaffed

XC Services (HST & 22x) 1½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up Passenger clear inside Non stop pass 5

Up Freight clear inside Non stop pass 6

Chathill

Dwell Time

DMU ½

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 158 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Belford (inc Crag Mill Loops)

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down Passenger clear inside Down non stop pass 5

Down Freight clear inside Non stop pass 6

Crag Mill Loops

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up Passenger clear inside Non stop passes Belford 5

Up Freight clear inside Non stop spasses Belford 6

Down Passenger pass Belford Freight depart Down Loop 2

Up Passenger pass Belford Freight depart Up Loop 1

Tweedmouth

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up Freight clear inside Non stop passes Berwick from Scotland 6

Berwick

Dwell Time

HST/LH 1½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down Freight clear inside Non stop pass 6

Up Freight clear inside Non stop pass 6

Depart Up Main Pass Up Main 6

LN626 NORTHALLERTON HIGH JUNCTION TO NORTHALLERTON EAST

JUNCTION

Notes:

 No pathing to be inserted between Northallerton East Junction and Northallerton station in either direction;

if necessary an ’A’ stop must be inserted at signal Y478 in Up direction or Northallerton East Junction in

Down direction

 An up train standing at signal Y478 must not exceed 380m

 A down train standing at Northallerton East Junction must not exceed 210m

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 159 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN627 LONGLANDS JUNCTION TO NEWCASTLE EAST JUNCTION VIA THE

COAST

Northallerton East Junction

Adjustment to sectional running times

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains booked to stop at Y478. To

be applied approaching

Northallerton East Junction

Slow approach ½ passenger and light engines only

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains from Northallerton station. To

be applied after Northallerton East

Junction

Accelaration

½ (except as shown below)

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Boroughbridge Road LC

occupy tc DCT to clear tc DCT Depart Northallerton Down Loop to Eaglescliffe 1½

Pass to Boroughbridge Road LC

occupy tc DCT to clear tc DCT Pass from Northallerton Down Loop

Sight Y467 (approach control) to occupy tc

DDT

3½

Passenger pass from Northallerton

Occupy tc DDT/clear tc DCT Depart to Boroughbridge Road LC 1½

Passenger pass from Northallerton

Occupy tc DDT/clear tc DCT Pass to Boroughbridge Road LC

Freight pass from Northallerton

Occupy tc DDT/clear tc DCT Depart to Boroughbridge Road LC 2

Freight pass from Northallerton

Occupy tc DDT/clear tc DCT Pass to Boroughbridge Road LC

3½

Adjustment to Sectional Running Times for heavier freight traffic:

TR100 timing loads = {1}

TR115 and above timing loads = {1½}

Class 60 timing loads 1400-1600t = {1}

Class 60 timing loads 1800t and above = {1½}

Class 66 timing loads 2000-2400t = {1}

Class 66 2600t and above = {1½}

Yarm

Adjustment to sectional running times

Movement Both Directions Reason Value

RT3973 HAW: Schedule 2 and/or 3 vehicles;

apply between Yarm and Eaglescliffe and Vice

Versa

20mph restriction over Yarm Viaduct 2

Eaglescliffe

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 160 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Eaglescliffe

Adjustment to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Non–stop trains from Darlington

* After Eaglescliffe Differential junction speed 1 Passenger

2 Freight*

Movement Up Reason Value

Non–stop trains towards Darlington

** Approaching Eaglescliffe Approach control

1 Passenger

2 Freight**

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass/arrive from Northallerton Depart to Darlington 1

Pass/arrive from Northallerton Pass to Darlington 3

Pass/depart to Darlington Pass/arrive from Northallerton 4

Stockton Cut Junction

Refer to LN632

Hartburn Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Bowesfield Junction Pass to Stockton Cut Junction 3

Pass to Stockton Cut Junction Pass from Bowesfield Junction 3

Stockton

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart Down platform to south Arrive Down platform from south 4

Minimum Turnround 5 Trains from Newcastle, Sunderland, Middlesbrough, Saltburn or Darlington

Norton Junctions

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

All conflicting moves 4

Billingham/Billingham Junction

Junction Margins

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 161 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Billingham/Billingham Junction

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Branch Depart Billingham 3

Pass to Branch Pass Billingham 4

Pass/depart Billingham Pass to Branch 4

Greatham

Adjustment to Sectional Running Times : Up Direction

Coming from various Works sites on

Down Side Acceleration from Slow Speed

crossover 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down depart to Works sites on Down Side Pass Billingham Junction 4

Down pass to Hartlepool Depart Works site on Down Side Same time

Down pass from Hartlepool Depart Works site on Down Side Same time

Pass from Works sites on Down Side Down pass to Hartlepool 4½

Pass from Works sites on Down Side Down arrive, going to Works sites on Down

Side 5½

Restrictions:

 Trains leaving Down line, going to various Works sites on Down side, require a 30 second ‘OP’ stop at

Greatham

Seaton Snook Junction /Seaton Carew

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up depart to branch from Up main Up arrive Seaton Carew 4½

Up depart to branch from Down main Up depart Seaton Carew 2

Up depart to branch from Up or Down Main Up pass Greatham (not stopping Seaton

Carew) 6

Up depart to branch from Down main Down pass Greatham 2

Up pass Greatham Up depart to branch from Down main ½

Pass from branch Up arrive Seaton Carew 4½

Pass from branch Up pass Greatham (not stopping Seaton

Carew) 6

Down Depart Seaton Carew to Hartlepool Up depart DGL 2½

Down pass Greatham to Hartlepool (not

stopping Seaton Carew) Up depart DGL 4

Down Depart Seaton Carew to Hartlepool Down depart DGL 3½

Down pass Greatham to Hartlepool (not

stopping Seaton Carew) Down depart DGL 5

Restrictions:

 Trains going to Seaton on Tees branch require a 1 minute OP Stop at junction

 Only one train at a time allowed on Seaton on Tees branch

Hartlepool

Dwell Time

All Southbound 1

All Northbound 1½

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 162 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Hartlepool

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart/pass to Newcastle Arrive platform from Newcastle 4

MU Depart platform to Stockton Arrive/pass from Stockton 5½

HST/LH Depart platform to Stockton Arrive/pass from Stockton 6

Pass To/from Hartlepool Docks Arrive/pass from Newcastle 7

Pass Up on Up Line Depart to Hartlepool Docks 1

Pass Up on Up Line Pass to Hartlepool Docks 2

Minimum Turnround 5 Trains from Newcastle or Sunderland

10 All other trains

Restrictions:

 Hartlepool Docks: only one train at a time on branch (presently out of use)

 Services terminating in the through platform should not be planned to shunt to another location

Seaham

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart/pass to Hartlepool Depart Seaham Harbour 2½

Pass from Seaham Harbour Up Depart Seaham 1½

Pass from Seaham Harbour Up Pass to Hartlepool 2

Depart to Seaham Harbour Up arrive/Up pass to Hartlepool 6½

Minimum Turnround 10 via Dawdon

Restrictions:

 Up goods trains going to Seaham Harbour require a 30 second ‘OP’ stop at Seaham station

Seaham Harbour: only one train at a time on branch

Ryhope Grange

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Going from Ryhope Grange Sidings Acceleration from slow speed 1

Movement Up

Going to Ryhope Grange Sidings Approach Control 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart to Hendon Branch Pass Up 3½

Pass to Ryhope Grange Sidings Pass Down 4½

Restrictions

 Hendon Branch, one train Token Working. A ‘TW’ stop is required for all traffic to/from the Branch (Note:

line currently Out Of Use)

 If a train is being propelled out of Ryhope Grange Sidings, no Up trains can pass. Margin of 1” before

movement commences is acceptable; otherwise a train from Sunderland must follow train towards

Seaham (Note: Sidings currently Out of Use)

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 163 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Sunderland

Dwell Time

Multiple Unit 1

Up class 5, departing class 1 in

same direction 4

Down class 1, departing class 5 in

same direction 4

Metro Services ½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart to South Hylton/Sidings Down Heavy Rail Passenger Arrive ex

Hartlepool 4

Depart to South Hylton/Sidings Down Freight pass 4

Depart to South Hylton Depart Sidings 2

Down Arrive from Hartlepool

(except trains longer than 178m, see

restrictions below)

Depart to South Hylton/Sidings 1 #

Down Depart from platforms 3 or 4 Up Arrive into platforms 3 or 4 3½

Up Metro arrive (platform 2) Up Heavy Rail (Under 70metres) arrive

platform 1 2½

Metro depart to South Hylton/Sidings Up passenger pass 2

Metro depart to South Hylton/Sidings Up freight pass 5

Down Heavy Rail (under 69 metres) arrive

platform 4 Metro depart from Park Lane 1

Down Heavy Rail (over 69 metres) depart from

platform 4 clear tc Metro depart from Park Lane 2

Down Heavy Rail (under 69metres) depart from

platform 4 Down Metro depart to Pelaw from platform 3 2

Up freight pass Up Metro Arrive 3½

Down depart Down freight Pass 4

#May be reduced to ½ if Down train is MU under 69 metres or Light Loco

Minimum Turnround

All shunts to be timed for ARS

purposes

5 Same platform (8 minutes for trains from York or south thereof, arriving

and returning as class 1; trains 178m or longer cannot reverse in station

to/from south)

8 Via sidings

 A train longer than 195m which has terminated from the Boldon direction or 178m from the Ryhope

direction, running into platforms 3/4 will fowl the route to and from South Hylton. This train must depart

towards Boldon at least 1½ minutes before the next Metro departs towards South Hylton

 A train longer than 195m cannot depart southbound from platforms 3/4, except by prior agreement

between the Train operator and the Local Operations Manager, as train rear of the train will ‘lock’ the

crossovers at the north end of the station, preventing moves to/from other platforms

 A train longer than 195m can only arrive into platforms 1/2 from Ryhope Grange by prior agreement

between the Train operator and the Local Operations Manager as the rear of the train will ‘lock’ the

crossovers at the south end of the station, preventing moves to/from other platforms

 Metro trains can only use No. 2 Siding; the other siding IS NOT electrified

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 164 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

East Boldon Up Loop

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Up Metro depart/up passenger pass Brockley

Whins/Up freight from Pelaw pass Boldon West

Junction

Arrive Up freight from Tyne pass Boldon East

Junction Same time*

Up Metro depart East Boldon Depart 2½

Up passenger pass Brockley Whins (not

stopping Boldon or Seaburn) Depart 4

Up freight from Pelaw pass Boldon West

Junction/from Tyne pass Boldon East Junction

going to Sunderland

Depart 10

Depart Reoccupy Loop 5½

Note: *No Allowances to be applied between Boldon North Junction and Boldon East Junction

Boldon East Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass/depart to Boldon North Up Metro depart Brockley Whins 2½

Pass/depart to Boldon North Up passenger/light loco pass Brockley Whins 3½

Pass/depart to Boldon North Up freight pass Boldon West Junction to

Sunderland 3½

Pass/depart to Boldon North Down Metro arrive Brockley Whins 4

Pass/depart to Boldon North Down passenger pass Brockley Whins 3½

Pass/depart to Boldon North Down freight from Sunderland pass Boldon

West Junction 6

Up Metro depart Brockley Whins Pass to Boldon North 2½

Up passenger/light loco pass Brockley Whins Pass to Boldon North 2

Up freight pass Boldon West Junction to

Sunderland Pass to Boldon North 3½

Up Metro depart Brockley Whins Depart to Boldon North 2

Up passenger/light loco pass Brockley Whins Depart to Boldon North 1½

Up freight pass Boldon West Junction to

Sunderland Depart to Boldon North 3

Freight from Tyne passes Boldon West

towards Pelaw (see Restrictions) Pass to Boldon North 3

Freight from Tyne passes Boldon West

towards Pelaw (see Restrictions) Depart to Boldon North 2½

Up freight pass from Tyne Dock Up Metro arrive Brockley Whins (see

Restrictions) 6

Up freight pass from Tyne Dock Up passenger pass Brockley Whins (see

Restrictions) 5½

Up freight pass from Tyne Dock Up freight pass Boldon West going to

Sunderland (see Restrictions) 6

Pass from Boldon North Pass to Boldon North 3

Pass from Boldon North Depart to Boldon North 2

Up Metro depart Brockley Whins Depart/pass Boldon North towards Boldon East 3

Up passenger/light loco pass Brockley Whins Depart/pass Boldon North towards Boldon East 2

Up freight pass Boldon West Junction to

Sunderland Depart/pass Boldon North towards Boldon East 4½

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 165 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Boldon East Junction

Restrictions:

 Once a train has departed/passed Boldon North Junction, irrespective of route (i.e. via Boldon East or via

Boldon West), NO OTHER TRAIN can leave the Sunderland lines towards Boldon North Junction from

any direction, until first train is clear onto Sunderland lines – see margins above

 Trains cannot stand on Boldon East Curve; there is no signaling on the Curve to allow this. No allowances

to be applied between Boldon East and Boldon North Junctions in either direction

 A freight train from Tyne Dock or Pelaw must clear overlap of signal T6252 before a following train can

pass signal T6266 – reflected in margins above

Boldon West Junction/Brockley Whins

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains from Tyne Dock Branch

Approaching Pelaw Junction Acceleration 1

Movement Up Reason Value

Up trains going to Boldon North Approach Control ½*

*To be increased to 1 minute if a train has emerged from branch in previous 6 minutes, due to overlap issues

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down passenger/light loco pass from

Sunderland Depart/pass Boldon North towards Pelaw 1½

Down freight pass from Sunderland Depart/pass Boldon North towards Pelaw 3

Down Metro depart Fellgate Depart/pass Boldon North towards Pelaw 1

Up passenger/light loco pass Brockley Whins Depart/pass Boldon North towards Pelaw 1

Up Metro arrive Brockley Whins Depart/pass Boldon North towards Pelaw 1

Up freight pass towards Sunderland Depart/pass Boldon North towards Pelaw 2

Up freight pass towards Tyne Dock Up freight pass towards Sunderland 4

Up freight pass towards Tyne Dock Up passenger pass 3

Up freight pass towards Tyne Dock Up Metro depart Fellgate 1½

Pass from Boldon North Up Metro depart Fellgate 2

Pass from Boldon North Up passenger/light loco pass Brockley Whins 4

Pass from Boldon North Up freight pass Boldon West to Sunderland 4½

Pass from Boldon North Up freight pass Boldon West to Boldon North 3

Pass Boldon North towards Sunderland (see

Restrictions) Pass Boldon West to Boldon North 3½

Depart Boldon North towards Sunderland (see

Restrictions) Pass Boldon West to Boldon North 5½

Restrictions:

 Once a train has departed/passed Boldon North Junction, irrespective of route (i.e. via Boldon East or via

Boldon West), NO OTHER TRAIN can leave the Sunderland lines towards Boldon North Junction from

any direction, until first train is clear onto Sunderland lines – see margins above

 Trains cannot stand on Boldon West Curve; there is no signaling on the Curve to allow this. No

allowances to be applied between Boldon West and Boldon North Junctions in either direction

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 166 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Pelaw Metro Junction

Junction Margins – See Pelaw Junction

Pelaw Junction (including Pelaw Metro Junction)

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains into Pelaw Goods Loops

Approaching Pelaw Jn Approach Control ½

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains from Pelaw Goods Loops

After Pelaw Junction Accelaration from rest 2 (1 MU)

Trains going to Jarrow or Wardley.

Approaching Pelaw Junction Slowing for junction ½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass Pelaw Junction to Wardley Pass Passenger/light engine pass Pelaw

Junction from Sunderland to Heworth

Pass Pelaw Junction to Wardley Freight pass Pelaw Junction from Sunderland

to Heworth 3½

Pass Pelaw Junction to Wardley Pass Pelaw Junction to Up or Down Goods

Loop 2½

Depart Pelaw Junction (on Up Main) to

Wardley Passenger/light engine pass Pelaw Junction

from Sunderland to Heworth 4

Depart Pelaw Junction (on Up Main) to

Wardley Freight pass Pelaw Junction from Sunderland

to Heworth 5

Depart Pelaw Junction (on Up Main) to

Wardley Pass Pelaw Junction to Up or Down Goods

Loop 3½

Freight pass from Jarrow Up depart Heworth 2½

Light Engine pass Pelaw Junction from Jarrow Up depart Heworth 1½

Freight pass Pelaw Junction from Jarrow Pass Pelaw Junction to Boldon (not stopping

Heworth) 3

Light Engine pass Pelaw Junction from Jarrow Pass Pelaw Junction to Boldon (not stopping

Heworth) 2

Freight pass Pelaw Junction from Jarrow Pass Pelaw Junction to Jarrow/Wardley 2

Light Engine pass Pelaw Junction from Jarrow Pass Pelaw Junction to Jarrow/Wardley 1

Freight pass Pelaw Junction from Jarrow Depart Loop to Jarrow/Wardley/Boldon 2½

Light Engine pass Pelaw Junction from Jarrow Depart Loop to Jarrow/Wardley/Boldon 1½

Pass Passenger/light engine pass Pelaw

Junction to Sunderland Up Metro Pass Pelaw Metro Jn to Sunderland 2½

Up Freight pass Pelaw Junction to Sunderland Up Metro pass Pelaw Metro Jn to Sunderland 4

Down Metro Pass Pelaw Metro Jn from

Sunderland Down passenger/light engine Pass Pelaw

Junction from Sunderland 3

Down Metro pass Pelaw Metro Jn from

Sunderland Down freight pass Pelaw Junction from

Sunderland 3½

Up Metro Pass Metro Jn to Sunderland Up Passenger/light engine pass Pelaw

Junction to Sunderland 2½

Up Metro Pass Metro Jn to Sunderland Up Freight pass Pelaw Junction to Sunderland 2

Down Pass Pelaw Junction from Sunderland Down Metro Pass Pelaw Metro Jn from

Sunderland 2

Down depart Heworth Down pass Pelaw Junction from Jarrow or

Wardley 3

Down depart Heworth Down depart loop 2½

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 167 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Pelaw Junction (including Pelaw Metro Junction)

Passenger/light engine Down pass Pelaw

Junction to Heworth (not stopping) Down depart loop/pass Pelaw Junction from

Jarrow or Wardley 3½

Up arrive loop Up freight pass Pelaw Junction 3½

Up arrive loop Up passenger pass Pelaw Junction (not

stopping Heworth) 2

Pass Pelaw Junction to Jarrow/Wardley Up depart loop to Boldon 2

Passenger/light engine pass Pelaw Junction to

Boldon Up depart loop to Boldon 2

Freight pass Pelaw Junction to Boldon Up depart loop to Boldon 3½

Down train arrive Up Goods Loop Up pass towards Boldon (not stopping

Heworth) 2

Down train arrive Up Goods Loop Up pass towards Jarrow/Wardley 1

Down train arrive Up Goods Loop Up depart Heworth ½

Down pass Up train depart Down Goods Loop 1½

Up train depart Down Goods Loop Down passenger/light engine pass 3

Up train depart Down Goods Loop Down freight pass 3½

Up train depart Down Goods Loop Pass from Jarrow/Wardley 2½

Up train depart Down Goods Loop Down train arrive either loop 3½

Restrictions:

 Jarrow branch – only one train can be planned between Jarrow and Pelaw Junction at any one time

 Class 5 reversals in Goods Loop – the loop used must be specified and timed accordingly

Heworth

Dwell Time

All 1 Up

½ Down

Park Lane Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Greensfield Junction/King Edward

Bridge East Junction

Pass to High Level Bridge Junction 3

Depart from Greensfield Junction/King Edward

Bridge East Junction Pass to High Level Bridge Junction

4½

Pass from Greensfield Junction/King Edward

Bridge East Junction Pass to Greensfield Junction/King Edward

Bridge East Junction 2½

Depart from Greensfield Junction/King Edward

Bridge East Junction Pass to Greensfield Junction/King Edward

Bridge East Junction 4

Pass to Greensfield Junction/King Edward

Bridge East Junction Pass from Greensfield Junction/King Edward

Bridge East Junction 5

Pass to Greensfield Junction/King Edward

Bridge East Junction Depart from Greensfield East or Gateshead

line towards Pelaw 2½

Pass to Greensfield Junction/King Edward

Bridge East Junction Pass to High Level Bridge Junction 3½

Pass to High Level Bridge Junction Pass from Greensfield Junction/King Edward

Bridge East Junction 4

Pass to High Level Bridge Junction Depart from Greensfield Junction/King Edward

Bridge East Junction 1½

Pass from High Level Bridge Junction

Depart from Greensfield Junction/King Edward

Bridge East Junction 2½

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 168 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Park Lane Junction

Restrictions:

 No allowances or pathing time to be applied between Greensfield Junction and Park Lane Junction; an ‘A’

stop must be applied at Park Lane Junction

 Maximum length of train which can stand at Park Lane Junction (on Greensfield East Line) is 630m

High Level Bridge Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Greensfield Junction Pass from Park Lane Junction 2½

Up pass from Down Sunderland (crossing

over High Level Bridge Central Junction to Up

Sunderland)

Pass from Park Lane Junction going to

Newcastle on Down Sunderland 2

Up pass from Down Sunderland (crossing

over High Level Bridge Central Junction to Up

Sunderland)

Pass from Greensfield Junction 2

Pass from Park Lane Junction Pass to Greensfield Junction 2½

Restriction

 Freights RA6 and above must not be planned to cross the High Level Bridge. Also no freight service RA6 and

above can be planned to use the curve between Greensfield Junction and High Level Bridge Junction. The

above restriction also applies to all movements involving class 67 locomotives

 No allowances or pathing time to be applied between Greensfield Junction and High Level Bridge Junction; an

‘A’ stop must be applied at High Level Bridge Junction

 Maximum length of train which can stand at High Level Bridge Junction (on West Curve) is 190m

LN628 SOUTH HYLTON TO SUNDERLAND SOUTH JUNCTION

South Hylton

Platform Re–occupation 3

Minimum Turnround 4

Park Lane

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Sunderland Depart, going to platform 1 or 2 at

Sunderland ½

LN631 DARLINGTON SOUTH JUNCTION– EAGLESCLIFFE SOUTH JUNCTION

Eaglescliffe

Refer to LN627

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 169 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN632 STOCKTON CUT JUNCTION TO SALTBURN

Stockton Cut Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Hartburn Junction Pass to Bowesfield Junction 3

Pass to Bowesfield Junction Junction Pass from Hartburn Junction 4

Bowesfield Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Hartburn Junction Pass from Stockton Cut Junction 4

Pass from Stockton Cut Junction Pass to Hartburn Junction 2½

Thornaby

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass/arrive from Bowesfield Junction Pass from GL 4

Pass from GL Pass/arrive from Bowesfield Junction 4

Pass from GL Pass to GL 5

Newport East Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Cross ML to GL (either direction) Pass/depart Thornaby Same time

Arrive Middlesbrough Cross GL to ML (either direction) Same time

Middlesbrough

Connectional Allowance 5

Dwell Time

All 1

Junction Margins

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 170 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Middlesbrough

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Down platform Arrive Down platform from opposite direction 3

Depart Down platform to west Arrive Down platform from west 4½

Depart Down platform to west Arrive Up platform 3

Arrive Up platform Depart Down platform to west 3

Arrive Up platform Shunt Down platform to West Dock 1

Terminate Down platform Arrive second train 7*

# Can be simultaneous if Arrival into Up platform is given 1 adjustment between Guisborough Junction and

Middlesbrough

* May be reduced by 1 minute if ECS of first train is via Guisborough Junction.

Minimum Turnround 5 Trains from Saltburn, Whitby, or Bishop Auckland

There must not be two consecutive 5 minute turnrounds, and the total of any

two consecutive turnrounds must equal 15 minutes. These values may be

reduced if sufficient pathing time is included in the schedule approaching

Middlesbrough

7½

Trains from Newcastle & Metro Centre

Trains from and Hexham

15 Trains from Carlisle

TPE 10 (same platform) 12 (shunt)

$ These times may be reduced by the amount of pathing time south of Sunderland or additional dwell time at

Sunderland or Hartlepool to a minimum of 5 mins

Restrictions

185 shunts to West Dock limited to 1x3 car set and only one to do this at a time.

Train Watering Points Station and down sidings

Guisborough Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Whitby Pass from Redcar 3

Pass from Redcar Pass to Whitby 2

Whitehouse Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Cross ML to GL Depart Middlesbrough 2 before

Cross GL to ML Cross ML to GL 4

South Bank Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Cross ML to GL Depart Middlesbrough Same time

Cross to/from GL Cross to/from GL 4

Down Passenger pass Guisborough Junction Up Freight crosses Up Goods to Up Main 6

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 171 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

South Bank Junction

Restrictions

All freights that require to run–round at South Bank should be shown to do so at South Bank station (due to

TRUST reporting). When the run–round is taking place no other train should be timed on the Goods Lines

between South Bank Junction and Grangetown Junction.

Grangetown Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Cross to ML Cross to GL 4

Cross ML to GL Pass Guisborough Junction Same time

Down Passenger service passes Guisborough

Junction or departs South Bank Up Freight routed ML to GL passes Redcar

Central Same time

Restrictions

When a run–round is taking place at Grangetown no other train should be timed on the Goods Lines between

South Bank Junction and Grangetown Junction.

Redcar Central

Dwell Time

All 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart Down platform to the West Arrive Down platform from the West 5

Minimum Turnround 5

There must not be two consecutive 5 minute turnrounds, and the total of any

two consecutive turnrounds must equal 15 minutes. These values may be

reduced if sufficient pathing time is included in the schedule approaching

Redcar

Restrictions

Trains to Crag Hall cannot pass or depart until the previous train has arrived at Crag Hall, or the train from Crag

Hall has passed Saltburn West Junction

Saltburn West Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Saltburn Pass to Saltburn/Boulby 3

Pass to Boulby Pass from Saltburn 4

Saltburn

Minimum Turnround 5

There must not be two consecutive 5 minute turnrounds, and the total of any

two consecutive turnrounds must equal 15 minutes. These values may be

reduced if sufficient pathing time is included in the schedule approaching

Saltburn

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 172 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN634 GUISBOROUGH JUNCTION TO WHITBY

The route between Nunthorpe and Whitby is under the control of a single signaller at Nunthorpe signalbox.

Therefore token exchanges between Nunthorpe and Whitby cannot happen simultaneously, irrespective of actual

locations; arrivals therefore, at any location, must be a minimum of 1 minute apart

Guisborough Junction

Refer to LN632

James Cook

Dwell Time

All ½

Marton

Dwell Time

All ½

Gypsy Lane

Dwell Time

All ½. Compulsory stop on Down only

Nunthorpe

Crossing Margin Down train must arrive 3 minutes before Up service. An Up train cannot

arrive in platform when a Down train has been accepted from Middlesbrough

Dwell Time

All ½

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Middlesbrough Depart to Middlesbrough 1

Arrive from Battersby Depart to Battersby 1

Minimum Turnround 5 in same platform

3 at signal N1

Restrictions:

A down train cannot pass Guisborough Junction whilst a train is on line to Nunthorpe, or occupying

platform 2 at Nunthorpe; if a down train needs to come onto the line in these circumstances, then the first

train must shunt to Platform 1, via signal N1. These shunt moves must be fully timed BUT cannot occur if

a train is on line between Nunthorpe and Battersby in either direction

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 173 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Great Ayton

Dwell Time

All ½.

Battersby

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Arriving when earlier train already in the

platform Calling on signal ½

Crossing/Reversing Margin First arriving train departs second 13½

Example:

Train arrive arr. Xx.00

Train arrive arr. Xx.05

Train depart dep. Xx.08½

Train depart dep. Xx.13½

Dwell Time

All 3½ (minimum required for train reversing and not crossing another service)

Restrictions:

 Trains arriving from either direction can only be planned into the platform and NOT directly into the Run

Round loop

 Due to the operation of two Ground Frames, any run round must be allowed a minimum of 30 minutes.

When the locomotive is moving from the run round loop onto the east end of the train, the driver must be

in possession of the token for either the Glaisdale or Nunthorpe section; planners must satisfy themselves

that there are no trains moving in either direction on the relevant section

Notes:

 Trains crossing at Battersby occupy the same section of track and platform and must have 5 minutes

between consecutive arrivals and departures due to TPWS requirements

 Trains passing do so by utilizing the permissive working on the platform line. Planners must satisfy

themselves of the lengths of both trains, and that they both can be accommodated according to the

platform length AND the distances quoted below

 Platform and runround loop, stop board to stop board = 175m

 Buffer stops to east end stop board = 325m

Kildale

Dwell Time

All ½.

Commondale

Dwell Time

All ½

Castleton Moor

Dwell Time

All ½

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 174 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Danby

Dwell Time

All ½*

* 1 for 07XX Middlesbrough to Whitby/16XX Whitby to Middlesbrough

Glaisdale

Dwell Time

All 3 when trains do not cross

5 when train cross

Note: Arrive/depart margin depends on sequence on which each driver relinquishes token, as follows:

 Xx:00. 1st train arrive, relinquishes token

 Xx:01: 2nd train arrive, relinquishes token; collects token

 Xx:05: 1st train collects token and departs

 Xx:06: 2nd train departs

Although trains can arrive simultaneously, a minimum of 1 minute difference must be shewn as signaler cannot

communicate with two or more drivers at once

Egton

Dwell Time

All ½*

* 1 for 07XX Middlesbrough to Whitby/16XX Whitby to Middlesbrough

Grosmont

Dwell Time

All 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrives Glaisdale from Grosmont direction. NYMR train departs Grosmont towards Whitby 5

NYMR train arrives Grosmont from Whitby Depart Glaisdale towards Grosmont direction. 5

NYMR train arrives Grosmont from Whitby NYMR train departs Grosmont towards Whitby 6

Note: Trains going to/from NYMR must stop to main line to operate Ground Frame. However, this activity is

allowed for in Sectional Running Times

Sleights

Dwell Time

All 1 Compulsory stop on Down (Eastbound) only

½ (westbound, when stopping, not compulsory stop)

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 175 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Ruswarp

Dwell Time

All ½*. Compulsory stop Up (Westbound) only

* 1 for 07XX Middlesbrough to Whitby/16XX Whitby to Middlesbrough

Whitby

Minimum Turnround 8 MU

20 LH

15 NYMR LH

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up NYMR train arrives Grosmont Up train depart Whitby, going to Glaisdale

Down arrive Whitby Up depart Whitby

Notes:

 Whitby platform 2, buffer stops to ground frame = 243m

 Bog Hall Sidings: Trap points to buffer stop = 335m; run round loop 170m (fouling foot crossing) or 158m

(not fouling foot crossing)

 Trains in platform 2 can run round without impacting on traffic to/from platform 1. Due to operation of

ground frame, 20 minutes must be allowed.

LN652 BILLINGHAM JUNCTION TO SEAL SANDS STORAGE

Belasis Lane

Operating Stop 2 All trains running to/from Port Clarence for purpose of token exchange.

Phillips Loops

Operating Stop 6 Light Engine in either direction: opening/closing of gates, operation of GF

15 Outbound freight trains: opening/closing of gates, operation of GF

60 Inbound freight trains: shunting of train [GBRf only]

LN666 BOLDON WEST JUNCTION TO TYNE DOCK

Boldon North Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Boldon East Junction or Boldon

West Junction Depart to Boldon East Junction or Boldon West

Junction 3

Pass from Boldon East Junction or Boldon

West Junction Pass to Boldon East Junction or Boldon West

Junction 4

Restrictions:

Once a train has departed/passed Boldon North Junction, irrespective of route (ie via Boldon East or via Boldon

West), NO OTHER TRAIN can leave the Sunderland lines towards Boldon North Junction from any direction, until

first train is clear onto Sunderland lines. For margins, see Boldon East Junction and Boldon West Junction on

LN627. Trains cannot stand on Boldon East Curve or Boldon West Curve. No pathing time or other allowances to

be applied between any of these locations

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 176 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Green Lane Junction (PTA Boundary)

Note: this location is outwith NR infrastructure. Information included for guidance only

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Boldon North Junction Depart towards Tyne Dock 3

Arrive Tyne Dock Pass Green Lane towards Tyne Dock 3

Notes:

All arriving trains MUST STOP at Stop Board P2 in order to obtain permission from Tyne Dock personnel, to

proceed. To be shewn as a 2 minute OP stop

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 177 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Tyne Dock

Note: this location is outwith NR infrastructure. Information included for guidance only

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass Green Lane Junction Depart Tyne Dock 3

Arrive any Tyne Dock Location Depart any Tyne Dock Location 5

Notes:

 Departures from Tyne Dock should ideally be no closer than 15 minutes apart

LN676 PARK LANE JUNCTION TO KING EDWARD BRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION

Greensfield Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to High Level Bridge Junction Pass from Park Lane on Greensfield East Line 4

Pass to High Level Bridge Junction Depart from Greensfield East Line 1½

Pass to Park Lane on Greensfield East Line Pass from High Level Bridge 3

Pass to Park Lane on Greensfield East Line Depart from West Curve 2

Restrictions:

 Freights RA6 and above must not be planned to use the curve between Greensfield Junction and High

Level Bridge Junction. The above restriction also applies to all movements involving class 67 locomotives

 No allowances or pathing time to be applied between High Level Bridge Junction or Park Lane Junction

and Greenfields Junction; an ‘A’ stop must be applied at Greensfield Junction

 Maximum length of train which can stand at Greensfield Junction on West Curve is 150m

Maximum length of train which can stand at Greensfield Junction on Greensfield East Line is 630m

King Edward Bridge East Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from KEB South/North Pass to KEB South or KEB North 2½

Pass from KEB South/North Depart to KEB South or KEB North 2

Pass to KEB North Pass from KEB South, coming from Up Carlisle 5*

Pass to KEB North Pass from KEB South, coming from Down

ECML 3½

Pass to KEB North Depart from Gateshead Chord to

Greensfield/Park Lane 2

Pass to KEB South Pass from KEB North 2½

Pass to KEB South Depart from South East Curve to

Greensfield/Park Lane 2

Arrive from Park Lane Junction/Greensfield

Junction # Pass from KEB South, coming from Up Carlisle 6+

Arrive from Park Lane Junction/Greensfield

Junction # Pass from KEB South, coming from Down

ECML 4½

Arrive from Park Lane Junction/Greensfield

Junction # Pass from KEB North 3½

Arrive from Park Lane Junction/Greensfield

Junction # Depart from Gateshead Curve or South East

Curve, towards Greensfield Junction 3

*Can be reduced to 3½ minutes provided at least {1} applied between Norwood Junction and King Edward Bridge

South Junction

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 178 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

King Edward Bridge East Junction

+ Can be reduced to 4 minutes provided at least {1} applied between Norwood Junction and King Edward Bridge

South Junction

# In order to avoid coming to a stand at King Edward Bridge East Junction, (pathing time) can be added between

Park Lane Junction and Greensfield Junction (or an ‘A’ stop added at Greensfield Junction), provided the train

length does not exceed 630m

Restrictions:

 Maximum length of train which can stand at King Edward Bridge East Junction on South East Curve is

95m

 Maximum length of train which can stand at King Edward Bridge North Junction on South East Curve is

135m

 Maximum length of train which can stand at King Edward Bridge East Junction on Gateshead Curve is

190m

 Maximum length of train which can stand at King Edward Bridge South Junction on Gateshead Curve is

195m

 Maximum length of train which can stand at Greensfield Junction on Greensfield West line is 200m (if

coming from High Level Bridge Junction) or 225m (if coming from Park Lane Junction)

 A down train from Park Lane Junction/Greensfield Junction, coming to a stand at King Edward Bridge

East Junction, ‘claims’ the overlap across the junction. Margins above reflect the resultant timeout

No allowances to be applied between King Edward Bridge South Junction and King Edward Bridge East

Junction, or between King Edward Bridge North Junction and King Edward Bridge East Junction in either

direction; an ‘A’ stop should be inserted when required

LN678 DARLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION TO EASTGATE

Heighington

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Darlington Depart to Darlington 2

Shildon

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Bishop Auckland Arrive from Darlington 3

Bishop Auckland/Bishop Auckland West

Minimum Turnround 5. DMU. There must not be two consecutive 5 minute turnrounds, and the

total of any two consecutive turnrounds must equal 15 minutes. These

values may be reduced if sufficient pathing time is included in the schedule

approaching Bishop Auckland or Darlington

LN682 KING EDWARD BRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION TO PETTERIL BRIDGE

JUNCTION

King Edward Bridge South Junction

Refer LN600

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 179 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Norwood Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Newcastle Pass to Tyne Yard 3

Pass to Tyne Yard Depart/Pass from Newcastle 3

Pass from Tyne Yard Pass to Tyne Yard 4

Swalwell Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart to Up (after reversal) Pass Metrocentre on Down 3

Depart to Up (after reversal) Depart Metrocentre on Down 1½

Pass/arrive Metrocentre on Up Depart from Down (after reversal) 1

Hexham

Dwell Time

DMU 1

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Depart to Newcastle from Down platform Differential junction speed ½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up Depart to Up Main (including signal H55)

from Down platform

Down Arrive 4½

Depart to Middle Road from platform Down Arrive 4

Up Depart to Up Main (including signal H55)

from Down platform Down pass 4

Depart to Middle Road from platform Down pass 3

Down Pass / Depart Depart Middle Road to Platform 2½

Up pass / depart Up platform Shunt from Down platform to H55 on Up main 3

Minimum Turnround 5 Same platform arriving and departing in passenger service

3 Down arrive, depart as class 5

3 Class 5 at signal H55

3 Down empty arrive Up platform, depart in passenger service

Shunts Shunts at Hexham to be timed.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 180 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Haltwhistle

Restrictions:

 A train using the crossover west of Haltwhistle will prevent a Down train arriving or standing in the Down

platform due to signalling overlap

Note:

 Signalling in the Up direction will allow a train to proceed past Haltwhistle to signal HW102, whilst waiting

for a previous train to clear the section. A further train can pass Low Row 2 minutes after the train passes

Haltwhistle

LN694 BENTON NORTH JUNCTION TO MORPETH NORTH JUNCTION VIA

BEDLINGTON

Newsham

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass/arrive from Benton Depart to Benton 2

Pass to Benton Depart to Bedlington Same time*

Arrive from Bedlington Depart to Bedlington Same time*

Arrive from Bedlington Arrive from Benton 4

Depart to Bedlington Pass/arrive from Benton 6

Bedlington North

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Up train entering Furnaceway Sidings

After Bedlington North Approach control 2

Movement Up Reason Value

Up train from West Sleekburn Junction Differential junction speed ½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to West Sleekburn Pass from Morpeth 4

Pass from Morpeth Pass to Morpeth 4

Pass from Morpeth Pass to West Sleekburn 4

Pass/arrive from Newsham Pass/depart from West Sleekburn Same time*

Arrive from Newsham Pass/depart from Hepscott Same time*

* The section from Bedlington South to Newsham is to be treated as a single line pending viaduct strengthening.

Hepscott Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Morpeth Pass from Morpeth North Junc 4

Pass to Morpeth Depart Up Loop 2

Pass to Morpeth North Pass from Morpeth 4

Arrive Up Loop Arrive Down Loop 3

Arrive up Loop Depart Down Loop 1

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 181 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN702 BEDLINGTON NORTH TO LYNEMOUTH ALCAN

West Sleekburn Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Down train towards Winning

Approaching West Sleekburn Slow speed junction 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Winning Junction Pass from Marchey’s House 4

Pass from Marchey’s House Pass to Winning Junction 4

Marchey’s House

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to West Sleekburn Junction Pass from Winning Junction 4

Pass to Winning Junction Pass to West Sleekburn Junction 4

Pass to Winning Junction Pass from Winning Junction 4

Pass from Ashington Pass to West Sleekburn Junction 5

Pass from Ashington Depart to Ashington 2

LN706 WEST SLEEKBURN JUNCTION TO NORTH BLYTH

Winning

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Marchey’s House Pass from West Sleekburn 6

Pass from West Sleekburn Pass to Marchey’s House 4

Freemans

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Winning Arrive from Winning (for token exchange) 5½*

Arrive Battleship Wharf Depart/pass to North Blyth 25

Arrive Blyth Alcan Depart/pass to North Blyth 35

Pass from North Blyth Depart Battleship Wharf or Alcan 15

*May be reduced to 4 if {1} inserted approaching Freemans

Operating Restrictions

 Trains going to North Blyth must have a 30s TW stop; trains coming from North Blyth do not stop, but are

subject to a 10mph speed restriction

 Trains between Freemans and North Blyth must be in possession of the key token. When two consecutive

same direction moves are planned, the margins above allow the transfer of the said token by road

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 182 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN736 CLEETHORPES TO NUNNERY MAIN LINE JUNCTION VIA RETFORD

General note

A light engine must run between Wrawby Junction and Gainsborough Trent Junction, and Gainsborough Trent

Junction and Wrawby Junction via Brigg for signalling integrity purposes before a passenger train runs, when no

trains have passed over this route for six days or more.

Cleethorpes

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Grimsby Depart to Grimsby 1

Minimum Turnround 8 Barton services

10 Lincoln services

15 Doncaster/Newark and beyond

Train Watering Points Available at the station

New Clee

Dwell Time

Request stop only No dwell allowance

Grimsby Docks

Dwell Time

Cleethorpes – Barton on Humber

services ½

Grimsby Docks Loop

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Grimsby Town from Cleethorpes Depart Loop for Cleethorpes Same Time

Arrive Loop from Grimsby Town Depart Cleethorpes (non stop) 3 before Up

train arrives in

Loop

Arrive Loop from Grimsby Town Depart Cleethorpes (stopping) Depart

Grimsby

Docks 3 after

Up train

arrives in

Loop

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 183 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Grimsby Town

Dwell Time

Barton services 1

All other services 1½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive in Bay Arrive from Cleethorpes 3

Arrive from Cleethorpes Arrive in Bay 3

Arrive in Bay Depart to Habrough 1

Arrive from Cleethorpes Depart to Cleethorpes 1

Minimum Turnround 8 Barton services

10 Lincoln services

15 Doncaster/Newark and beyond

Marsh Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Grimsby Pass from Branch 3

Pass from Branch Pass to Grimsby (non stop) 5

Pass from Branch Pass to Grimsby (stopping Great Coates) 3

Great Coates

Dwell Time

Cleethorpes – Barton on Humber

services ½

Healing

Dwell Time

Cleethorpes – Barton on Humber

services ½

Stallingborough

Dwell Time

Cleethorpes – Barton on Humber

services ½

Habrough

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Ulceby Depart to Ulceby At same time

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 184 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Habrough

Arrive/pass from Brocklesby Depart to Ulceby At same time

Depart to Ulceby Arrive/pass from Brocklesby 4

Brocklesby

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Cleethorpes Pass to Doncaster/Retford Pass Ulceby

1 after train to

Cleethorpes

passes

Brocklesby

Pass from Ulceby Pass to Cleethorpes 4

Pass from Ulceby to DGL Pass from Cleethorpes 4

Wrawby Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Train to Up Slow Line from Scunthorpe/Brigg/

Lincoln. Approaching Wrawby Jn. Approach Control 2

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Newark/Retford Pass to Doncaster/Retford 3

Pass to Doncaster/Retford Pass from Newark/Retford 4

Brigg

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Wrawby Depart to Wrawby 1

Kirton Lime Sidings

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Northorpe Pass to Northorpe 3

Northorpe SB

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Loop from either direction Pass ML 6*

* May be reduced to 4 minutes if second train has 2 minutes pathing approaching Northorpe SB

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 185 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Gainsborough Central

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Single line Depart to Single line Same time

Gainsborough Trent Junctions

Junction Margins

1st move →

2nd move ↓

Retford to

Wrawby

Retford to

Lincoln Don to

Wrawby

Don to

Lincoln Lincoln to

Don Lincoln to

Retford Wrawby

Jn to Don Wrawby

Jn to

Retford

Retford to

Wrawby Jn – 5 4 3 3 No

conflict 3 No

conflict

Retford to

Lincoln 5 – 4 – 3 No

conflict 4 4

Don to

Wrawby Jn 4 4 – 5 No

conflict No

conflict

Don to

Lincoln 3 – 5 – No

conflict No

conflict 3 3

Lincoln to

Doncaster 3 3 No

conflict No

conflict – – 5 4

Lincoln to

Retford No

conflict No

conflict – – 3 5

Wrawby Jn to

Don 3 4 No

conflict 4 5 4 – 4

Wrawby Jn to

Retford No

conflict 4 No

conflict 4 4 5 4 –

West Burton East Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from West Burton PS Pass to Clarborough Junction 4

Pass to Clarborough Junction Depart Pass from West Burton PS 3

West Burton West Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to West Burton PS Pass from Junction 4

Pass from Trent Junction Pass to West Burton PS 3

Clarborough Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Cottam PS Pass from West Burton SB 4

Pass from West Burton SB Pass to Cottam PS 3

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 186 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Retford Low Level

Dwell Time

All 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive siding Pass Thrumpton West to Worksop

Same time

Pass Thrumpton West to Worksop Arrive siding

Minimum turnaround 10 Only from Worksop direction via UGL from Low Level Up Platform to

Low Level Down Platform. Not permitted from Gainsborough direction.

Manton Wood

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive reception from Worksop Pass to Worksop 4

Pass Down Main Arrive Up reception 3

Worksop

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Departing Down platform to Mansfield.

Approaching Shireoks East Jn. Differential junction speed ½

Departing Up platform to Mansfield.

Approaching Shireoks East Jn. Differential junction speed 1

Departing Up platform to Sheffield.

Approaching Shireoks East Jn. Differential junction speed ½

Departing from Worksop Up Reception Acceleration 3

Pass from Retford to Down Reception Line 1 Approach Control, approaching Worksop 2

Pass from Retford to Down Reception Line 2 Approach Control and need for driver to obtain

permission from signaler to pass stop board.

Approaching Worksop

4 (can be

reduced to 2

if train less

than 21

HTAs)

Movement Up Reason Value

Terminating services with extended dwell,

(greater than 1½ minutes) Approach Control 1

Dwell Time

All

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart Up platform to Shireoaks East Junction Arrive Up platform form West 4

*May be reduced by 1” if {1} applied

approaching Worksop

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 187 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Worksop

Minimum Turnround 6 Same platform for trains from Nottingham or Sheffield

10 Replatform for trains from Nottingham or Sheffield. If replatforming is

required, ECS can only be shunted from Worksop Up platform to Worksop

Down platform at Worksop East crossover for trains from Sheffield or

Nottingham. For trains from the Gainsborough direction, the ECS can only

be shunted from Worksop Down platform to Worksop Up platform via

Worksop West crossover.

Shireoaks East Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Train from Worksop Yard after Shireoaks East

Junction Differential junction speed 1

Trains not stopping at Worksop going towards

Woodend Junction

Approaching Shireoaks East Jn

Differential junction speed and approach

control 1

Passenger/Light Engines from a stop at

Worksop, going towards Woodend Junction.

Approaching Shireoaks East Junction

Differential junction speed and approach

control ½

Movement Up Reason Value

Train from Mansfield to Worksop

Approaching Worksop Differential junction speed ½ (1 for

above

1400t/TR85)

Train to Worksop Yard

Approaching Shireoaks East Jn Differential junction speed 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Woodend Junction Pass to Shireoaks station 3

Pass to Shireoaks station Pass from Woodend Junction 3

Restriction:

 No allowances to be applied between Shireoaks East Junction and either Yard and/or Reception lines in

either direction

 Up Reception Lines 1 and 2 can accommodate loco + 26 HTA wagons

 Worksop Yard manager can be contacted on 01302-575203

Shireoaks Station (West Junction)

Junction Margins: Times based on Shireoaks station

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Woodend Junction Arrive/pass from Shireoaks East Junction 5

Pass from Shireoaks East Junction Pass to Woodend Junction 3

Depart Shireoaks station to Sheffield Pass to Woodend Junction 3

Pass from Woodend Junction Pass to Woodend Junction 4

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 188 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Brancliffe East Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Train to Maltby

Between Shireoaks & Brancliffe East Jn. Approch Control 1

Movement Up Reason Value

Train from Maltby

Between Brancliffe East Jn. & Shireoaks Differential junction speed 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Dinnington Pass Kiveton Park (not stopping) 2

Pass to Dinnington Up depart Kiverton Park 3*

Pass from Kiveton Park Pass to Dinnington 3

Pass from Kiveton Park Depart to Dinnington 2

*May be reduced to 2 minutes if (1) applied after Kiverton Park due to having cautionary aspect

Restrictions:

 A train from Woodend, going to South Yorkshire Joint, or vice versa, must be allowed a minimum total of

3½ minutes, SRT and { }, between Shireoaks Station and Brancliffe East Junction, and vice versa, due to

combination of line speeds and Approach Control signalling

 An up train from Kiveton Park must pass Brancliffe Junction at least 1 minute before a following train can

arrive or pass Kiveton Park.

Woodhouse Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Beighton Junction from Woodburn Pass from Kiveton Park 4

Pass to Beighton Junction from Woodburn Depart Sidings to Kiveton Park (see also

Restrictions)

Clear 10s(MU) 1m(LH) reset 30s move 30s

1½ after MU

2½ after LH

Pass from Kiveton Park Pass to Beighton Junction 4

Arrive Sidings Depart Sidings 2

Woodburn Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Tinsley East Junction Pass to Tinsley East Junction 4

Pass from Tinsley East Junction Pass to Woodhouse Junction 4

Pass to Woodhouse Junction Pass from Tinsley East Junction 3

Pass to Deepcar Pass from Tinsley East Jn / Nunnery ML Jn 4

Pass from Woodhouse Jn/Tinsley East Jn Pass to Deepcar 3

*+1 if second train LH

Restriction:

 Tokenless One Train Working on Stocksbridge Line

 EMT class 5s turn back on up Worksop, east of Woodburn Junction

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 189 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN740 GRIMSBY MARSH WEST JUNCTION TO HUMBER ROAD JUNCTION

Great Coates No1 Signal Box

Operating Stop All trains to/from Grimsby Union Dock Branch must have a 2 minute ‘OP’

stop to collect /return the staff used for OT(S) working

Pyewipe Road Signal Box

Operating Stop All trains to/from Immingam East Junction must have a 2 minute ‘OP’ stop for

token exchange purposes

Humber Road Junction

Adjustment to Sectional Running times

Movement Up Reason Value

Up services to the N.C.B Coal

Terminal or Reception Sidings

(including RR1,RR7 and ESL )

Approach Control 1

The junction margins for Humber Road Jn are to be replaced with those detailed in the following matrix:

Table 1: Junction Margin Matrix for IMNGHRJ Humber Road Junction (NB: the matrix continues on the next

page)

There is one train working at the NCB 1, RR1, and RR7 coal loading points

At Reception Sidings, roads 3, 4 and 5 are available for trains arriving at the yard itself. RR1 consists of Roads 1 and

2, and RR7 consists of Roads 6 and 7

ESL is a bi-directionally worked siding line with stop boards. Trains can exit into Immingham Sorting Sidings at the

eastern end of ESL

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 190 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Humber Road Junction 196 Routes Detailed in the Matrix

2nd Move →

Pass

Main

to Up

Killing

holme

Pass

Main

NCB

Arrival

Pass

UM to

Receptio

Sidings

(via

Arrival/D

ep. Line)

Pass

UM to

Receptio

n Road

7 (via

Arrival/D

ep. Line)

Pass

UM to

Receptio

n Road

1 (via

Arrival/D

ep. Line)

Pass

UM to

ESL

Pass

UM to

Grims

Pass

from

Down

Killing

holme

Pass

from

NCB

Pass

DM from

Receptio

Sidings

(via

Arrival/D

ep. Line)

Pass

DM from

Receptio

n Road

7 (via

Arrival/D

ep. Line)

Pass

DM from

Receptio

n Road

1 (via

Arrival/D

ep. Line)

Pas

from

ESL

Pass

from

Down

Grims

1st Move ↓

Pass UM to

Killingholme

Pass UM to

NCB Arrivals

7½*

n/a

7½*

7½

n/a

Pass UM to

Reception

Sidings (via

Arrival/Dep.

Line)

10½*

12½*

10½

21†

25½†

20†

11½

Pass UM to

Reception

Road 7 (via

Arrival/Dep.

Line)

10½*

n/a

10½*

12½*

10½

21†

n/a

25½†

20†

11½

Pass UM to

Reception

Road 1 (via

Arrival/Dep.

Line)

10½*

n/a

10½*

12½*

10½

21†

25½†

n/a

20†

11½

Pass UM to

ESL

9½*

11½*

10½

16½†

21†

n/a

10½

Pass UM to

Up Grimsby

7½

9½

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 191 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Pass DM from

Down

Killingholme

P 3 3 3 3 3 5 H 10* H H H H H

Pass DM from

NCB P 3 3 3 3 3 5 H n/a H H H H H

Pass DM from

Reception

Sidings (via

Arrival/Dep.

Line)

P P 3 3 3 3 5 H 10* H H H H H

Pass DM from

Reception

Road 7 (via

Arrival/Dep.

Line)

P P 3 3 3 3 5 H 10* H n/a H H H

Pass DM from

Reception

Road 1 (via

Arrival/Dep.

Line)

P P 3 3 3 3 5 H 10* H H n/a H H

Pass DM from

ESL P P 3 3 3 3 5 H 10* H H H H H

Pass DM from

Down

Grimsby

P P 3 3 3 3 5 H 10* H H H H H

Pass

Main

to Up

Killing

holme

Pass

Main

NCB

Arrival

Pass

UM to

Receptio

Sidings

(via

Arrival/D

ep. Line)

Pass

UM to

Receptio

n Road

7 (via

Arrival/D

ep. Line)

Pass

UM to

Receptio

n Road

1 (via

Arrival/D

ep. Line)

Pass

UM to

ESL

Pass

UM to

Grims

Pass

from

Down

Killing

holme

Pass

from

NCB

Pass

DM from

Receptio

Sidings

(via

Arrival/D

ep. Line)

Pass

DM from

Receptio

n Road

7 (via

Arrival/D

ep. Line)

Pass

DM from

Receptio

n Road

1 (via

Arrival/D

ep. Line)

Pas

from

ESL

Pass

from

Down

Grims

P = Parallel move; H = a following move on headway (6 minutes for LN740/742); —* = a following move in the same direction with differential value detailed;

n/a = Move not applicable, one train working in terminal. †= the conflict occurs within Reception Sidings yard. The stated margin describes the pass time at Humber

Road Jn for a 2nd move departure from the yard immediately following a 1st move arrival.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 192 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Immingham West Junction 196 Routes Detailed in the Matrix

2nd Move

→ Pass

on Up

K’holm

e to IBT

Ore

Line

Pass

on Up

K’holm

e to

IBT

Coal

Pad 1

Pass on

K’holme

to IBT

Coal

Pad 2

Pass on

K’holme

to HIT

No. 1 or

No.2

Arrival/

Departur

Pass on

K’holme

Western

Jetty

Arrival

Line (for

Simon

Storage

West) †

Pass on

K’holme

Henders

on Quay

Pass on

K’holme

Mineral

Quay

Pass on

K’holme

from

Mineral

Quay

Pass on

K’holme

from

Henders

on Quay

Pass on

K’holme

from

Western

Jetty

Departur

e Line

(from

Simon

Storage

West)

Pass on

K’holme

from HIT

No.1 or

No.2

Arrival/

Departur

e Line

Pass on

K’holme

from IBT

Coal

Pad 2

Pass on

Ki’holme

from IBT

Coal

Pad 1

Pass on

Ki’holme

from IBT

Ore Line

1st Move ↓

Pass on Up

K’holme to

IBT Ore

Line

n/a

Pass on Up

K’holme to

IBT Coal

Pad 1

n/a

Pass on Up

K’holme to

IBT Coal

Pad 2

n/a

Pass on Up

K’holme to

HIT No. 1

or No.2

Arrival/

Departure

6½*

n/a

Pass on Up

K’holme to

Western

Jetty Arrival

Line (for

Simon

Storage

West) †

6½*

n/a

10½

n/a

Pass on Up

K’holme to

Henderson

Quay

6½*

n/a

12½

Pass on Up

K’holme to

Mineral

Quay

6½*

9½*

14½

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 193 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Pass on DN

K’holme from

Mineral Quay

8½*

6½*

Pass on DN

K’holme from

Henderson Quay

6½*

n/a

9½*

Pass on DN

K’holme from

Western Jetty

Dep. Line (from

Simon Storage

West)

6½*

9½*

n/a

Pass on DN

K’holme from HIT

No.1 or No.2

Arrival/

Departure

6½*

n/a

Pass on DN

K’holme from IBT

Coal Pad 2

2½

n/a

Pass on DN

K’holme from IBT

Coal Pad 1

2½

n/a

Pass on DN

K’holme from IBT

Ore Line

2½

n/a

Pass

on Up

K’hol

me to

IBT

Ore

Line

Pass

on Up

K’holm

e to IBT

Coal

Pad 1

Pass

K’hol

me to

IBT

Coal

Pad

Pass on

K’holme

to HIT

No. 1 or

No.2

Arrival/

Departure

Pass on

K’holme

Western

Jetty

Arrival

Line (for

Simon

Storage

West) †

Pass on

K’holme

Henderso

n Quay

Pass on

K’holme

to Mineral

Quay

Pass

on DN

K’holm

e from

Mineral

Quay

Pass

on DN

K’holm

e from

Hender

son

Quay

Pass on

K’holme

from

Western

Jetty

Departure

Line (from

Simon

Storage

West)

Pass on

K’holme

from HIT

No.1 or

No.2

Arrival/

Departure

Line

Pass

on DN

K’holm

e from

IBT

Coal

Pad 2

Pass on

Ki’holme

from IBT

Coal Pad

Pass on DN

Ki’holme from

IBT Ore Line

P=Parallelmove;H=afollowingmoveonheadway(6minutesforLN740/742);—*=afollowingmoveinthesamedirectionwithdifferentialvaluedetailed;n/a=Movenotapplicable,onetrainworkinginterminal;

†=WiththeexceptionofLDmoves,alltrainsdestinedforSimonStorageWestarerequiredtoperformarunroundontheWesternJettyArrivalslineandpropelintotheterminal.ThisrequirestheuseoftheDown

KillingholmeLine.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 194 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN742 KILLINGHOLME TO BROCKLESBY JUNCTION

Immingham West Junction ( junction margins are detailed above in the matrix )

Adjustment to Sectional Running times

Movement Up Reason Value

Up services to the H.I.T. Arrival/Departure

Line No.1 or No.2, Western Jetty Arrival Line,

Henderson Quay or Mineral Quay

Approach Control ½

Up services to the I.B.T. Ore Terminal, Coal

Pad 1 or Coal Pad 2 Approach Control 1

Ulceby

Dwell Time

All ½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart to Barton Arrive from Barton 4

Depart to Barton Pass from Immingham or Brocklesby 4

Pass from Immingham Arrive from Habrough/Barton 4

Pass from Brocklesby Depart to Barton 3

Pass from Brocklesby Arrive from Barton 4

LN744 ULCEBY NORTH JUNCTION TO BARTON ON HUMBER

Thornton Abbey

Dwell Time

All ½

All trains in the down direction must come to a stand to wait for the Drivers White Lights for Barton Road Level

Crossing

Goxhill

Dwell Time

All ½

New Holland

Dwell Time

All ½

Barrow Haven

Dwell Time

All ½

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 195 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Barton on Humber

Minimum Turnround 5

LN752 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO MARSHGATE JUNCTION

Wrawby Junction

Refer to LN736

Foreign Ore Branch Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Branch Down train pass Appleby 2

Down train pass Appleby Pass from Branch 6

Pass from Branch Re–occupy Branch 5

North Lincoln Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from GL Pass/arr Scunthorpe from Wrawby Junction 6

Pass/arr Scunthorpe from Wrawby Junction Pass from GL Same time

Trent Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Up side Before Up passenger departs Scunthorpe 2

Pass to Up side Before Up passes Scunthorpe 3

Pass from Down side Before down pass/arr Scunthorpe 5

Pass from Trent FD Pass to Trent FD 5

Scunthorpe

Dwell Time

All 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart Platform 1 to Doncaster Arr/pass Platform 1 from Doncaster 4

Pass to E line Depart from Scunthorpe 3

Depart from Scunthorpe Pass to E line 4

Train departing from or passing through Up or

Down platforms

Departure to Doncaster from Plat. 2 (Down) of

train from the East end (Up) bay (incls. Shunt

moves)

Minimum Turnround 5 (10 if replatformed) from Doncaster or Cleethorpes.

10 from beyond Doncaster

If the turnround is substantially more than 10 minutes, then the train must be replatformed to the East End Bay

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 196 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Gunhouse Loop

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Loop Stopping depart Althorpe 4

Arrive Loop Non-stop arrives Scunthorpe 8

Stopping service depart Althorpe Depart Loop 3

Depart Loop Non-stop arrives Scunthorpe Same time

Thorne Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Train from Up Slow Line. Approaching Crowle Differential Junction Speed 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Hull Pass from Hull 4

Pass from Hull Pass to Hull/Cleethorpes 4*

Pass to Cleethorpes Pass from Hull 3

Pass from Cleethorpes Pass from Hull if calling at Hatfield and

Stainforth 3

* May be reduced to 3 if the service calls at Hatfield and Stainforth

Hatfield Colliery

Operating Restriction

Only one train can be accommodated in the colliery at once. Trains can depart the colliery in the Down direction

on the Up Slow Line or the Down Fast Line

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart Colliery Pass Hatfield & Stainforth on Up Fast/Up Slow 8

Depart Colliery Arrive Colliery 20

Hatfield and Stainforth

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains from Applehurst Jn. to Up Slow Line

Approaching Thorne Jn Acceleration 1

Trains from Applehurst Jn. to Up Fast Line

Approaching Thorne Jn. Acceleration 2

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Branch Pass/Arrive from Doncaster 4

Pass/Arrive from Doncaster Pass to Branch 2½

Pass to Branch Arrive from Thorne 3

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 197 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Kirk Sandall Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Branch to SL Pass from Doncaster ML *

Pass from Branch Pass to Doncaster 4

Pass to Doncaster Pass from Branch 3

Pass from Branch Pass to Branch 4

* Same time as train passes/departs Doncaster or 1 before a freight train passes Bentley Junction

LN756 SCUNTHORPE TRENT JUNCTION TO ROXBY

Scunthorpe Roxby Gullet/Dragonby Sidings

Operating Restriction

Trains running to/from Roxby Gullet/Dragonby Sidings require to be in possession of a Train Staff issued by North

Lincoln Junction. A second train cannot proceed along the branch to Roxby Gullet/Dragonby Sidings until the first

train has completed its journey on the branch and the Train Staff is surrendered by the driver and returned to

North Lincoln Junction, to be re–issued to the second train. A minimum of 30 minutes for Dragonby services and

a minimum of 45 minutes for Roxby Gullet services should be allowed for this to take place before the second train

can proceed on the branch.

This also applies to trains returning from Roxby Gullet/Dragonby Sidings to North Lincoln Junction.

LN758 BRANCLIFFE EAST JUNCTION TO KIRK SANDALL JUNCTION

Dinnington Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Single line Pass to Single line 6*

Pass from Single line Depart to Single line 2

* May be reduced to 4 minutes if train has at least an additional 2 minutes in the schedule.

Restrictions

When services are held at Dinnington Junction, WP607 waiting acceptance onto Single Line towards Maltby

services in rear can not pass Brancliffe East Junction towards Maltby if the first train exceeds 420m.

Maltby Loop

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Loop from either direction Arrive/Pass from other direction 3

Arrive from Dinnington Depart to Dinnington 4

Pass from Dinnington Depart to Dinnington 3

Pass/Arrive from St Catherines Junction Depart to St Catherines Junction 2

Restrictions

Physical Loop Lengths:

Up Single Line Down (DUSY) - M34 to M35 – 355m

Passing Loop/Run Round (DUPL)– M29 to M8 - 418m, M29 to M7 – 524m

Services held on Passing Loop/Run Round exceeding 418 metres beyond M8 locks out Arrivals and Departures

Line in the Dinnington direction.

Arrival/Departures (DUAD) – M25 to M9- 415m

Specific lines (DUSY, DUPL and DUAD) to be allocated to match required train lengths as above.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 198 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

St Catherines Junction Loop

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive/Pass from Maltby Depart to Maltby 2

All other conflictions 3

Restrictions

Physical Loop Lengths:

Up/Down St Catherines Curve - D 220 to D227 – 499m

Up/Down South Yorkshire – D218 to D225 – 499m

LN768 MANSFIELD WOODHOUSE TO SHIREOAKS EAST JUNCTION

Shirebrook

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Shirebrook East Junction Pass to Clipstone Junctions 2

Pass to Clipstone Junctions Pass from Shirebrook East Junction going to

Shirebrook

Shirebrook East Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Shirebrook Junction Pass from Clipstone Junctions 4

Pass from Clipstone Junctions Pass to Shirebrook Junction 4

Pass to / from Clipstone Junctions Pass from Clipstone Junctions 4

All conflicting moves 4

Langwith Whaley–Thorns

Dwell Time

All 1 08.00 – 18.00 EWD

Creswell

Dwell Time

All 1 08.00 – 18.00 EWD

Whitwell

Dwell Time

All 1 08.00 – 18.00 EWD

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 199 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Woodend Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Shirebrook Pass Shireoaks West Jn to Woodend 7

Pass from Shireoaks West Jn Pass from Shirebrook 8

LN774 BARROW HILL NORTH JUNCTION TO OXCROFT DISPOSAL POINT

Hall Lane Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Foxlow Junction Pass from Barrow Hill North Junction 4

Pass from Barrow Hill North Junction Pass to Foxlow Junction 4

All margins to/from single lines 4

All conflicting moves 4

Seymour Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

All conflicting moves 4

LN784 HIGH MARNHAM TO SHIREBROOK EAST JUNCTION

Boughton Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Single line Re–occupy Single line 4

Thoresby Colliery Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Ollerton Depart from Run round sidings 2

Depart Run round sidings towards Clipstone Pass from Ollerton/arrive Run round 6

Clipstone East Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Clipstone West Junction Pass from Clipstone South Junction 4

Pass from Clipstone South Junction Pass to Clipstone West Junction 4

Rufford Junction/Clipstone Colliery Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

All margins to/from single lines 4

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 200 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Clipstone West Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Clipstone South Junction Pass from Clipstone East Junction 5

Pass from Clipstone East Junction Pass to Clipstone South Junction 3

Warsop Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Shirebrook East Junction Pass from Shirebrook Junction 4

Pass from Shirebrook Junction Pass to Shirebrook East Junction 4

LN804 TAPTON JUNCTION GASCOIGNE WOOD JUNCTION VIA SHEFFIELD

Dronfield

Dwell Time

DMU ½

22X 1½

Dore South Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass Dore Station Junction towards

Chesterfield, not stopping Dronfield Pass from Dore West Junction 3

Up depart Dronfield Pass from Dore West Junction Same Time

Pass Dore Station Junction to Sheffield, from

Chesterfield

Pass from Dore West Junction 1

Pass to/from Dore West Junction Pass Dore Station Junction to Sheffield, from

Chesterfield 5

Pass from Dore West Junction Pass to Dore West Junction (not stopping

Dronfield) 4

Operating/Planning Restriction

 Owing to restrictive overlaps at signal S48 trains must not be booked to stand at this signal to await the

passage of Down trains, as this will prevent movements on the Down Main from Dronfield towards Dore

Station Junction. Long trains of more than 325m will also be foul Down Manchester line at Dore West

Junction.

 Owing to restrictive overlaps at signal S53 trains booked to stand at this signal will prevent movements on

the Down Manchester from Dore Station Junction towards Totley Tunnel East until the timeout has

elapsed.Long trains of more than 325m will also be foul of Down Main at Dore South Junction.

 Allowances not to exceed 1 minute between Dore South Junction and Dore West Junction in either

direction.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 201 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Dore Station Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Westbound Movement Reason Value

Train going from Sheffield/Heeley Loop,

towards Totley; approaching Dore Station

Junction

Reduced junction speed ½ Passenger

or Light

Engine

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Passenger or Light Engine pass to Dore West

Junction

Pass from Chesterfield 3

Freight pass to Dore West Junction Pass from Chesterfield 4

Pass from Chesterfield/Dore West Junction Pass to Dore West Junction from Sheffield 3

Down services pass signal S77, routed DPL to

Sheffield station Down train pass Dore Station Junction towards

Sheffield 1

Restriction

 For trains stopping at Dore & Totley Station, no allowances to be applied in either direction between the

station and Dore Station Junction

Heeley Up Passenger Loop

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive in Loop Depart/pass Sheffield

Pass Dore Station Junction

Depart Loop

Sheffield

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains departing from Platforms 1 – 5

Approaching Dore Station Junction Differential linespeed ½

Connectional Allowance 7

Dwell Time

XC (22x & HST) 2

TPE 2

All other services 3 Through 1, 2, 5, 6 and 8

Minimum Turnround HST LH DMU

To/from London St Pancras 20

Fuel 60 60

Lincoln, Wakefield, Huddersfield 7*

To/from Hope Valley 10

From beyond Manchester, 15

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 202 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Sheffield

Doncaster, Adwick, Huddersfield

or Leeds

East Midlands Trains reversals 7 4

Other not specified above 10*

XC 20 (10 by exception and in agreement with Network Rail)

* Reductions to be requested through the Operational Planning Project Manager LNE, Network Rail

$ Must not be 2 consecutive 20 min turnrounds St Pancras/Sheffield

Where minimum turnrounds have been increased and shorter turnrounds already apply for some trains in the

2000 timetable, existing values may continue to be used for a similar number of trains. In the event that the

service is amended by changes to the overall pattern, the new values will apply.

Overlap restrictions

A minimum of 3 minutes should be allowed between the following movements

Movement Conflict

Arrive Platform 1a from South Arrive Platform 1b from North (and vice versa)

Arrive Platform 2 from South Depart Down Station Siding (and vice versa)

Arrive Platform 2 from North Arrive Down Station Siding/Platform 1 from South (and

vice versa)

Arrive Platform 6 from North Arrive/depart Platform 7 (and vice versa)

Arrive Platform 8 from North Arrive/depart Platform 7 (and vice versa)

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Platform End Conflicts

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Train Arrive Conflicting movement depart 1

Depart Platform 1 or 1A to the North Arrive Platform 1A from the South 3 ( no

restriction if

departure is

from 1B )

Depart Platform 1 to the North Arrive platform 1 or 1B from the South 3

2 if departure

is from 1B

Depart 1A to the South Arrive platform 1 from the North 3 ( no

restriction if

departure is

from 1B )

Depart 1 to the South Arrive platform 1 from the North 3

2 if departure

is from 1B

Depart Platform 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 to the North Arrive Platform 1 or 2 from the North 4

Depart Platform 2 or 5 to the North Arrive same Platform from the South 4

Depart Platform 3, 4, or 5 to the North Arrive Platform 3, 4, or 5 from the North 3*

Arrive Platform 1 from the South Arrive Platform 2 from the North 4

Arrive Platform 2 from the North Arrive Platform 1 from the South 4

Arrive Platform 2 from the North Depart Platform 1 to the South 2

Arrive Platform 6 or 8 from the North Depart Platform 7 to the South 1

Arrive Platform 6 or 8 from the North Arrive Platform 7 from the South 3

Arrive Platform 7 from the South Arrive Platform 6 or 8 from the North 3

Arrive Platform 8 from the South Arrive Platform 6 from the North 4

Depart Platform 1 or 2 to the South Arrive Platform 1, 2, 2c or 5 from the South 4½

Depart to the South Arrive Platform 7 or 8 from the South 5

Depart Platforms 2, 5, 6 or 8 to the South Arrive same Platform from the North 4

Depart Platform 2c or 5 to the South Arrive Platform 2c or 5 from the South 4½

Depart Platform 7 to the South Arrive Platform 6 from the North 3

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 203 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Sheffield

* 4 via ‘A’ line when confliction occurs

Restrictions

 North end Bay Platform couplings are preferred to take place in Platform 3

 Passenger services cannot arrive on Platform 6 from the South

 Passenger services cannot depart Platforms 6 or 8 to the North

 Trains following into the same platform – not called on – 4 from South, 3 from North

 ECS services arriving into Platform 6 to be routed via DPL from SHEF77

 Services arriving into Platform 7 and 8 to be routed via DPL from SHEF77

Nunnery Main Line Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass UM Pass to Woodburn Junction 2½

Pass to Woodburn Junction Pass UM 3

Mill Race Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass UML to Sheffield Pass to GL

Same time as

Up service

passes

Nunnery ML

Junction

Pass to GL Pass UML

3 before Up

service passes

Wincobank

Jn/Brightside

Junction

Brightside Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass Down ML Pass from Slow 1 after Down

service

passes

Wincobank

Junction

Pass from Slow Pass Down ML 1½ before

Down service

passes

Nunnery ML

Junction

Pass UML Pass from Slow ½ before Up

ML service

passes

Nunnery ML

Pass from Up/Dn Goods Pass on Up Main (non–stop) 3½ before Up

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 204 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Brightside Junction

non–stop

passes

Wincobank

Jn.

Pass from Up/Dn Goods Pass on Up Main (stopping at Meadowhall) 2½ before Up

stopping train

passes

Wincobank

Jn.

Pass on Up Main Pass from Up/Dn Goods 2½ after Up

train passes

Wincobank

Jn.

Wincobank Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Non–stop trains to Barnsley Approach control 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass Down Main Pass from Barnsley 3 non–stop

Pass from Barnsley Pass Down Main 3

Meadowhall

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains via Masborough Junction stopping at

Meadowhall. Approaching Holmes Junction

Differential junction speed -½ DMU

Dwell Time

All 1

Minimum Turnround 5. 4 only from Barnsley

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart Platforms 1 – 4 Arrive same platform from same direction 3

Depart Platform 4 to Barnsley Arrive Platform 4 from Barnsley 4

Depart Platform 4 to SL Arrive Platform 4 from Sheffield 3

Down pass/Arrive Platform 2 from Sheffield Depart Platform 3 from Barnsley 1

Holmes Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains via Masborough Junction stopping at

Meadowhall. Approaching Meadowhall Faster approach speed -½ DMU

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 205 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Holmes Junction

Pass from Aldwarke Junction Pass to Rotherham Central 2½

Pass to Rotherham Central Pass from Aldwarke Junction 3½*

Pass from Rotherham Central Pass to Rotherham Central 3

Pass to Rotherham Central Pass Down ML 3½

Pass UML Pass from Rotherham Central 2½

*May be reduced by ½ minute if second train has at least 1 minute pathing allowance between Aldwarke Junction

and Holmes Junction.

Masborough Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Treeton Junction Pass to Treeton Junction 4

Pass to Treeton Junction Pass from Treeton Junction 5

Pass to Holmes Junction Pass from Treeton Junction

2 after Up

service

passes

Holmes Jn

Pass from Treeton Junction Pass to Holmes Junction

1 ½ before

Up service

passes

Aldwarke Jn

Aldwarke Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains from Masborough Junction.

Approaching Swinton Differential junction speed -1½ 142/150

Trains from Rotherham Central

Approaching Swinton Differential junction speed 1 185/22X

1½ 158

Trains to the Roundwood Chord Approaching

Aldwarke Junction Approach control 1½

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains from Roundwood Chord to Masborough

Approaching Holmes Junction

Accleration 1

Junction Margins

2nd Move →

1st Move ↓

Pass from Rotherham

Central

Pass UML from Swinton Pass to Thrybergh

Junction

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 206 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Aldwarke Junction

Pass UML from Swinton 2½

Pass from Rotherham

Central No conflict 4

Pass to Thrybergh Jn 3

Pass DML from

Masborough Jn 2½

No conflict

Pass from Thrybergh Jn 4

4* 4

*Different routes

Trains from Rotherham Central to Roundwood Chord can run via UML and not conflict with train on DML

Swinton Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains to Doncaster direction

Approaching Swinton Junction

Differential junction speed 1 Freight

½ Cross

Country 22X

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains from Doncaster direction,

Approaching Aldwarke Junction Acceleration ½ LH/HST/

22X

Junction Margins

move →

1st move ↓

Pass from

Moorthorpe

Arrive from

Moorthorpe

Pass to

Doncaster

Depart to

Doncaster

Depart to

Sheffield from

other route

Pass to

Doncaster

4½

No conflict No conflict

Depart to

Doncaster 5 5

No conflict No conflict

Pass from

Moorthorpe No conflict No conflict 4

1 2

Arrive from

Moorthorpe No conflict No conflict 4

1 Simultaneous

Pass from

Doncaster 3

Simultaneous No conflict No conflict 2

Moorthorpe

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive/pass from South Kirkby Junction Pass to Pontefract Baghill 4

Arrive/pass from South Kirkby Junction Depart to Pontefract Baghill 1

Depart/pass to Pontefract Baghill Arrive / Pass from South Kirkby Junction 4

Arrive Down Loop Arrive/pass Moorthorpe station 5

Arrive Up Loop Arrive/pass Moorthorpe station 5

Minimum Turnround 5 Arrive loaded from Sheffield before departing ECS to Sheffield

Restriction. Trains with more than three minutes pathing time between Ferrybridge Junction/Pontefract Baghill

and Moorthorpe should instead be timed to have an ‘A’ stop at Moorthorpe signal L6586. No allowances to be

applied between Moorthorpe signal L6586 and Moorthorpe Station/Moorthorpe Goods Loop

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 207 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Ferrybridge North Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

All conflicting moves

Milford Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Train Ferrybridge to Church Fenton

Approaching Milford Junction Approach control 1

Train from Castleford to Gascoigne Wood

Approaching Milford Junction Approach control 2

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains from Church Fenton to Ferrybridge

Approaching Milford Junction Approach control 1

Trains from Gascoigne Wood to Castleford

Approaching Castleford Acceleration 1 Passenger

2 Freight

Trains from Milford West Sdgs or to

Castleford/Ferrybridge North Junction

After Milford Junction

Acceleration 3 Freight

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

All conflicting moves 4

Planning Restriction

Any propelling movement into Milford West Sidings must stop to pick up a radio requiring 2 minute OP stop, prior

to propelling at Milford Juntion.

Service from Hambleton West Service from Church Fenton

Gascoigne Wood Junction arr xx0P00 Milford Loop arr xxOP00

Gascoigne Wood Junction dep xxOP02 Milford Loop dep xxOP02

Milford Junction arr xxPRRM08 Milford Junction arr xxPRRM06

Milford Junction dep xxPRRM10 Milford Junction dep xxPRRM08

Milford West Siding arr xxPR17 Milford West Siding arr xxPR15

LN806 TAPTON JUNCTION TO MASBOROUGH JUNCTION VIA ‘OLD ROAD’

Barrow Hill South Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Branch Pass from Beighton Junction

Pass from Beighton Junction Pass to Branch

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 208 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Barrow Hill North Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from sidings Pass from Beighton Junction 4

Pass from Beighton Junction to Chesterfield Pass from sidings 3

Foxlow Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Branch Pass to Chesterfield 4

Pass to Chesterfield Pass from Branch 3

Beighton Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Pass from Down Barrow Hill Line to

Woodhouse Junction

Approaching Beighton Junction

Approach Control ½ Passenger

1 Freight

Movement Up Reason Value

Pass from Woodhouse Junction to Up Barrow

Hill Line.

Approaching Barrow Hill

Acceleration ½ Passenger

1 Freight

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Woodhouse Junction Pass to Treeton Junction 4

Pass to Treeton Junction Pass from Woodhouse Junction 4

Masborough Sorting Sidings South Junction/Canklow Loop

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Train to Canklow Loop or stopping on Up line,

before propelling to Freight Depot Stop at Signal S406 to collect radio then draw

slowly forward 3

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down pass Treeton Junction heading towards

Masborough Junction

Depart FD 4

Down pass Treeton Junction heading towards

Masborough Junction Depart Canklow Loop towards FD 4

Down pass/Arrive Masborough Junction Depart Canlow Loop towards Masborough

Junction Same time

Up pass Masborough Junction towards Treeton Depart FD to Treeton 4½

Up pass Masborough Junction towards Treeton Depart Canklow Loop towards FD or

Masborough Junction 4

Depart FD Depart to FD 5½

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 209 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Masborough Sorting Sidings South Junction/Canklow Loop

Depart FD Pass to FD from Treeton 6½

Depart FD Down pass Treeton Junction towards

Masborough Junction 4

Depart Up Side to FD Down pass Treeton Junction towards

Masborough Junction 3

Depart Up Side to FD or Masborough Junction Up pass Masborough Junction towards Treeton 4½

Arrive Canklow Loop Up pass Masborough Junction towards Treeton 1

Arrive Cankow Loop Depart FD to Treeton 1

Up pass Masborough Junction towards Treeton

Junction Depart FD to Up Side 4½

Up pass Treeton Junction Up depart Canklow Loop 1

LN808 DORE STATION JUNCTION TO TOTLEY TUNNEL EAST

Dore & Totley

Dwell Time

Class 1 1

Class 2 ½

Dore West Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Westbound train, having stopped at Dore &

Totley station

Approaching Totley Tunnel East

Acceleration

Westbound train from Dore South Junction

Approaching Totley Tunnel East Acceleration

1½ Passenger

or Light

Engine

½ Freight

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains towards Dore South Junction

Approaching Dore West Jn Approach control

1½ Passenger

or Light

Engine

2 Freight

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 210 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Dore West Junction

Pass from Sheffield Pass to Sheffield or Chesterfield 3

Pass from Sheffield Depart to Sheffield or Chesterfield 1½

Pass from Chesterfield Pass or depart to Chesterfield 2½

Pass to Chesterfield Passenger not calling at Dore or Light Engine

pass from Sheffield 4½*

Pass to Chesterfield Pass from Sheffield having called at Dore 7+

Pass to Chesterfield Freight pass from Sheffield 6½**

Depart to Chesterfield Passenger not calling at Dore or Light Engine

pass from Sheffield 6***

Depart to Chesterfield Pass from Sheffield having called at Dore 8½+++

Depart to Chesterfield Freight pass from Sheffield 8****

Arrive Dore West Junction from Chesterfield Passenger not calling at Dore or Light Engine

pass from Sheffield 5*

Arrive Dore West Junction from Chesterfield Pass from Sheffield having called at Dore 7½++

Arrive Dore West Junction from Chesterfield Freight pass from Sheffield 7**

Note: Values for trains having called at Dore include minimum dwell as specified above

*Margin can be reduced to 3 minutes if an additional {1} is added approaching Dore Station Junction and {½}

approaching Dore West Junction

** Margin can be reduced to 4 minutes if an additional {1} is added approaching Dore Station Junction and {½}

approaching Dore West Junction

*** Margin can be reduced to 5 minutes if an additional {1} is added approaching Dore Station Junction and {½}

approaching Dore West Junction

**** Margin can be reduced to 6 minutes if an additional {1} is added approaching Dore Station Junction and {½}

approaching Dore West Junction

+ Margin can be reduced to 3½ minutes if an additional {1} is added approaching Dore Station Junction

++ Margin can be reduced to 4½ minutes if an additional {1} is added approaching Dore Station Junction

+++ Margin can be reduced to 5½ minutes if an additional {1} is added approaching Dore Station Junction

Operating/Planning Restriction

 Owing to restrictive overlaps at signal S48 trains must not be booked to stand at this signal to await the

passage of Down trains, as this will prevent movements on the Down Main from Dronfield towards Dore

Station Junction. Long trains of more than 325m will also be foul Down Manchester line at Dore West

Junction

 Owing to restrictive overlaps at signal S53 trains booked to stand at this signal will prevent movememts on

the Down Manchester from Dore Station Junction towards Totley Tunnel East until the timeout has

elapsed. Long trains of more than 325m will also be foul of Down Main at Dore South Junction.

 Allowances not to exceed 1 minute between Dore South Junction and Dore West Junction in either

direction.

LN826 DONCASTER SOUTH YORKSHIRE JUNCTION TO SWINTON

St James Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Hexthorpe Junction Pass to Bridge Junction 5½

Hexthorpe Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 211 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Hexthorpe Junction

Pass to Sheffield Pass to GL 3

Pass to GL Pass from Doncaster 4

Pass to Doncaster Pass from Avoiding Line 3

Pass from Avoiding Line Pass to Doncaster 4

Mexborough

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains approaching Mexborough towards

Thrybergh Jn Differential junction speed ½ Class 1 &

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains approaching Hexthorpe Jn from

Thrybergh Acceleration ½ Class 1 &

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Swinton Pass from Thrybergh Junction 4

Pass from Thrybergh Junction Pass to Swinton 4

Pass from Thrybergh Junction Pass to Thrybergh Junction 4

Pass to Thrybergh Junction Pass from Thrybergh Junction 5

LN828 MEXBOROUGH JUNCTION TO ALDWARKE JUNCTION VIA KILNHURST

Thrybergh Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Train from Single Line Train toSingle Line 4

LN830 ALDWARKE JUNCTION TO WOODBURN JUNCTION

Aldwarke UES

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Train arrives Aldwarke UES from north Pass Aldwarke Junction 3

Train arrives Aldwarke UES from south Pass Aldwarke Junction 4

Parkgate Junction



Minimum Turnround

Supertram 3*

*Reductions to be agreed between the TOC & Operational Planning Project Manager LNE, Network Rail

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 212 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Rotherham Central

Dwell Time

Supertram ½

All 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Holmes Junction Depart to Holmes Junction 1½

Arrive/pass from Woodburn Junction Depart to Holmes Junction 1

Pass/depart to Holmes Junction Arrive/pass from Woodburn Junction 4

Supertram Arrive from Parkgate Supertram depart to Parkgate 1

Operating Restriction

Only 1 Supertram between Rotherham Central and Parkgate in either direction at any one time. This is due to the

power being drawn from the overhead lines.

Tinsley East Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Woodburn Junction Pass to Woodburn Junction/Supertram 4

Down Pass Tinsley East Junction Pass from Supertram 2½

Tinsley North Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Supertram Up Pass Tinsley South Junction 3

Down Pass Tinsley East Junction Pass from Supertram 2½

Parkgate Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up Pass/Dept Rotherham Central Tram Depart Parkgate 3

Tram Depart Parkgate Up Depart Rotherham Central 1½

Tram Depart Parkgate Up Pass Rotherham Central 2

Tinsley South Junction

OPERATING RESTRICTION

All trains towards Shepcote Lane Junction must be planned with an “OP” stop of 2 minutes for driver instructions.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 213 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Broughton Lane Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Tinsley Yard Pass from Tinsley South Junction 4

Pass to Tinsley South Junction Pass from Tinsley Yard 3

OPERATING RESTRICTION

All trains towards Shepcote Lane Junction must be planned with an “OP” stop of 2 minutes for driver instructions.

LN832 DONCASTER BRIDGE JUCNTION TO ST. JAMES JUNCTION

Bridge Junction

Refer to LN150

LN836 DONCASTER MARSHGATE JUNCTION TO NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION

Adwick

Restriction

A terminating train running ECS towards Skellow Junction can only arrive when route is set towards Skellow

Junction at Carcroft Junction

Carcroft Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Branch Pass Up Main line 1 before Up non–stop passes South Kirkby Jn

Same time as Up stopping service departs South Elmsall

Pass Up Main Arrive Adwick from

Doncaster, if terminating

and shunting via Carcroft

Junction

2½ after non–stop passes Adwick

1 after up stopping train departs Adwick

Pass to Branch Pass Down Main Same time as Class 1 stopping service depart Doncaster 1

minute before Class 1 non– stop departs Doncaster

Pass Up Main Arrive Adwick from

Branch 2½ after non–stop passes Adwick

Pass to Branch Pass from Branch (and

vice versa) 4 (Single Lead)

Adwick Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass Up Main Pass from Branch 3

Pass from Branch Pass Up Main 4

Pass to/from Branch Pass to/from Branch (single lead) 4

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 214 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

South Kirkby Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains from Moorthorpe

Approaching Hare Park Acceleration 1 except 22X

and Freight

Classes 6/7/8

Trains from Moorthorpe that are passing South

Kirkby and stopping at Fitzwilliam Differential Junction Speed ½

Trains from Doncaster Differential junction speed –½ 221X

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains to Moorthorpe Approach release Differential junction speed ½ HST

Trains to Doncaster Differential junction speed –1 22X

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass Down Main Pass to Branch 3

Pass to Branch Pass Down Main 4 Passenger

5 Freight

Hemsworth Loop

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive in Down Loop Pass Down Main Arrive 1

before Down

Passngr

passes South

Kirkby Jn (frm

Moorthorpe).

Arrive 2

before Down

Passngr

passes South

Kirkby Jn (frm

Doncaster).

Pass Down Main Depart Down Loop Depart 1

before Down

non-stop

Passngr train

passes Hare

Park

Junction.

Depart 1 after

Down

stopping

Passenger

departs

Fitzwilliam.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 215 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Hemsworth Loop

Arrive in Up Loop Pass Up Main Arrive Up

Loop 1½

before Up

Passngr

passes Hare

Park Jn.

Arrive Up

Loop 3 before

Up stopping

Passngr

departs

Fitzwilliam.

Pass Up Main Depart Up Loop Depart same

time as Up

Passngr

passes South

Kirkby Jn

Hare Park Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains to Crofton West Junction – Approaching

Hare Park Approach Control 1

Movement Up Reason Value

Passenger trains from Crofton West Junction

Approaching South Kirkby Acceleration Hare Park – South Kirkby 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass Up Main Pass to Branch 3

Pass to Branch Pass Up Main 4

Pass Up Main Pass from Branch 3

Wakefield Westgate

Connectional Allowance 7

Dwell Time

EMU/DMU 1

LH/HST 1½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 216 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Wakefield Westgate

Depart Down Main Arrive Down Main 3

Pass Down Main Arrive Down from Wakefield Kirkgate 2½

Depart Up to Wrenthorpe Sidings Arrive Up Main 5

Depart Up to Wrenthorpe Sidings Depart Down Main 3

Depart Down Main to Wakefield Kirkgate Arrive Down Main 4½

Depart Up Main Arrive Up Main 3½*

Depart Down platform in Up direction Arrive Up Main Simultaneous

Depart Down platform in Up direction to

Wakefield Kirkgate Depart Up 3

Depart/pass Up Main Arrive Up or Down from Wakefield Kirkgate 4½

Depart Up Main Arrive from Wrenthorpe Sidings 3

Arrive Down Main from Wakefield Kirkgate Arrive Up Main Simultaneous

Arrive Down from Wakefield Kirkgate Depart Up Main 2

Depart / pass Down Main Depart Wrenthorpe to Up or Down 3

* May be reduced by 1 minute if second train has at least 1 minute pathing allowance approaching Wakefield

Westgate, however this should not be used for consecutive trains

Minimum Turnround

Arrive ECS from sidings, depart

loaded 1

Arrive loaded, depart ECS 1½

Arrive ECS not from sidings,

depart loaded

No shunting from Knottingley or

Leeds

No shunting from Manchester 10

Copley Hill West Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Copley Hill East Pass Holbeck Junction to Wakefield 3

Pass Holbeck Junction to Wakefield Pass to Copley Hill East 4*

Pass from Copley Hill East Pass to Copley Hill East 4*

* May be reduced by one minute if the second train has at least 1 minute pathing time approaching Copley Hill

Holbeck Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Wakefield Pass to Bradford 2½

Pass to Bradford Pass from Wakefield 3

Whitehall Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 217 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Whitehall Junction

Pass To/from Leeds Freight depart ex Engine Shed or Armley Jn 1

Pass To/from Leeds Freight pass ex Engine Shed or Armley Jn 4

Freight pass ex Armley Jn or Engine Shed Pass To/from Leeds 3*

Freight depart ex Armley Jn or Engine Shed Pass To/from Leeds 4*

Pass to Copley Hill Chord Pass from Morley 4½

Pass from Copley Hill Chord Pass to Copley Hill Chord 3

Pass from Morley Pass to Copley Hill Chord 3

* May be reduced by 1 minute for Light Diesel locomotives

# May be reduced by one minute if the second train has at least 1 minute pathing time approaching Whitehall Jn

Leeds West Junction (Crossing moves from Methley Junction)

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Leeds Pass to Leeds 3½*

Pass to Leeds Pass from Leeds 2

* May be reduced by one minute if the second train has at least 1 minute pathing time approaching Leeds West Jn

Leeds

Connectional Allowance 10

Dwell Time

TPE,XC Peak 3 (07:30 to 09:30, 16:00 to 18:00)

TPE,XC Off Peak 2

All other Passenger 3

Freight 3 Driver’s TRTS activity

Minimum Turnround HST EWD LH EWD HST Sun LH Sun

To/from London King’s Cross 25 25 25 25

To/from London St Pancras 20 20

EMU from Bradford FS/Skipton/

Ilkley 5 But not two consecutive. The total of two consecutive turnrounds must not

be less than 15 minutes.

Short distance DMU 7*(except by special arrangement) * Between 1600 and 1900 EWD, trains

to/from Sheffiled via Barnsley may turn round in 5 minutes, where the

incoming service has a total of 5 minutes performance and pathing

allowance approaching Engine Shed Junction/Leeds West Junction.

EMU from Doncaster 10 Can reduce to 7 but not two consecutive

Long distance DMU 15

XC 20 (10 by exception and in agreement with Network Rail)

TPE 8 (5 for trains starting from York)

Platform End Conflicts

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Depart 1

Depart Arrive 4½*

Arrive/Depart 10AB from West Arrive 11/11AB from East 4*

Arrive 11/11AB from East Arrive/Depart 10AB from West 4*

Through Line Margins 3½

Arrive in through platform from opposite ends 4

Following into through/bay platform after first arrival 4*

* May be reduced by one minute for trains that have at least 1 minute pathing time between Whitehall and Leeds

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 218 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Leeds

West Junctions or Neville Hill West Junction and Leeds

Platform Preferred Usage

Trains should where possible use the following platforms

VTEC turnrounds (91/HST) Platform 6

CrossCountry Trains Eastbound Platform 9 or 11

CrossCountry Trains Westbound Platform 11 or 12

Through T.P.E. Eastbound Platform 15

Through T.P.E. Westbound Platform 16

Leeds NW/Harrogate lines Platforms 1 – 5

Calderdale/Doncaster lines

turnrounds

Platforms 10/11A/12A

Huddersfield/Normanton lines

turnrounds

Platforms 12A/13/17

Platform Re–occupation 3 (same direction)

Platforming Restriction

Trains from the West via the Through Road, planned to stop in Platform 12CD must not exceed 2x3 car class

185s.

Restriction

Under normal circumstances Freight trains must not be timetabled Eastbound through Platforms 15 and 16

VTEC services not to be planned in Platforms 15 and 16 as services exceed platform length

Train Watering Points Leeds Station Platforms 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 11, 13 and 14

Marsh Lane Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Cross to DGL Depart Leeds ½

Arrive Leeds Cross to/from UGL Same time

Neville Hill West Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Neville Hill Depot Pass from Leeds (ML) 4

Pass to Up Sidings from Down Pass from Cross Gates 4

Pass to Up Sidings from Down Pass from Leeds (ML) 4

Pass from Branch to Down Pass from Cross Gates 4

Pass from Leeds (ML) Pass from Depot to UFL 3

Pass from Neville Hill Depot Pass from Cross Gates 4

Pass fromCross Gates Pass from Neville Hill Depot to UGL 3

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 219 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN838 LEEDS ARMLEY JUNCTION TO YORK SKELTON JUNCTION VIA

HARROGATE

Armley Junction

Refer to LN922

Horsforth

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Train from Turnback Siding, not stopping

Horsforth station, to be applied after Horsforth

station

Acceleration from 15mph pointwork ½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Train terminates in Turnback Siding Next Down train arrive 4

Train terminates in Turnback Siding Down pass station 3½

Arrive/pass Up platform from Turnback Siding Down arrive station 4

Arrive/pass Up platform from Turnback Siding Down pass station 3½

Down depart to Harrogate Depart Turnback Siding 2

Down pass to Harrogate Depart Turnback Siding 1½

Dwell Time

HST 3

MU 1

Minimum Turnround in turnback

siding

Terminates from Leeds – Depart to Leeds

Restriction:

 All moves to/from Turnback Siding to be fully timed

 Standage on Turnback Siding is 112m maximum

 Trains going to Turnback Siding require a minimum 30s OP stop in station, access to Siding from Position

Light Signal

 Down train cannot arrive station whilst train is signalled from Turnback Siding or vice versa, due to signal

overlap

 Trains can reverse on Down Main adjacent to Turnback Siding

Harrogate

Dwell Time

All 2

Adjustments to SRT : from Starbeck

 When arriving platform 3 from Starbeck and a train is ready to depart from platform 1 to Horsforth, to

enable signaler to be satisfied that train from Starbeck has come to a stand, an extra {1} shall be added

approaching Harrogate

 When arriving platforms 1 or 2 or Through Siding from Starbeck, an extra {1} is required due to slower

approach

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 220 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Harrogate

Depart Platform 1 to Leeds Arrive from Leeds, having stopped Hornbeam

Park 5½**

Depart Platform 1 to Leeds Arrive from Leeds, not stopping Hornbeam

Park 5**

Depart Platform 1 to Leeds Arrive Platform 1 from York 3

Depart to Starbeck Arrive from Horsforth, having stopped

Hornbeam Park 8*

Depart to Starbeck Arrive from Leeds, not stopping Hornbeam

Park 7½*

Depart to Horsforth, calling at Hornbeam Park Arrive from Starbeck 8½**

Depart to Horsforth, not calling Hornbeam Park Arrive from Starbeck 7½**

*Can be reduced to 3½ if {1} added approaching Harrogate

**Can be reduced to 4 if {1} added approaching Harrogate

Minimum Turnround

Same platform 10 HST

8 MU

Replatform 15

Notes

 Up direction platform 3 reoccupation is 3” for units which have shunted from other platform or Through

Line. Train shunting reverse on Starbeck direction line. Although shunt moves within station limits are not

timed, planners must satisfy themselves that such moves are robustly achievable

 HST uses platform 1. When in platform other trains cannot arrive/depart platform 2 or Through Line

Starbeck

Restriction

Trains crossing at Starbeck must do so within 1 minute of each other except on isolated occasions to avoid

excessive level crossing closure.

Knaresborough

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Cattal Depart to Cattal 4

Arrive from Starbeck ECS (to shunt) Following depart Starbeck 5½

Depart to Cattal Following depart Starbeck 2

Depart Up platform to Starbeck Arrive from Cattal 4

Arrive from Cattal Depart Up platform to Starbeck 1½

Minimum Turnround

Arrive loaded from Starbeck,

depart ECS

Arrive ECS from Starbeck, depart

loaded

Arrive loaded from Starbeck or

Cattal, depart loaded

Restrictions.

 All trains require a 30 second TW stop for Token Exchange Purposes to/from Cattal

 An up train cannot pass/depart Starbeck whilst preceding train is in up platform at Knaresborough,

whether continuing towards Cattal or shunting between platforms. Reflected in margins above.

 When shunting between platforms, trains normally use crossover on viaduct.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 221 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Knaresborough

 Departure from Up platform towards Starbeck should not be planned for passenger traffic

Cattal

Junction Margins (inclusive of allowance for token exchange, which is included in station duties)

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Knaresborough Depart to Knaresborough (if already in

platform)

Arrive from Hammerton Arrive from Knaresborough 1½

Arrive from Knaresborough Arrive from Hammerton 3*

Restriction. All trains require a 30 second TW stop for Token Exchange Purposes

*Can be reduced to 2, if {1} added approaching Cattal

Hammerton

Junction Margins (inclusive of allowance for token exchange, which is included in station duties)

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Poppleton Depart to Poppleton (if already in platform) 3

Arrive from Cattal Arrive from Poppleton 3

Arrive from Poppleton Arrive from Cattal 3

Restrictions

 All trains require a 30 second TW stop for Token Exchange Purposes

 Trains cannot arrive simultaneously, due to a safety restriction regarding the use of the crossing

Poppleton

Junction Margins (inclusive of allowance for token exchange, which is included in station duties)

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Hammerton Arrive from York 2

Arrive from Hammerton Depart to Hammerton 3

Arrive from York Arrive from Hammerton 2

Restriction. All trains require a 30 second TW stop for Token Exchange Purposes

LN842 THORPE MARSH JUNCTION TO ADWICK JUNCTION

Applehurst Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Joan Croft Junction Pass from Skellow Junction 4

Pass from Skellow Junction Pass to Joan Croft Junction 3

Skellow Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Adwick Junction Pass from Carcroft Junction 4

Pass from Carcroft Junction Pass to Adwick Junction 4

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 222 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN852 HOLBECK JUNCTION TO BRADFORD INTERCHANGE

Bradford Interchange

Dwell Time

All 3

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

First train departs to Halifax or Leeds Second train arrives from Halifax, if conflicting 5

First train departs to Halifax or Leeds Second train arrives from Leeds 6*

* if incoming train has pathing time approaching Bradford the margin could be reduced to 5 mins

Minimum Turnround

From Leeds, Huddersfield or

Hebden Bridge

From other locations 10

From London 30

Restriction

 Trains may only be planned to arrive into an occupied platform when that train is booked to be attached to

a train already in the platform.

LN854 HALL ROYD JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION

Hebden Bridge

Platform Re–occupation

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Dep Platform 1 to Leeds Arr Platform 1 ex Leeds 3½

Minimum Turnround

From Leeds utilising same

platform 6

From Leeds and replatformed 10

Milner Royd Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Hebden Bridge from Halifax Pass towards Greetland 2

Pass towards Greetland Pass from Halifax 3½

Arrive from Elland ‘* stop’ (no pathing allowed

between Elland and Milner Royd) Pass from Halifax 3

Pass from Halifax Pass from Elland 5

Pass to Halifax Pass to Elland 7

Pass from Halifax Depart from Elland direction 4

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 223 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Greetland Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Eastbound Reason Value

Pass from Dryclough Acceleration from 20 mph ½. To be

applied after

Greetland

Junction

Movement Westbound Reason Value

Pass to Dryclough Junction Approach Control ½. To be

applied

approaching

Greetland

Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Dryclough Junction Pass from Milner Royd Junction 3

Pass to Dryclough Junction Depart to Bradley Wood 1

Pass from Milner Royd Junction Pass to Dryclough Junction 2½

Pass from Milner Royd Junction Depart to Dryclough Junction 1

Pass from Milner Royd Junction Pass from Dryclough Junction 3½

Note:

 Trains from Huddersfield, going to Halifax, must include all allowances for acceleration and Approach

Control, as shown under Bradley Wood and Greetland Junctions

Bradley Wood Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Westbound Reason Value

Trains from Bradley Jn Acceleration from 20mph turnout ½ To be

applied after

Bradley Wood

Junction

Movement Eastbound Reason Value

Trains going to Bradley Junction Approach Control ½. To be

applied

approaching

Bradley Wood

Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Bradley Junction Up Freight pass from Heaton Lodge Junction 4

Pass to Bradley Junction Up Passenger/Light Engine pass from Heaton

Lodge Junction 3½

Pass to Bradley Junction Depart Up L&Y towards Brighouse 2

Pass from Bradley Junction/Heaton Lodge

Junction Pass to Bradley Junction 2

Heaton Lodge Junction (for Up Trains only) NB Copy at LN860

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass Up Fast Depart Up Slow, towards same route 2

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 224 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Heaton Lodge Junction (for Up Trains only) NB Copy at LN860

Pass Up Fast Depart Up Slow, towards different route 1½

Pass Up Fast or Up Slow Pass from Up Fast or Up Slow towards either

route 2½

Passenger/Light Engine depart Up Slow Pass Up Fast going to either route 3½

Freight depart Up Slow Pass Up Fast going to either route 4

Note:

 Normally trains from Dewsbury on Up Slow Line timed to be passed by a train on the Up Main, should be

timed to stop at Heaton Lodge Jn

Mirfield East Junction NB Copy at LN860

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains crossing to USL, having called at

Ravensthorpe; to be applied approaching

Mirfield East Junction

Slower speed from rest ½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up pass to up Fast or Up Slow Pass to Down L & Y (not stopping Mirfield) 2

Up pass to Up Fast or Up Slow Down depart Mirfield, going towards Horbury ½

Thornhill LNW Junction NB Copy at LN860

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass towards Healey Mills Pass from Dewsbury, not stopping

Ravensthorpe 2*

Pass towards Healey Mills Up arrive Ravensthorpe 3

*2½ if First Movement is a freight train

Restriction

Up trains from Dewsbury cannot be accepted into Ravensthorpe station when a train has already been routed

towards Healey Mills, due to the overlap extending across Thornhill LNW Junction

Dewsbury East Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Dewsbury Blue Circle* Pass Thornhill LNW Junction towards Healey

Mills 1

Arrive Dewsbury Blue Circle* Pass Mirfield East Junction from Healey Mills 5½

Pass Thornhill LNW Junction towards Healey

Mills Pass towards Dewsbury Blue Circle 5½

Pass Thornhill LNW Junction towards Healey

Mills Depart towards Dewsbury Blue Circle 4

*Includes arriving at signal HM66 for light engine run round moves from Healey Mills

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 225 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Horbury Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains from Barnsley after Horbury Junction Differential junction speed 1

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains to Barnsley

Approaching Horbury Junction Differential junction speed ½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Healey Mills Pass from Branch 3

Pass from Branch Pass to Healey Mills

4 ( UF )

3 ( US

Wakefield Kirkgate

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Pass from Horbury Jn. To Calder Bridge Jn. Differential junction speed. 1

Connectional Allowance 4

Dwell Time

All 1

Minimum turnaround 5 Platform 3 only for services from Knottingley

Minimum Turnround 10

Junction Margins ( when conflicting )

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Wakefield Westgate/Horbury Jn Depart to Wakefield Westgate/Horbury Jn 1

Depart to Wakefield Westgate Arrive pass from Horbury Junction 4

Depart Platform 3 to Wakefield Westgate Depart Platform 1 to Horbury Junction 3

Depart to Horbury Junction Arrive from Wakefield Westgate 3

Depart to Horbury Junction Arrive from Pontefract 3

Depart to Horbury Junction Arrive pass from Horbury Junction 4

Depart to Normanton Arrive same platform from west 3

Depart to Calder Bridge Arrive from Calder Bridge 4

Arrive Platform 3 from Wakefield Westgate Arrive Platform 2 from Normanton 3**

Arrive Platform 3 from Pontefract Arrive Platform 2 from Normanton 3**

Arrive Platform 2 from Normanton Arrive or Pass Platform 3

** Can be simultaneous if Arrival into Platform 2 from Normanton is given an additional 2 adjustment allowance

Notes:

 Standage at Wakefield Westgate: Up/Down Through Line 705 feet/33slu; Up Goole (either direction) 637

feet/30slu

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 226 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Turners Lane Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Wakefield Kirkgate Pass from Calder Bridge, 3

Pass from Calder Bridge Pass to Wakefield Kirkgate 3

Altofts Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains from Calder Bridge going to

Europort, approaching Altofts

Junction

Approach Control 3

Trains from Wakefield Kirkgate

going to Europort, approaching

Altofts Junction

Approach Control 2

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains coming from Europort, after

Altofts Junction Acceleration from rest 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Whitwood Junction Pass from Methley Junction 3

Pass to Whitwood Junction Depart from Europort 1½

Passenger pass from Methley Junction Pass to Whitwood Junction (not stopping

Normanton) 3

Freight pass from Methley Jn Junction Pass to Whitwood Junction (not stopping at

Normanton) 3½

Passenger pass from Methley Junction Pass to Whitwood Junction (Stopping at

Normanton) 2

Freight pass from Methley Jn Junction Pass to Whitwood Junction (Stopping at

Normanton) 2½

Passenger pass from Methley

Junction/Whitwood Junction Pass to Europort

Freight pass from Methley Junction/Whitwood

Junction Pass to Europort

2½

Pass from Europort Pass to Whitwood Junction (not stopping

Normanton) 4

Pass from Europort Pass to Whitwood Junction (Stopping at

Normanton) 3½

Pass to Europort Pass from Methley Junction 6½

Pass to Europort Pass from Whitwood Junction 5½

Pass to Europort Pass to Whitwood Junction (not stopping

Normanton) 6½

Pass to Europort Pass to Whitwood Junction (Stopping at

Normanton) 5½

Pass to Europort Pass to Methley Junction (not stopping

Normanton) 4

Pass to Europort Pass to Methley Junction (Stopping at

Normanton) 4

Restriction: Trains going to Europort block all lines when going into terminal, until train is completely ‘inside’

terminal (except for trains going towards Methley Junction). This is reflected in margins, above

Note: Wakefield Europort has restricted capacity. If more than one train present, confirmation the further train(s)

can be accommodated should be obtained from the operator

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 227 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Whitwood Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Altofts Junction Pass to Methley Junction 2½

Pass to Methley Junction Pass from Altofts Junction 3

Castleford

Dwell Time

3 (reverse in Down platform)

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart Down platform to Whitwood Junction Arrive Down platform from Pontefract Monkhill 3

Depart Down platform to Pontefract Monkhill Arrive from Whitwood Junction 2½

Pass Up Main Arrive from Pontefract Monkhill 3

Depart Down platform to Pontefract Monkhill Pass Up Main, 4

Arrive Down platform from Pontefract Monkhill Pass Up Main

Minimum Turnround 6 from Leeds

Milford Junction

Please Refer to 804

Sherburn Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Movement Up Reason Value

Non stop crossing from LSL at Church Fenton

Acceleration 1

Stopping train from LSL at Church Fenton

After Church Fenton Acceleration ½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Milford Junction Pass from Gascoigne Wood

Same time as southbound service passes Milford

Junction

Pass from Gascoigne

Wood Pass to Milford Junction,

Same time as southbound service passes Church

Fenton or 1 minute behind southbound service

departing Sherburn in Elmet

Church Fenton

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 228 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Church Fenton

Movement Down Reason Value

Train crossing to LSL at Church Fenton

Approaching Church Fenton Approach control 1

Non–stop train from Sherburn crossing to LSL

Approaching Colton Junction Acceleration 2

Movement Up Reason Value

Non stop train from LSL crossing to NNL

Approaching Church Fenton Approach control 2

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from York Depart to Leeds 2.5

Pass to York (Normanton lines) Depart to Milford (Platform 3) 1

Pass to York (Normanton lines) Pass to Milford (Platform 3) 3½

Pass/depart Platform 3 to Milford Pass/arrive from Milford 4*

Arrive from York Pass from York 3

Pass/arrive from York Depart to York (crossing NNL) 1

Depart to York (crossing NNL) Pass from York 3½

Depart to York (crossing NNL) Arrive from York 5

Pass/depart to York (Platform 3) Pass from York 5

Pass/depart to York (Platform 3) Arrive from York 4

Pass from York (LSL or NNL) Arrive Platform 3 via different line from NNL 3 $

Pass from York (LSL) Pass to York (crossing from DL to NNL) 4

* May be reduced by ½ if stopping at Sherburn

$ May be reduced to 2 if second train has a minimum of 2 minutes pathing time on approach.

Colton South Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up LSL pass Colton Junction Down Crossing movement from NNL pass

Colton Junction 6

Up LSL pass Colton Junction Down Crossing movement depart from NNL

signals at Colton South Junction 2

Down Crossing movement pass Colton

Junction Up LSL pass Colton Junction 3

Up Crossing movement pass Colton Junction Down NNL pass Colton Junction 6

Down NNL pass Colton Junction Up Crossing movement pass Colton Junction 3

LN858 MILNER ROYD JUNCTION TO MILL LANE JUNCTION

Dryclough Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Greetland Jn Depart from Halifax (to Milner Royd Jn) 1

Depart from Halifax (to Milner Royd Junction) Pass from Greetland Jn 4½*

* May be reduced to 3½ minutes if train from Greetland has pathing time approaching Dryclough Junction

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 229 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Halifax

Dwell Time

All 1

Junction Margins

All conflicting moves at south end 5*

* May be reduced to 4 minutes if second train has pathing time approaching Halifax

Minimum Turnround

From Leeds using same platform 5

From Leeds and replatformed 10

Restriction

Trains from Bradford turning round in platform must depart 7 minutes before next train arrives

Low Moor

Dwell Time

158/180 1

All other unit types ½

LN860 DIGGLE JUNCTION TO COPLEY HILL EAST JUNCTION

Marsden

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Departing up platform or UPL towards

Huddersfield Acceleration from 15mph pointwork 1

Movement Up Reason Value

Train Arriving Platform 3 Approach Control 1

Train departing Platform 3 Acceleration from 15mph pointwork 1*

*½ for Northern Services departing Platform 3 * 1 minute for TPE

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart Marsden UP Loop or Up Main (in down

direction) Marsden pass in Up Direction 4½

Depart Up Loop or Up Main (in Down Direction) Arrive Platform 2 or UPL (not stopping

Slaithwaite) 5½

Depart Up Loop or Up Main (in Down Direction) Up arrive Slaithwaite (see Restriction) 2

Pass/arrive Up Depart Up Loop or Platform 2 (in Down

Direction) 1

Pass Diggle Junction Depart Up Loop 1

Restriction: Whilst a train is Departing Up Loop or Up Main in the Down Direction, an Up stopping train cannot

arrive at Slaithwaite; reflected in margins above

Minimum Turnround 5 from Huddersfield or Leeds

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 230 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Huddersfield

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Arriving trains Platforms 5 Approach control 1

Arriving trains Platform 6 Approach control ½

Arriving trains Platform 4 if already occupied Approach control ½

Dwell Time 1

Junction Margins (NB includes moves impacted by restrictive overlaps)

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up arrive Platform 1 Arrive Platform 4 from Penistone 3½

Up depart Platform 1 Up arrive Platform 1 2½

Depart Platform 1 towards Marsden Arrive Platform 4 from Penistone 4

Depart Platform 1 towards Marsden Depart Platform 4 towards Penistone 2½

Depart Platform 1 towards Penistone Depart Platform 4 towards Marsden 2½

Arrive Platform 2 Depart Platform 1 or 4 towards Penistone Simultaneous

Up arrive Platform 4 Down arrive Platform 4 1½

Up arrive Platform 4 Depart Platform 5 or 6 1

Down arrive Platform 4 Up arrive Platform 4 2

Down arrive Platform 4 from Penistone Up arrive Platform 1 4+

Down arrive Platform 4 from Penistone Up depart Platform 1 1

Down arrive Platform 4 from Penistone Depart Platform 2 Simultaneous

Down arrive Platform 4 Arrive Platform 5 or 6 2½

Down arrive Platform 4 Down depart Platform 4, 5 or 6 1

Up depart Platform 4 Up arrive Platform 1 2½

Depart Platform 4 towards Marsden Depart Platform 1 towards Penistone 2½

Depart Platform 4 towards Penistone Depart Platform 1 towards Marsden 2½

Up depart Platform 4 Up arrive Platform 4 2½

Up depart Platform 4 Down arrive Platform 4 from Marsden 4+

Depart Platform 4 towards Marsden Arrive Platform 4 from Penistone 4

Down depart Platform 4 Up arrive Platform 4 3½+

Down depart Platform 4 Down arrive Platform 4 4+

Down depart Platforms 4 Up arrive Platforms 5 or 6 3

Arrive Platforms 5/6 Down arrive Platform 4 4*

Arrive Platforms 5/6 Down depart Platform 4, 5 or 6 1

Depart Platforms 5/6 Up arrive Platforms 4 3½+

Depart platforms 5/6 Down arrive Platform 4 4½*

Depart Platforms 5/6 Arrive Platforms 5/6 3

Arrive Sidings (Downside) Down depart Platform 4/5/6 1

Arrive Sidings (Downside) Down depart Platform 8 1½

Arrive Sidings (Downside) Down pass 3½

Shunt Move depart HU1412 signal towards

Platform 4 5 or 6 Down pass Platform 8 3

Minimum Turnround

From Leeds, Sheffield or

Manchester

From other locations beyond

Leeds, Sheffield or Manchester

10 (can be reduced to 5 minutes if an additional five minutes dwell is

included at Leeds, Sheffield or Manchester)

To or from London 10

* Can be reduced to 3 minutes if {½} added approaching Huddersfield for Approach Control

+Can be reduced to 3 minutes if {1} added approaching Huddersfield for Approach Control

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 231 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Huddersfield

Train Watering Points Platform 4 emergency use only

Platform Restrictions

Platform 5: Only 2 car class 14x or 150 can be signalled into no. 5 from signal HU770 (UML). 2 car trains longer

than class 14x or 150 can only be shunted in from HU771412 sub-signal.

Platform 6: This platform is not permissive from Up line (signal HU770) but is permissive from HU1412 sub-signal

on Down Line. Class 153 units are not able to attach to any other unit in platform 6

Note

All Shunt moves to be fully timed.

Bradley Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Pass from Bradley Wood Junction (not

stopping at Deighton) Acceleration from 15mph 2. To be

applied after

Bradley

Junction

Pass from Bradley Wood Junction (stopping at

Deighton) Acceleration from 15mph ½. To be

applied after

Bradley

Junction

Movement Down Reason Value

Pass to Bradley Wood Junction (not stopping

at Deighton) Approach Control 1½. To be

applied

Approaching

Bradley

junction

Pass to Bradley Wood Junction (stopping at

Deighton) Approach Control 1. To be

applied

Approaching

Bradley

junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up pass from Heaton Lodge Pass from Branch 2½

Up pass from Heaton Lodge Depart from Branch 2

Pass from Branch Down pass to Heaton Lodge East Junction

(not stopping Deighton) 2½

Pass from Branch Down pass to Heaton Lodge East Junction

(with stop at Deighton) 3 plus Deighton

dwell

Depart from Branch Down pass to Heaton Lodge East Junction

(not stopping Deighton) 3½

Depart from Branch Down pass to Heaton Lodge East Junction

(with stop at Deighton) 4 plus Deighton

dwell

Down pass to Heaton Lodge East Junction Depart from Branch 1

Down pass to Heaton Lodge East Junction Pass from Branch 2½

Pass from Branch Pass to Branch 2

Depart from Branch Pass to Branch 2½

Pass to Bradley Wood Junction Pass to Heaton Lodge East Junction 2½

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 232 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Bradley Junction

Restriction:

 No pathing time to be inserted between Deighton station and Bradley Junction in either direction

 If an Up train is standing in Deighton station, a second Up train CANNOT pass Bradley Junction

Heaton Lodge Junction (for Up Trains only) NB Copy at LN854

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass Up Fast Depart Up Slow, towards same route 2

Pass Up Fast Dep Up Slow towards different route 1½

Pass Up Fast or Up Slow Pass from Up Fast or Up Slow towards either

route 2½

Passenger/Light Engine depart Up Slow Pass Up Fast going to either route 3½

Freight depart Up Slow Pass Up Fast going to either route 4

Normally trains from Dewsbury on Up Slow Line timed to be passed by a train on the Up Main, should be timed to

stop at Heaton Lodge Jn

Mirfield East Junction NB Copy at LN854

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains crossing to USL, having called at

Ravensthorpe; to be applied approaching

Mirfield East Junction

Slower speed from rest ½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up pass to up Fast or Up Slow Pass to Down L & Y (not stopping Mirfield) 2

Up pass to Up Fast or Up Slow Down depart Mirfield, going towards Horbury ½

Thornhill LNW Junction NB Copy at LN854

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass towards Healey Mills Pass from Dewsbury not stopping

Ravensthorpe

Pass towards Healey Mills Up arrive Ravensthorpe 3

*2½ if First Movement is a freight train

Restriction

Up trains from Dewsbury cannot be accepted into Ravensthorpe station when a train has already been routed

towards Healey Mills, due to the overlap extending across Thornhill LNW Junction

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 233 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Dewsbury

Dwell Time

All 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Down platform Pass Down Main 3

Pass Down Main Depart Down Platform (stopping service) 1½

LN862 BARNSLEY STATION JUNCTION TO HUDDERSFIELD

Penistone

Adjustment to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Arrive/pass when passing down teain arriving

less than 3’’ before Overlap extends over points : approach control 2

Dwell Time

All 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive / pass from Barnsley Depart to Barnsley 1

Arrive / pass from Clayton West Junction Depart single line to Clayton West Junction 1

Arrive from Clayton West Junction Arrive / pass from Barnsley 3

Arrive from Barnsley Arrive / pass from Clayton West Junction 3

Minimum Turnround 10 from Sheffield or Huddersfield

Notes :

Reversing trains : trains from south reverse in platform: from north mujst shunt via south end points

Clayton West Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Penistone Pass to Penistone 3

Stocksmoor

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive/pass from Huddersfield Depart to Huddersfield 1

Arrive/pass from Huddersfield Pass to Huddersfield 2

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 234 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN868 WINCOBANK JUNCTION TO HORBURY JUNCTION VIA BARNSLEY

Meadowhall

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains from Barnsley to Platform 4 Approach Control 1

Dwell Time

All 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart Platform 4 to Barnsley Arrive Platform 4 from Barnsley 4

Depart Platform 4 to Sheffield via SL Arrive Platform 4 from Sheffield via DF 3

Minimum Turnround 5 Platform 4 only from Barnsley or Sheffield

Barnsley

Dwell Time

All 1

Adjustment to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Up Train arriving down platform Approach control 1

Up train from Penistone, not stopping Acceleration ½

Movement Down Reason Value

Down train to Penistone, not stopping Approach control 2

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive/pass from Penistone Depart to Penistone Same time

Arrive/pass from Penistone Pass to Penistone 1

Arrive/pass from Penistone Pass to Wakefield 3½

Depart/pass to Wakefield Arrive/pass from Penistone 4

Arrive/pass from Penistone Depart to Wakefield 1

Depart to Sheffield from Down platform Arrive/pass Down platform from Sheffield 4½

Depart/pass Down platform to

Penistone/Wakefield Arrive Down platform from Penistone/Wakefield 4

Platform reoccupation, down 3½

Platform reoccupation, up 4

Minimum Turnround

From Sheffield, Huddersfield or

Leeds

From Sheffield, Huddersfield or

Leeds including shunt

From other locations excluding

London St Pancras beyond

Sheffield, Huddersfield or Leeds

including shunt if required

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 235 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Barnsley

From London St Pancras including

shunt if required

Note:

Two trains following each other in Down direction towards Horbury. Second train can depart/pass Barnsley at

same time first train passes Wooley Coal Sdg signalbox. When Woolley Coal siding is swiched out, second train

can depart/pass Barnsley at same time first train passes Horbury Junction. In either case, the train must have {1}

after Barnsley to allow for departing under a Y signal

Horbury Junction

Refer to 854

LN872 ALTOFTS JUNCTION TO LEEDS WEST JUNCTION

Methley Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Northbound Reason Value

Trains from Castleford (not stopping at

Woodlesford) Approaching Stourton Junction Acceleration 1

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains to Castleford (not stopping at

Woodlesford) Approaching Methley Junction Differential junction speed 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Whitwood Junction Pass to Altofts – stopping Passenger and

Freight 3

Pass from Whitwood Junction Pass to Altofts – non stop Passenger 4½

Passenger from Altofts Jn. and(not calling at

Woodlesford) pass Passenger from Whitwood Jn. and stopping at

Woodlesford depart 2½

Pass to Altofts Pass from Whitwood Junction 3

Stourton Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains from Methley Junction to FLT or A/D

Line. Approaching Stourton Junction Braking to lower speed lines 1

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains from FLT or A/D Line

Approaching Methley Junction Acceleration 2

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from FLT or A/D Line Pass Down Midland 4

Pass Down Midland Pass from FLT or A/D Line 3

Pass from FLT or A/D Line Pass to FLTor A/D Line 4

Up Passenger Pass from Engine Shed Jn. Freight from Stourton RMC/Balm Rd. passes

Hunslet South Jn. 4

Up Freight. Pass from Engine Shed Jn. Freight from Stourton RMC/Balm Rd. passes 5

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 236 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Stourton Junction

Hunslet South Jn.

Hunslet Station Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Down train pass Stourton Junction Pass to FLT or A/D Line 5

Pass to FLT or A/D Line from Up main Down train pass Stourton Junction 3½

Engine Shed Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Whitehall Junction Pass to Leeds 5

Pass to Leeds Pass from Whitehall Junction 3

Pass from Whitehall Junction Pass to Whitehall Junction 5

Pass to Leeds Depart L4491 signal to Holbeck 1

Pass to Methley Arrive L4491 signal from Leeds/Whitehall Road 3

Pass from Methley Depart Holbeck depot 1

Pass from Whitehall Road Depart Holbeck depot 4

Arrive Holbeck Depot Pass to Leeds/Whitehall Road. 4

LN880 YORK TO SCARBOROUGH

York

Refer to LN600

Scarborough Bridge Junction

Refer to LN600 under York

Malton

Dwell Time

All 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Up depart platform Down arrive 3½

Up depart platform Down pass 2½

Down depart Up arrive platform 4*

Down pass Up arrive platform 4*

*Can be reduced by one minute if {1} added approaching Malton

Note: A train may stand on the Up Main, level with the station platform. Maximum length 276 yards

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 237 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Seamer

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Non-stopping trains towards Filey; approaching

Seamer Approach Control ½

Dwell Time

All 1*

* ½ for classes 14x, 150

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart to York Arrive/pass from Filey 5

Pass to York Arrive from Filey 4

Arrive/pass from Filey Depart to York 1

Arrive/pass from Filey Pass to York 1½

Arrive from Filey Depart to Filey Same time*

*For single line occupancy at Seamer South Jn

Scarborough

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Train entering occupied platform Calling on signal 1

Junction Margins (when conflicting)

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Seamer Depart to Seamer 1

Depart to Seamer Arrive From Seamer 5*

Depart platform 1 to Seamer Depart Excursion Sidings 2½

*Can be reduced by one minute if {1} added approaching Scarborough

Minimum Reversal 5 DMU

Minimum Turnround

TPE 10

From Hull or York 10

From Leeds 15

From points beyond Hull or Leeds 20**

** This may be reduced to a minimum of 10 minutes by the number of minutes of additional station dwell at Hull,

Bridlington, or York, of the incoming service

Train Watering Points Scarborough station. Both the platform line on which the train is standing

and the adjacent platform line from which the watering will take place must

be blocked whilst the operation takes place

Restriction: Platform 5 is barred to classes 153 156 185 150 155

Excursion Sidings. Trains arrive into platform 1, then propel into the Excursion Sidings, then run round,

propelling back into platform 1 before departure. The Excursion Sidings can accommodate a second train but this

can only take place after the first train has completed a run round; therefore can only leave platform 1, 30 minutes

after the first. The second train can only commence a run round after the first train has returned to platform 1;

planners must satisfy themselves there is adequate time between the first train arriving platform 1, and the second

train moving to that platform. All such moves to be fully timed

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 238 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN882 WAKEFIELD KIRKGATE WEST JUNCTION TO GOOLE POTTER’S GRANGE

JUNCTION

Wakefield Kirkgate

Refer to LN854

Calder Bridge Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Turners Lane Junction Pass from Wakefield Kirkgate, going to Calder

Bridge Junction

2½

Pass from Wakefield Kirkgate Pass to Turners Lane Junction from

Oakenshaw Junction

Arrive Up Goods Loop Pass Up Main 4

Oakenshaw Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Crofton West Junction Pass to Oakenshaw South Junction 3

Pass to Oakenshaw South Junction Pass to Oakenshaw South Junction 4

Crofton West Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains to Hare Park

approaching Crofton West Junction Approach Control 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Hare Park Junction Pass from Crofton East Junction 4

Pass from Crofton East Junction Pass to Hare Park Junction 3

Crofton East Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Oakenshaw South Junction Pass from Crofton West Junction 3

Pass from Crofton West Junction Pass to Oakenshaw South Junction 3

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 239 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Pontefract Monkhill

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart to Castleford Arrive from Crofton East Junction 4½

Arrive from Crofton East Junction Depart to Castleford 4

Passenger depart to Glasshoughton EDU shunt arrive from Pontefract East Jn.

(Monkhill Goods Branch Single Line) 3

Minimum Turnround 11 minutes for trains from Wakefield, via Pontefract East Junction

Pontefract East Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Ferrybridge Pass to Knottingley West Junction 4

Pass to Knottingley West Junction Pass from Ferry bridge 3

Knottingley West Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains from Pontefract to Knottingley C & W

(Knottingley Depot)

Approachinging Knottingley West Junction

Approach control 1

Junction Margins

move →

1st move ↓

From

Shaft–

holme to

Crofton

From

Shaft–

holme to

Ferry–

bridge

From

Goole to

Crofton

From

Goole to

Ferry–

bridge

From

Ferry–

bridge to

Goole

From

Ferry–

bridge to

Shaft–

holme

From

Crofton to

Goole

From

Crofton to

Shaft–

holme

From

Shaftholme

to Crofton – 4

conflict No

conflict

From Shaft-

holme to

Ferrybridge

– 4

conflict No

conflict

From Goole

to Crofton 4

– 4

conflict 4 No

conflict 4

From Goole

to Ferrybridge 4

– No

conflict 4 4 4

From Ferry-

brge to Goole No

conflict No

conflict – 4

From

Ferrybridge to

Shaftholme

conflict No

conflict 3 3 4

– 3 3

From

Crofton to

Goole

conflict 3 No

conflict 3 4 3 – 4

From

Crofton to No

conflict 3 3 3 3 4 4

–

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 240 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Knottingley West Junction

Shaftholme

Operating Restriction

 Knottingley West Junction must be clear before train is allowed to depart Ferrybridge Signal 6624 for

environmental reasons. This does not apply to those trains worked by Class 59, 60 or 66 locomotives

Knottingley

Minimum Turnround 5 minutes for trains from Leeds or Wakefield. When required ECS can run via

England Lane and UGL

Knottingley East Junction (England Lane)

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Freight trains from Knottingley TMD or

Knottingley South Junction.

After Knottingley East Jn

Differential junction speed 3

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Shaftholme Pass to Crofton 5

Pass to Crofton Pass from Shaftholme Junction 3

Pass from Knottingley South Junction Pass to Knottingley South Junction 5

Sudforth Lane S.B.

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains from Sudforth Lane Sidings towards

Whitley Bridge. Approaching Whitley Bridge

Acceleration 2

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains from Sudforth Lane Sidings towards

Knottingley East Jn. After Sudforth Lane SB

Differential junction speed 2

Whitley Bridge Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Eggborough PS Pass Down Goole 4

Pass Down Goole Pass from Eggborough PS 4

Drax Branch Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 241 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Drax Branch Junction

Pass from Drax PS Pass Down Goole

Pass Down Goole Pass from Drax PS 4

Snaith

Operating Instruction

All Up trains to stop for level crossing purposes

Rawcliffe

Operating Instruction

All Down trains to stop for level crossing purposes

LN886 MONK BRETTON LOOP TO CROFTON EAST JUNCTION

Monk Bretton Loop

Restriction:

One train working exists between Oakenshaw South Junction and Monk Bretton. Monk Bretton loop is only used

for locomotive run round

LN888 HATFIELD AND STAINFORTH (STAINFORTH JUNCTION) TO

FERRYBRIDGE NORTH JUNCTION

Knottingley South Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains towards Knottingley East Junction

Approaching Knottingley Sth Jn. Approach control 2

Freight trains towards Knottingley West

Junction. Approaching Knottingley Sth Jn. Approach control 2

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains from Knottingley East Junction

After Knottingley Sth Jn Acceleration 1

Freight trains from Knottingley West Junction

After Knottingley Sth Jn. Acceleration 2

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Knottingley East Junction Pass to Knottingley East Junction 3

Pass from Knottingley West Junction Pass to Knottingley East Junction 3

Pass to Knottingley East Junction Pass from Knottingley West Junction 4

Thorpe Marsh Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Haywood Junction Pass from Applehurst Junction 3

Pass from Applehurst Junction Pass to Haywood Junction 3

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 242 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Haywood Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass fromThorpe Marsh Junction Pass to Shaftholme Junction 3

Pass to Shaftholme Junction Pass fromThorpe Marsh Junction 3

LN898 NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION TO HULL

Cross Gates

Dwell Time

DMU 1 minute for trains arriving in Leeds 0730 – 0900 and departing Leeds 1600

– 1800 SX

Garforth

Dwell Time

DMU 1 minute for trains arriving in Leeds 0730 – 0900 and departing Leeds 1600

– 1800 SX

East Garforth

Dwell Time

DMU 1 minute for trains arriving in Leeds 0730 – 0900 and departing Leeds 1600

– 1800 SX

Micklefield

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from York Arrive from Selby 3

Pass from York Freight pass from Selby 4½

Arrive/pass from York Trains arriving from Leeds, going forward

towards Hull 4½*

Pass from York Pass to Hull 4

Arrive from York Pass to Hull 4½

Pass to Hull Arrive from York 3

Pass to Hull Pass from York 3

Depart to Hull Pass from York 3½

Pass from Hull Arrive from York 3

Depart to Hull/York Following train pass to other direction 3

* If a train is arriving/passing from York, a train travelling towards Selby cannot be accepted into Micklefield station

as the junction signal is to the west of the station.

Restrictions Trains of classes 4, 6, 7 and 8 which are over 2000 tonnes in weight must be given a clear run from

Hambleton to Micklefield. No pathing time is to be planned.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 243 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Gascoigne Wood

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Passenger trains from Sherburn/Milford

Junction. Approaching Hambleton West Jn Differential junction speed ½

Freight trains from Micklefield.

Approaching Hambleton West Jn Differential junction speed –2

Movement Up Reason Value

Passenger trains to Sherburn/Milford Junction

Approaching Gascoigne Wood Jn Approach control 1

Freight trains to Micklefield

Approaching Gascoigne Wood Jn Differential junction speed –1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Micklefield Pass to/from Sherburn Junction 3½

Pass to/from Micklefield Pass from Milford Junction 5

Pass from Micklefield Depart from Milford Junction 2½

Pass to Micklefield Depart from Milford Junction 2

Pass from Sherburn Junction Pass to Sherburn Junction 3½

Pass to Sherburn J unction Pass from Micklefield 3

Pass to Sherburn Junction Pass from Milford Junction/West Yard 5

Pass to Sherburn Junction Pass from Sherburn Junction 4½*

Freight depart/pass from Milford Junction Pass to Micklefield 3½

Freight depart/pass from Milford Junction Freight pass to Milford Junction 3

Freight pass to Milford Junction Freight pass from Milford Junction 6

* 4 if non–stop at Sherburn

Hambleton West Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Hambleton South Junction Pass from Selby 3½

Pass from Selby Pass to Hambleton South Junction 2½

Hambleton East Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains from Hambleton North Junction

Approaching Selby Differential junction speed ½

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains to Hambleton North Junction

Approaching Hambleton East Junction Approach control ½

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 244 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Selby

Dwell Time

All 1

HST 2

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart to Leeds Arrive Platform 3 from Leeds via Up main 7

Depart to Leeds or Doncaster from Platform 1 Arrive Platform 1 from Leeds or Doncaster 4½

Depart to Leeds or Doncaster from

Platforms1/2/3 Arrive Platform 2 from Hull 3

Depart to Doncaster from Platform 2 Arrive Platform 3 from Leeds 6

Depart to Doncaster from Platform 2 Depart Platform 3 to Leeds 2

Arrive from Leeds (Platform 3) Arrive from Hull (Platform 2) 3

Arrive from Doncaster (Platform 1) Arrive from Leeds (Platform 3) 3½

Freight crosses at Selby West Junction to

Temple Hirst Junction Depart Selby to Leeds 1

Note: Trains conveying passengers are not permitted to arrive in Platform 2 from Leeds.

Minimum Turnround

From Doncaster or York 5*

From Leeds 7*

From beyond Doncaster, Leeds or

York 10*

* An additional 10 minutes is required if the train needs to be replatformed

Howden

Dwell Time

First Hull Trains Class 180 1

Gilberdyke

Adjustment to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Services approaching Gilberdyke non stop to

Goole Differential junction speed ½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Selby Pass/arrive from Goole 4

Depart to Selby Pass/arrive from Goole 4½

Pass/arrive from Goole Pass to Selby 4

Pass/arrive from Goole Depart to Selby 1

Brough

Dwell Time

All 1

HST 2

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 245 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Hessle East Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Yards Before stopping service departs Hessle 1

Pass from Yards After fast service departs Brough 3

Pass from Yards After fast service passes Brough 2

Depart Hessle Pass from Yards 5

Pass Brough Pass from Yards 8

Depart Brough Pass from Yards 10

Hessle Road Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart/pass from Branch Pass to Hull 4

Pass to Hull Depart/pass from Branch 3

Pass to/from Branch Next train to/from Branch 4

Anlaby Road Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Branch Before Down service arrives Hull 5

Arrive Hull Pass from Branch 1

Hull

Dwell Time

All 3 plus any differential allowance for arriving train

Fuelling allowances

The following allowances must be made when fuelling is required (only one trip at any one time)

HST 40

2 cars 10

3 cars 15

4 cars 20

6 cars 30

8 cars 40

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Platforms 4 to 7 from Selby or

Bridlington Depart Platform 2 or 3 to Selby Same time

Arrive Platforms 2 or 3 from Selby or

Bridlington Depart Platforms 4 to 7 to Selby or Bridlington 1

Arrive from Selby Arrive from Bridlington and vice versa 3

Depart Platform 2 or 3 to Selby Depart Platforms 4 to 7 to Selby or Bridlington Same time

Depart Platforms 4 to 7 to Selby Depart Platform 2 or 3 to Bridlington 3

Depart to Selby Arrive from Selby or Bridlington 4

Depart to Bridlington Arrive from Bridlington 5

Depart to Bridlington Arrive from Selby 4

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 246 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Hull

ECS from Botanic Gardens must arrive 5 minutes in front of or behind where conflicts occur

Minimum Turnround

From Beverley 7

From Bridlington/Doncaster/

Leeds/ Scarborough and York 10

From beyond Doncaster/Leeds/

York 20

TPE 8

Train Watering Points Available at the station

LN902 MICKLEFIELD JUNCTION TO CHURCH FENTON NORTH JUNCTION

Church Fenton

Refer to LN854

LN912 THORNE JUNCTION TO GILBERDYKE JUNCTION

Goole

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Services approaching Goole with an extended

dwell (greater than 2 minutes) Approach Control 1½

Up freight arriving into Goole Loop

Approaching Goole Approach Control 2

Services approaching Goole non stop from

Brough

Acceleration

Dwell Time

All 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Doncaster Depart to Knottingley Same time

Depart to Knottingley Arrive from Doncaster 5

Terminate from Doncaster or Knottingley Arrive from Doncaster or Knottingley 8

Arrive in East End siding Arrive from Hull 5

Down Freight pass/arr Up train pass/dep Same time

Down Passenger pass/arr Up Freight depart/pass Same time

Up Freight pass/dep Down Freight pass/arr 8

Up Passenger dep/pass Down Freight pass/arr 7

Minimum Turnround 10 trains from Doncaster, Hull Leeds and Sheffield. Must be replatformed

Restrictions

Freight trains must not be timed to pass each other over Goole Swing Bridge. The following two margins should

therefore apply

Up Freight passes Goole same time as Down freight passes Goole

Down Freight passes Goole 10 minutes before Up Freight passes Goole

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 247 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN914 HULL TO SEAMER WEST JUNCTION

Hull

Refer to LN898

Cottingham

Dwell Time

All 1 Trains arriving Hull 0730 – 0900 weekdays, or departing Hull 1600 – 1800

weekdays

Beverley

Dwell Time

All 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart Down platform to Hull Arrive Down platform from Hull 4

Minimum Turnround

From Hull Same platform 5

From Hull replatform, also

From Doncaster, Leeds or York 10

From beyond Doncaster, Leeds or

York. 20*

* May be reduced to a minimum of 10 minutes if the incoming/outgoing services have additional station dwell at

Hull

Driffield

Dwell Time

All 1

Bridlington

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains from Hunmanby arriving at Bridlington

whilst another train is in the Bridlington to

Driffield section.

Approach release BN108 signal

Dwell Time

All 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive from Hunmanby Depart to Hunmanby. 1

Depart to Driffield Arrive Bay platforms from Driffield 4

Arrive bay platform from Driffield Arrive from Hunmanby 4

Arrive from Hunmanby Arrive Bay Platform from Driffield 3½

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 248 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Bridlington

Minimum Turnround

From Hull 6 (not shunting between platforms)

12 (shunting between platforms)

From Doncaster, or York 10

12 (shunting between platforms)

From Scarborough 12

From beyond Doncaster, or York. 20*

* May be reduced to a minimum of 10 minutes if the incoming/outgoing services have additional station dwell at

Hull

Restriction:

A train terminating in platform 6 cannot arrive simultaneously with a train arriving from Hunmanby. Reflected in

Margins above

Note:

Platforms 7 and 8, and Carriage Sidings are out of use. If reinstated, all Rules at this location will require revision

Hunmanby

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive/pass from Bridlington Depart to Bridlington 1

Restriction:

Up train on Up line – Additional requirements associated with train lengths.

If it is necessary for a train with a length of more than 450 yards (420 metres) to pass over the crossing in the Up direction on

the Up Bridlington line, the crossing must be under local control and the attendant advised in sufficient time before the train

approaches the crossing

Reason for Restriction:-

Signal SR124 at the west end of Hunmanby Station is designed not to clear to a proceed aspect until a train has come to a

stand at it. The design of the crossing means there is a possibility that the barriers will raise and the lights extinguish before a

train with a length of more than 450 yards (420 metres) has passed clear of the crossing. Therefore, when such trains are

planned to run over this route, arrangements must be made in advance for the crossing to be placed under local control

Filey

Dwell Time

All 1

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive/pass from Scarborough Depart to Scarborough 1

Arrive/pass from Scarborough Pass to Scarborough 1½

Minimum Turnround

From Scarborough 5

Arrive loaded from other locations, return ECS

or arrive ECS, return loaded

From other locations, arrive and depart in

service

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 249 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN916 HESSLE ROAD JUNCTION TO SALTEND

Springbank South Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Single Line Re–occupy Single Line 3

Hull Dock Security Gates

Operating Stop 4 All trains to stop for handover of 2 way radio.

Bridges Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass to Hull Docks Pass from Hull Docks 5

Pass to Hull Docks Start from Hull Docks 3

LN922 WHITEHALL WEST JUNCTION TO HELLIFIELD SOUTH JUNCTION

Armley Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass Up Shipley (Passenger) Cross from Down Harrogate to Shipley 3

Pass Up Shipley (Freight) Cross from Down Harrogate to Shipley 4

Cross from Down Harrogate to Shipley Pass Up Shipley 3

Cross from Down Harrogate to Shipley Freight depart Down Shipley 2

Pass to Harrogate Cross from Up Shipley to Up Harrogate 3

Cross from Up Shipley Slow to Up Harrogate Pass to Harrogate 2½

Kirkstall Loop

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Down Loop Pass Armley Junction in Down direction 1

Pass Apperley Junction in Down direction Depart Down Loop Same time

Arrive Up Loop Pass Apperley Junction in Up direction Same time

Pass Armley Junction in Up direction Depart Up Loop Same time

Apperley Junction

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up Reason Value

Trains from Ilkley to Leeds

Approaching Armley Junction Acceleration ½

Junction Margins

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 250 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Apperley Junction

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass Up Main Pass to Branch 3

Pass to Branch Pass Up Main 3

Pass from Branch Pass to Branch 3

Dockfield Junction

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Pass from Ilkley Pass to Ilkley/Leeds 3

Pass to Shipley Platform 2 Pass from Shipley Platform 3 3

Pass to Leeds Pass from Ilkley 2½

Pass from Shipley Platform 3 Pass to Shipley Platform 2 3

Pass from Shipley Platform 1 Pass from Shipley Platform 3 (one train to

Leeds, one to Ilkley) 2½

Pass from Shipley Platform 3 Pass from Shipley Platform 1 (one train to

Leeds, one to Ilkley) 2½

Note: When a loco hauled or HST service approaches Platform 3 from Bradford it has to pass the Starting signal

to platform the train, thus the route has to be cleared across Shipley East and Dockfield Junction. Therefore 4

minutes must be allowed after any other movement across Shipley East/Dockfield Jn

Shipley

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Up F.Sq/Down Shipley Reason Value

Trains from Bradford to Skipton

Approaching Shipley Approach control ½

Trains from Bradford to Skipton

Approaching Saltaire Acceleration from low speed ½

Movement Up Shipley/Dn F.Sq. Reason Value

Trains from Skipton to Bradford

Approaching Shipley Approach control ½

Trains from Skipton to Bradford

Approachinging Frizinghall Acceleration from low speed 1

Dwell Time

DMU/EMU 1

LH/HST 1½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Platform 3 from Bradford Depart Platform 5 to Bradford 1

Depart Platform 3 or 5 to Bradford Arrive Platform 3 or 5 from Bradford 4

Arrive Platform 3 or 4 from Dockfield Jn. Depart Platform 5 to Bradford 3

Depart Platform 5 to Bradford Arrive Platform 3 or 4 from Dockfield Jn 4

Arrive Platform 5 from Keighley Depart Platform 2 to Keighley 1

Depart Platform 2 or 5 to Keighley Arrive Platform 5 from Keighley 4½

Please note that a train formed of MKIV and HST stock cannot be planned into Platform 3W for use of the short

overlap. This is because the train cannot be fully platformed in Platform 3 unless it can draw past Signal 3966.

Such a train must not be allowed into the platform until the route is set from Signal 3966 to Signal 3934. VTEC

HST and MKIV trains to/from Bradford which stop at Shipley must use Platform 3

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 251 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Shipley

Overlap Restrictions

Movement Conflict Margin

Arrive Platform 5 from Skipton Arrive Platform 3 from Bradford (and

vice versa)

Arrive Platform 5 from Bradford Arrive Platform 2 from Leeds (and

vice versa) 3*

Arrive Platform 3 from Bradford Arrive Platform 2 from Leeds (and

vice versa) 3*

*These moves can be made simultaneous by using the short overlap, planned using platforms 2W, 3W and 5W, and with

appropriate adjustment as above.

Saltaire

Dwell Time

1 Only trains arriving at Leeds or Bradford FS between 0730 and 0900 EWD,

or departing Leeds or Bradford FS between 1600 and 1800 EWD

Bingley

Dwell Time

DMU 1 Only trains arriving at Leeds or Bradford FS between 0730 and 0900 EWD,

or departing Leeds or Bradford FS between 1600 and 1800 EWD

EMU 1

Crossflatts

1 Only trains arriving at Leeds or Bradford FS between 0730 and 0900 EWD,

or departing Leeds or Bradford FS between 1600 and 1800 EWD

Keighley

Dwell Time

DMU/EMU 1

LH/HST 1½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Train terminate Keighley Following train arrive Keighley 7

Minimum Turnround 10 including shunt

Steeton and Silsden

Dwell Time

1 Only trains arriving at Leeds or Bradford FS between 0730 and 0900 EWD,

or departing Leeds or Bradford FS between 1600 and 1800 EWD

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 252 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Skipton

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Passenger trains arriving in Platform 1 or 4 Approach control ½

Down Passenger trains routed via/depart

Platform 4 Differential junction speed 1

Down Freight trains routed via Platform 4 Differential junction speed 2

Up trains routed via Platform 3 Approach control 2

Dwell Time

All 2

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Depart to Leeds Arrive from Leeds 4

Arrive from Leeds Depart to Leeds 1

Depart to sidings Arrive from North 5

Arrive from sidings Depart to sidings 2

Arrive from North Depart to sidings 1

Arrive Platform 1 Arrive Platform 2 from North 3

Arrive Platform 2 from North Arrive Platform 1 3

Arrive Platform 2X from South Arrive Platform 3 from North 5

Depart Platforms 1/3/4 to the South Arrive Platform 2 from North 3

Re–occupy platforms in either direction 4

Minimum Turnround

DMU/EMU 5 There must not be 2 consecutive 5 minute turnrounds, and the total of any

two consecutive must be at least 15 minutes.

Other Restriction

Up Freight trains requiring to be held for pathing purposes to stand at Signal L4046.

This branch line to Rylstone line operates as One Train Working With No Train Staff. Therefore only one train is

allowed on this branch line at any one time. A second train is not allowed to enter the branch line/depart Skipton

Down Through Siding until the first train has returned to Skipton, or its loco if it has left wagons at Rylstone and

has returned to Skipton. Only one train can perform a run round movement at Skipton at a time.

Train Watering Points Available at the station

Gargrave

Dwell Time

All ½

LN924 APPERLEY JUNCTION TO ILKLEY

Guiseley/Esholt Junctions

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Guiseley from Leeds Depart to Leeds Same time

Arrive Guiseley from Bradford Depart to Bradford 1

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 253 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN924 APPERLEY JUNCTION TO ILKLEY

Guiseley/Esholt Junctions

Arrive Guiseley from Leeds Depart to Bradford 1

Depart Guiseley to Bradford Arrive from Leeds 5

Guiseley

Dwell Time

All 1

Burley–in–Wharfedale

Dwell Time

All 1

Ilkley

Adjustments to Sectional Running Times

Movement Down Reason Value

Trains arriving in Platform 2 Approach control ½

Trains arriving into an occupied platform Approach control ½

Junction Margins

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Platform 2 Depart Platform 1 1

Depart Platform 1 Arrive Platform 2 5

Depart Platform 1 Arrive Platform 1 4

Depart Platform 2 Arrive Platform 2 5

Minimum Turnround 5 There must not be 2 consecutive 5 minute turnrounds, and the total of any

two consecutive must be at least 15 minutes.

Operating Note: The last arriving train of the night should be planned to run in and be berthed on top of the

penultimate arrival in Platform 1 for cleaning and maintenance purposes.

LN928 SHIPLEY EAST JUNCTION TO BRADFORD FORSTER SQUARE

Bradford Forster Square

Minimum Turnround 5 There must not be 2 consecutive 5 minute turnrounds, and the total of any

two consecutive must be at least 15 minutes.

Platform End Conflicts

First Movement Second Movement Margin

Arrive Platform 2 or 3 Depart Platform 1, 2 or 3 1

Depart Platform 2 or 3 Arrive Platform 2 or 3 3

Depart Platform 1 Arrive Platform 1, 2 or 3 5

Train Watering Points Available at the station

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 254 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN930 SKIPTON MIDDLE JUNCTION TO RYLSTONE

RYLSTONE

Operating Note:

This Line operates as One Train Working With No Train Staff. Therefore only one train is allowed on this branch

line at any one time. A second train is not allowed to enter the branch line/depart Skipton Down Through Siding

until the first train has returned to Skipton, or its loco if it has left wagons at Rylstone and has returned to Skipton.

Only one train can perform a run round movement at Skipton at a time.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 255 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

5.4 Platform Lengths

The table below shows the maximum length of train that may use each of the platforms at the following passenger

stations. All lengths are in metres. The quoted lengths are the usable lengths from ramp to ramp unless specified.

The measurements take no account of the need for signal sighting. Trains longer than the quoted lengths will only

be accepted subject to the authority of the Route Director.

STATION PLATFORM USABLE

LENGTH

NOTES

Acklington Down 114

Acklington Up 114

Adwick Down 104

Adwick Up 104

Alexandra Palace Down Hertford 169

Alexandra Palace Down Slow 170

Alexandra Palace Up Fast 167

Alexandra Palace Up Slow 169

Allens West Down 122

Allens West Up 97

Alnmouth for Alnwick Down 233

Alnmouth for Alnwick Up 233

Althorpe Down 102

Althorpe Up 102

Ancaster Down 87

Ancaster Up 88

Apperley Bridge Down 100

Apperley Bridge Up 100

Arlesey Down 245

Arlesey Up 245

Arram Down 79

Arram Up 81

Ashwell and Morden Down 168

Ashwell and Morden Up 167

Baildon Single 102

Baldock Down 168

Baldock Up 168

Bardon Mill Down 88

Bardon Mill Up 91

Barnetby Down Fast 116.5

Barnetby Down Slow 103.5

Barnetby Up Fast 103.5

Barnetby Up Slow 116.5

Barnsley Down 163

Barnsley Up 102

Barrow Haven Up 61.5

Barrow Haven Down 46

Barton on Humber Single 55

Batley Down 119

Batley Up 126

Battersby Single 155

Bayford Down 123

Bayford Up 122

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 256 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

STATION PLATFORM USABLE

LENGTH

NOTES

Bempton Single – Down 117

Bempton Single – Up 93

Ben Rhydding Down 99

Ben Rhydding Up 99

Bentley (S Yorkshire) Down 104

Bentley (S Yorkshire) Up 104

Berry Brow Single 51

Berwick upon Tweed Down 233

Berwick upon Tweed Up 234

Beverley Down 104

Beverley Up 104

Biggleswade Down Fast 247

Biggleswade Down Slow 247

Biggleswade Up Fast 246

Biggleswade Up Slow 246

Billingham Down 146

Billingham Up 146

Bingley Down 111

Bingley Up 111

Bishop Auckland Single 80

Blaydon Down 97

Blaydon Up 97

Bolton upon Dearne Down 96

Bolton upon Dearne Up 96

Boston Down 173

Boston Up 174

Bottesford Down 139

Bottesford Up 121

Bowes Park Down 138

Bowes Park Up 138

Bradford Forster Square 1 273

Bradford Forster Square 2 266

Bradford Forster Square 3 101

Bradford Interchange 1 209

Bradford Interchange 2 203

Bradford Interchange 3 119

Bradford Interchange 4 103

Bramley Down 102

Bramley Up 102

Brampton (Cumbria) Down 106

Brampton (Cumbria) Up 107

Bridlington 4 168

Bridlington 5 168

Bridlington 6 138

Bridlington 7 214 Out of use to passenger trains

Brigg Down 140

Brigg Up 154

Brighouse Down 97

Brighouse Up 97

British Steel Redcar Down 60

British Steel Redcar Up 60

Brockholes Single 49

Brockley Whins Down 65

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 257 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

STATION PLATFORM USABLE

LENGTH

NOTES

Brockley Whins Up 65

Brookmans Park Down Fast 123

Brookmans Park Down Slow 123

Brookmans Park Up Fast 123

Brookmans Park Up Slow 123

Broomfleet Down 95

Broomfleet Up 95

Brough Down 184

Brough Up 184

Burley in Wharfedale Down 98

Burley in Wharfedale Up 98

Burley Park Down 97

Burley Park Up 97

Castleford Down 90

Castleford Up 97

Castleton Moor Single 77

Cattal Down 86

Cattal Up 86

Chapeltown Down 85

Chapeltown Up 85

Chathill Down 83

Chathill Up 164

Chester le Street Down 104

Chester le Street Up 104

Chesterfield 1 212

Chesterfield 2 204

Chesterfield 3 240

Church Fenton 1 101

Church Fenton 2 132

Church Fenton 3 132 Down direction

Church Fenton 3 121 Up direction

Church Fenton 4 119

Cleethorpes 1 202 DMU restricted to 170

Cleethorpes 2 205 DMU restricted to 174

Cleethorpes 3 205 DMU restricted to 174

Cleethorpes 4 203

Collingham Down 54

Collingham Up 52

Commondale Single 51

Conisbrough Down 117

Conisbrough Up 97

Cononley Down 116

Cononley Up 95

Corbridge Down 97

Corbridge Up 100

Cottingham Down 108

Cottingham Up 108

Cottingley Down 85

Cottingley Up 85

Cramlington Down 101

Cramlington Up 101

Creswell Down 79

Creswell Up 79

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 258 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

STATION PLATFORM USABLE

LENGTH

NOTES

Crews Hill Down 126

Crews Hill Up 126

Cross Gates 1 151

Cross Gates 2 148

Crossflatts Down 102

Crossflatts Up 102

Crowle Down 90

Crowle Up 89

Cuffley Down 126

Cuffley Up 126

Danby Single 90

Darlington 1 354 Up direction

Darlington 1 347 Down direction to T887 signal

Darlington 2 181

Darlington 3 200

Darlington 4 458 Both directions

Darlington 4 238 Up direction to T888 signal

Darlington 4a 134 Down direction to T895 signal

Darlington 4b 251 Down direction clear of 1080B points

Darnall Down 108

Darnall Up 108

Darton Down 104

Darton Up 104

Deighton Down 74

Deighton Up 74

Denby Dale Single 59

Dewsbury Down 150

Dewsbury Up 166

Dinsdale Down 97

Dinsdale Up 97

Dodworth Single 95

Doncaster 0 96

Doncaster 1 327 Down direction

Doncaster 1 234 Down direction to D1481 Signal

Doncaster 1 318 Up direction to D278 Signal

Doncaster 2 105

Doncaster 3a 246 Up direction from D292 to D282 Signal

Doncaster 3b 165

Doncaster 4 299 Down Direction

Doncaster 4 257 Up Direction

Doncaster 5 57

Doncaster 6 109

Doncaster 7 105

Doncaster 8 325 Down Direction

Doncaster 8 285 Up Direction

Dore & Totley Single 100

Drayton Park Down 124

Drayton Park Up 124

Driffield Down 124

Driffield Up 103

Dronfield Down 111

Dronfield Up 111

Dunston Down 85

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 259 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

STATION PLATFORM USABLE

LENGTH

NOTES

Dunston Up 85

Durham Down 295

Durham Up 264 Network Change NC/G1/2017/LNE/021

Eaglescliffe Down 208

Eaglescliffe Up 190

East Boldon Down 65

East Boldon Up 65

East Garforth Down 102

East Garforth Up 102

Eastrington Down 90

Eastrington Up 90

Egton Single 80

Elsecar Down 130

Elsecar Up 99

Enfield Chase Down 126

Enfield Chase Up 125

Essex Road Down 128

Essex Road Up 128

Featherstone Down 72

Featherstone Up 72

Fellgate Down 65

Fellgate Up 65

Ferriby Down 110

Ferriby Up 170

Filey Down 119

Filey Up 112

Finsbury Park 1 245

Finsbury Park 2 245

Finsbury Park 3 257 To sighting point of K384 signal. Full length

263m

Finsbury Park 4 249

Finsbury Park 5 246.5

Finsbury Park 6 178

Finsbury Park 7 239.5

Finsbury Park 8 168

Fitzwilliam Down 93

Fitzwilliam Up 93

Frizinghall Down 98

Frizinghall Up 98

Gainsborough Central Down 138

Gainsborough Central Up 138

Gainsborough Lea Road Down 145

Gainsborough Lea Road Up 144

Garforth 1 151

Garforth 2 149

Gargrave Down 92.3

Gargrave Up 88.8

Gilberdyke Down 110

Gilberdyke Up 110

Glaisdale Down 92

Glaisdale Up 86

Glasshoughton Down 99

Glasshoughton Up 99

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 260 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

STATION PLATFORM USABLE

LENGTH

NOTES

Goldthorpe Down 92

Goldthorpe Up 92

Goole Down 115

Goole Up 104

Gordon Hill Bay 122

Gordon Hill Down 122

Gordon Hill Up 122

Goxhill Down 83

Goxhill Up 83

Grange Park Down 129

Grange Park Up 129

Grantham 1 290

Grantham 2 289

Grantham 3 64 Platform 4 side. Additional 31m on Platform 2

side

Grantham 4 249

Great Ayton Single 84

Great Coates Down 55

Great Coates Up 80

Grimsby Docks Single 97

Grimsby Town 1 135

Grimsby Town 2 137 Down direction

Grimsby Town 2 136 Up direction

Grimsby Town 3 138

Grosmont Single 83

Guiseley Down 119

Guiseley Up 109

Gypsy Lane Single 98 81m only in Down direction

Habrough Down 110

Habrough Up 115

Hadley Wood Down Fast 126

Hadley Wood Down Slow 186

Hadley Wood Up Fast 126

Hadley Wood Up Slow 186

Halifax Down 187

Halifax Up 186

Haltwhistle Down 97

Haltwhistle Up 97

Hammerton Down 89

Hammerton Up 86

Harringay Down 125

Harringay Up 126

Harrogate 1 221 Trains from Leeds, departing in York direction

Harrogate 1 191 To H26 signal. Trains from Leeds or York,

departing in Leeds direction

Harrogate 3 243

Hartlepool 1 136 Down direction

Hartlepool 1 125 Up direction

Hartlepool 2 76

Hatfield Down Fast 170

Hatfield Down Slow 170

Hatfield Up Slow 170

Hatfield and Stainforth Down 111

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 261 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

STATION PLATFORM USABLE

LENGTH

NOTES

Hatfield and Stainforth Up 107

Havenhouse Down 48

Havenhouse Up 34

Haydon Bridge Down 108

Haydon Bridge Up 110

Headingley Down 97

Headingley Up 97

Healing Down 56

Healing Up 56

Hebden Bridge Down 110

Hebden Bridge Up 109

Heckington Down 96

Heckington Up 108

Heighington Down 103

Heighington Up 90

Hensall Down 50

Hensall Up 50

Hertford North 1 154

Hertford North 2 153

Hertford North 3 145

Hessle Down 105

Hessle Up 105

Heworth Down 120

Heworth Up 120

Hexham Down 102

Hexham Up 102

Highbury and Islington (Northern

City Line) Down 126

Highbury and Islington (Northern

City Line) Up 128

Hitchin Down 249

Hitchin Up 247

Honley Single 51

Hornbeam Park Down 87

Hornbeam Park Up 86

Hornsey Down 124

Hornsey Up 126

Horsforth Down 110

Horsforth Up 115

Howden Down 123

Howden Up 120

Hubberts Bridge Down 78

Hubberts Bridge Up 39

Huddersfield 1 180

Huddersfield 2 52

Huddersfield 4 213 Down direction

Huddersfield 4 172 Up direction to HU764 signal

Huddersfield 5 39

Huddersfield 6 73

Huddersfield 8 147

Hull 2 180

Hull 3 175

Hull 4 175

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 262 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

STATION PLATFORM USABLE

LENGTH

NOTES

Hull 5 234

Hull 6 231

Hull 7 229

Hunmanby Down 92

Hunmanby Up 92

Huntingdon 1 166

Huntingdon 2 295

Huntingdon 3 247

Hutton Cranswick Down 83

Hutton Cranswick Up 60

Hykeham Down 78

Hykeham Up 80

Ilkley 1 199

Ilkley 2 199

James Cook Single 102

Keighley Down 225

Keighley Up 201

Kildale Single 38

Kirk Sandall Down 104

Kirk Sandall Up 104

Kirkstall Forge Down 100

Kirkstall Forge Up 100

Kirton Lindsey Single 129

Kiveton Bridge Down 75

Kiveton Bridge Up 75

Kiveton Park Down 75

Kiveton Park Up 74

Knaresborough Down 82

Knaresborough Up 83

Knebworth Down Fast 169

Knebworth Down Slow 169

Knebworth Up Fast 169

Knebworth Up Slow 169

Knottingley Down 93

Knottingley Up 66

Langwith Whaley Thorns Down 79

Langwith Whaley Thorns Up 79

Lealholm Single 100

Leeds 1 301

Leeds 2 236

Leeds 3 133

Leeds 4 152

Leeds 5 201

Leeds 6 279

Leeds 7 99

Leeds 8 337

Leeds 8ab 161

Leeds 8cd 156

Leeds 9 270

Leeds 9b 101

Leeds 9cd 149

Leeds 10 99

Leeds 11 368

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 263 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

STATION PLATFORM USABLE

LENGTH

NOTES

Leeds 11ab 142

Leeds 11cd 150

Leeds 12 309

Leeds 12ab 86

Leeds 12cd

Westbound 144

Leeds 12cd

Eastbound 123

Leeds 13 105

Leeds 14 77

Leeds 15 216

Leeds 15a 99

Leeds 15b 99

Leeds 16 225

Leeds 16a 103

Leeds 16b 102

Leeds 17 105

Letchworth Down 184

Letchworth Up 184

Lincoln 1 92

Lincoln 2 54

Lincoln 3 144

Lincoln 4 144

Lincoln 5 165

Lockwood Single 56

London King’s Cross 0 305 Buffer Stop to top of ramp

London King’s Cross 1 295 Buffer Stop to K285 signal

London King’s Cross 1 298 Buffer Stop to top of ramp

London King’s Cross 1 360 Buffer Stop to K287 signal

London King’s Cross 2 294 Buffer Stop to top of ramp

London King’s Cross 2 294 Buffer Stop to K283 signal

London King’s Cross 3 294 Buffer Stop to top of ramp

London King’s Cross 3 294 Buffer Stop to K281 signal

London King’s Cross 4 292 Buffer Stop to top of ramp

London King’s Cross 4 300 Buffer Stop to K279 signal

London King’s Cross 5 278 Buffer Stop to top of ramp

London King’s Cross 5 285 Buffer Stop to K277 signal

London King’s Cross 6 287 Buffer Stop to top of ramp

London King’s Cross 6 312 Buffer Stop to K275 signal

London King’s Cross 7 287 Buffer Stop to top of ramp

London King’s Cross 7 298 Buffer Stop to K273 signal

London King’s Cross 8 279 Buffer Stop to K271 signal

London King’s Cross 8 279 Buffer Stop to top of ramp

London King’s Cross 9 170 Buffer Stop to K269 signal

London King’s Cross 9 167 Buffer Stop to top of ramp

London King’s Cross 10 174 Buffer Stop to K267 signal

London King’s Cross 10 170 Buffer Stop to top of ramp

London King’s Cross 11 174 Buffer Stop to K265 signal

London King’s Cross 11 170 Buffer Stop to top of ramp

Longbeck Down 84

Longbeck Up 83

Low Moor 1 96

Low Moor 2 96

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 264 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

STATION PLATFORM USABLE

LENGTH

NOTES

Malton 150

Manors Down 84

Manors Up 82

Market Rasen Down 71

Market Rasen Up 74

Marsden Down 75

Marsden Up 95

Marsden Up Passenger

Loop 50

Marske Down 137

Marske Up 134

Marton Single 81

Meadowhall 1 105

Meadowhall 2 105

Meadowhall 3 105

Meadowhall 4 105

Menston Down 98

Menston Up 98

Metheringham Down 57

Metheringham Up 57

MetroCentre Down 100

MetroCentre Up 100

Mexborough Down 112

Mexborough Up 112

Micklefield Down 89

Micklefield Up 90

Middlesbrough Down 205

Middlesbrough Up 201

Millfield Down 65

Millfield Up 65

Mirfield Down Fast 77

Mirfield Up Fast 84

Mirfield Up Slow 102

Moorthorpe Down 110

Moorthorpe Up 120

Morley Down 103

Morley Up 102

Morpeth Down 232

Morpeth Up 234

Mytholmroyd Down 102

Mytholmroyd Up 102

Nafferton Down 80

Nafferton Up 58

New Barnet Down Fast 177

New Barnet Down Slow 160

New Barnet Up Fast 165

New Barnet Up Slow 165

New Clee Single 144

New Holland Single 43

New Pudsey Down 122

New Pudsey Up 122

New Southgate Down Fast 172

New Southgate Down Slow 172

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 265 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

STATION PLATFORM USABLE

LENGTH

NOTES

New Southgate Up Fast 172

New Southgate Up Slow 172

Newark Castle Down 97

Newark Castle Up 66

Newark North Gate Down 255

Newark North Gate Passenger

Loop 302 Down direction

Newark North Gate Passenger

Loop 238 Up direction

Newark North Gate Up 255

Newcastle 1 161

Newcastle 10 114

Newcastle 11 106

Newcastle 12 108

Newcastle 2 362

Newcastle 3 304

Newcastle 4 268

Newcastle 5 68

Newcastle 6 97 Platforms 5 and 6 can be combined with a total

length of 217m

Newcastle 7 115

Newcastle 8 41 Platforms 7 and 8 combined with a total length

of 209m in Down direction, and 212m in Up

direction

Newcastle 9 112

Newton Aycliffe Down 59

Newton Aycliffe Up 59

Normanton Down 77

Normanton Up 61

North Road Single 60

Northallerton Down 261 Network Change NCG12017LNE026

Northallerton Up 270

Nunthorpe Down 86

Nunthorpe Up 84

Oakleigh Park Down Fast 173

Oakleigh Park Down Slow 173

Oakleigh Park Up Fast 174

Oakleigh Park Up Slow 174

Old Street Down 128

Old Street Up 128

Outwood Down 93

Outwood Up 93

Pallion Down 65

Pallion Up 65

Palmers Green Down 127

Palmers Green Up 137

Pannal Down 91

Pannal Up 91

Park Lane Down 65

Park Lane Up 65

Pegswood Down 89

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 266 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

STATION PLATFORM USABLE

LENGTH

NOTES

Pegswood Up 89

Penistone Down 102

Penistone Up 121

Peterborough 1 326 No longer a bay platform

Peterborough 2 319

Peterborough 3 265

Peterborough 4 265

Peterborough 5 265

Peterborough 6 188

Peterborough 7 188

Pontefract Baghill Down 127

Pontefract Baghill Up 102

Pontefract Monkhill Down 66

Pontefract Monkhill Up 76

Pontefract Tanshelf Down 72

Pontefract Tanshelf Up 72

Poppleton Down 84

Poppleton Up 84

Potters Bar Down Fast 166

Potters Bar Down Slow 166

Potters Bar Up Fast 164

Potters Bar Up Slow 164

Prudhoe Down 87

Prudhoe Up 95

Rauceby Down 91

Rauceby Up 91

Ravensthorpe Down 85

Ravensthorpe Up 85

Rawcliffe Single 46 Includes 8m of substandard width

Redcar Central Down 102

Redcar Central Up 128

Redcar East Down 84

Redcar East Up 83

Retford 1 255

Retford 2 253

Retford 3 135 Low Level Platforms

Retford 4 135 Low Level Platforms

Riding Mill Down 88

Riding Mill Up 100

Rotherham Central Down 112

Rotherham Central Up 108

Royston Down 169

Royston Up 236

Ruskington Down 57

Ruskington Up 57

Ruswarp Single 101 Down direction

Ruswarp Single 80 Up direction

Saltaire Down 102

Saltaire Up 102

Saltburn 1 156

Saltburn 2 157

Saltmarshe Down 71

Saltmarshe Up 71

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 267 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

STATION PLATFORM USABLE

LENGTH

NOTES

Sandal and Agbrigg Down 93

Sandal and Agbrigg Up 93

Sandy Down Slow 246

Sandy Up Slow 246

Saxilby Down 107

Saxilby Up 97

Scarborough 1 277

Scarborough 2 183

Scarborough 3 163

Scarborough 4 129

Scarborough 5 122

Scunthorpe Down 143

Scunthorpe Up 138

Seaburn Down 65

Seaburn Up 65

Seaham Down 115

Seaham Up 115

Seamer Down 120

Seamer Up 125

Seaton Carew Down 125

Seaton Carew Up 125

Selby Bay Platform 120

Selby Down 200

Selby Up 257

Sheffield 1 330

Sheffield 1a 68 Down direction to S112 signal

Sheffield 1a 68 Up direction to S101 signal

Sheffield 1b 146 Down direction clear of 4060B points

Sheffield 1b 143 Up direction to S116 signal

Sheffield TL 293 Between S102 and S123, between S102 and

S113 64m

Sheffield DSS 293

Sheffield 2 345 Down direction to S127 signal

Sheffield 2 329 Up direction to S104 signal

Sheffield 2c 58 54m on east side

Sheffield 3 145

Sheffield 4 112

Sheffield 5 326 Down direction

Sheffield 5 237 Up direction to S106 signal

Sheffield USS1 247

Sheffield USS2 247

Sheffield 6 351

Sheffield 7 107 135m on east side

Sheffield 8 368 To S139 signal in down direction

Sheffield 8 378 Up direction

Shepley Down 58

Shepley Up 49

Sherburn in Elmet Down 77

Sherburn in Elmet Up 83

Shildon Down 81

Shildon Up 105

Shipley 1 102

Shipley 2 106 Down direction

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 268 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

STATION PLATFORM USABLE

LENGTH

NOTES

Shipley 2 115 Up Direction

Shipley 3 240 Down direction

Shipley 3 215 Up Direction

Shipley 4 98

Shipley 5 98

Shirebrook Down 79

Shirebrook Up 79

Shireoaks Down 97

Shireoaks Up 97

Silkstone Common Single 102

Skegness 2 201

Skegness 3 201

Skegness 4 245

Skegness 5 245

Skegness 6 242

Skegness 7 242

Skipton 1 99

Skipton 2 200 Up direction

Skipton 2 197 Down direction

Skipton 3 183 Down direction

Skipton 3 155 Up direction

Skipton 4 182 Down direction

Skipton 4 154 Up direction

Slaithwaite Down 60

Slaithwaite Up 60

Sleaford 1 224

Sleaford 2 186

Sleaford 3 186

Sleights Single 74

Snaith Single 42

South Bank Down 75

South Bank Up 74

South Elmsall Down 91

South Elmsall Up 91

South Hylton 130

South Milford Down 68

South Milford Up 91

Sowerby Bridge Down 97

Sowerby Bridge Up 102

Spalding Down 145

Spalding Up 183

St Neots Down Fast 249

St Neots Down Slow 249

St Neots Up Fast 249

St Neots Up Slow 249

St Peters Down 65

St Peters Up 65

Stadium of Light Down 65

Stadium of Light Up 65

Stallingborough Down 85

Stallingborough Up 86

Starbeck Down 139

Starbeck Up 139

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 269 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

STATION PLATFORM USABLE

LENGTH

NOTES

Steeton and Silsden Down 102

Steeton and Silsden Up 102

Stevenage Down Fast 247

Stevenage Down Slow 247

Stevenage Up Fast 247

Stevenage Up Slow 247

Stocksfield Down 109

Stocksfield Up 119

Stocksmoor Down 66

Stocksmoor Up 66

Stockton Down 104

Stockton Up 104

Streethouse Down 72

Streethouse Up 72

Sunderland 1 72 Up direction

Sunderland 1 77 Down direction

Sunderland 2 61 Up direction

Sunderland 2 84 Down direction.

Platforms 1 and 2 can be combined with a total

length of 179 metres in the Up direction and

206 metres in the Down direction.

Sunderland 3 60 Down and Up directions

Sunderland 4 72 Down direction

Sunderland 4 80 Up direction.

Platforms 3 and 4 can be combined with a total

length of 174 metres in the Down direction and

177 metres in the Up direction.

Swinderby Down 75

Swinderby Up 60

Swineshead Down 94

Swineshead Up 89

Swinton (S Yorkshire) 1 92

Swinton (S Yorkshire) 2 92

Swinton (S Yorkshire) 3 92

Teesside Airport Down 76

Teesside Airport Up 76

Thirsk Down 135

Thirsk Up 148

Thornaby Down 143

Thornaby Up 146

Thorne North Down 89

Thorne North Up 90

Thorne South Down 90

Thorne South Up 90

Thornton Abbey Down 55

Thornton Abbey Up 55

Thorpe Culvert Down 61

Thorpe Culvert Up 62

Thurnscoe Down 92

Thurnscoe Up 92

Ulceby Single 44

Ulleskelf Down 106

Ulleskelf Up 106

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 270 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

STATION PLATFORM USABLE

LENGTH

NOTES

University Down 65

University Up 65

Wadsley Bridge Single 111 Out of use

Wainfleet Down 96

Wainfleet Up 96

Wakefield Kirkgate 1 92

Wakefield Kirkgate 2 120

Wakefield Kirkgate 3 103

Wakefield Westgate Down 255

Wakefield Westgate Up 255

Watton at Stone Down 126

Watton at Stone Up 126

Weeton Down 88

Weeton Up 86

Welham Green Down 129

Welham Green Up 129

Welwyn Garden City Down Back 185

Welwyn Garden City Down Slow 185

Welwyn Garden City Up Back 185

Welwyn Garden City Up Slow 185

Welwyn North Down 170

Welwyn North Up 170

Wetheral Down 80

Wetheral Up 74

Whitby 1 177

Whitby 2 173

Whitley Bridge Down 65

Whitley Bridge Up 59

Whitwell Down 79

Whitwell Up 79

Widdrington Down 90

Widdrington Up 90

Winchmore Hill Down 136

Winchmore Hill Up 135

Wombwell Down 134

Wombwell Up 99

Woodhouse Down 84

Woodhouse Up 84

Woodlesford Down 100

Woodlesford Up 71

Worksop Down 121

Worksop Up 113

Wressle Down 95

Wressle Up 79

Wylam Down 92

Wylam Up 107

Yarm Down 78

Yarm Up 78

York 1 184

York 10 315 Down direction

York 10 266 Up direction

York 11 329 Down direction

York 11 329 Up direction

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 271 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

STATION PLATFORM USABLE

LENGTH

NOTES

York 2 169

York 3 242 Down direction

York 3 272 Up direction

York 4 157

York 5 391 Down direction

York 5 410 Up direction

York 6 264

York 7 249

York 8 138

York 9 318 Down direction

York 9 375 Up direction

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 272 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

5.4.1 Loop Lengths

The table below shows the maximum length of train that may use each of the loops at the following stations.

Loop and Refuge Siding Standage, given in metres / feet or yards / SLU’s (1 SLU = 21 feet) (these lengths do NOT

take into account defensive driving policy / stand-back from signals). For a loop that is signalled in one direction only,

the length quoted will be from the signal at the exit back to the block joint at the entrance to the loop, over which the

entire train must have passed before the points forming the connection are free to be put back into their alternative

position. For a bi-directionally signalled loop, the length quoted will be the distance from the signal at one exit to the

signal at the other exit from the loop. Check Sectional Appendix for locations where standage is not quoted. Access

Requests for trains longer than the quoted lengths will only be accepted subject to the authority of the Route

Director. See also Section 4.5.

LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION

LOCATION DIRECTION USABLE

LENGTH

SLU/METRES

NOTES

Claypole Up 92/588

Claypole Down 113 / 723 In Down directions, train in excess of 350

yards (50 SLU) in length are only permitted

to stand for a maximum of 15 minutes

Newark Northgate Up/Down 76/486 Bi–directional

Carlton Up 118 / 755

Carlton Down 118 / 755

Retford Up 118 / 755 Up Platform Loop

Ranskill Up 118 / 755

Ranskill Down 118 / 755

Doncaster G1 G1 65/416

Doncaster G2 G2 67/435

Doncaster Down Leeds Goods Down 52/332

LN125 HITCHIN CAMBRIDGE JUNCTION TO ROYSTON (INCLUSIVE)

LOCATION DIRECTION USABLE

LENGTH

SLU/METRES

NOTES

Royston Down 28 / 181

LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP

LOCATION DIRECTION USABLE

LENGTH

SLU/METRES

NOTES

Darlington UGL Up 89 / 569

Darlington DPL Down 105/672

Ferryhill UGL Up 70 / 448

Durham UPL Up 88 / 563

Durham Down Slow Down 80 / 512

Low Fell, Down/Up Goods Down/Up 35 / 224

Heaton DGL South Down 117 / 748

Heaton DGL South + North Down 383 / 1307

Heaton UGL Up 107 / 684

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 273 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP

LOCATION DIRECTION USABLE

LENGTH

SLU/METRES

NOTES

Morpeth UPL Up 67 / 428

Chevington DPL Down 131 / 838

Chevington UPL Up 135 / 864

Wooden Gate DPL Down 76 / 486

Wooden Gate DRS Down 61 / 390

Wooden Gate UPL Up 137 / 876

Crag Mill DPL Down 160 / 1024

Crag Mill UPL Up 170 / 1088

Tweedmouth No. 1 Reception Up 60/384

Berwick-upon-Tweed DGL Down 119 / 761

Berwick-upon-Tweed UGL Up 60 / 384

5.5 Timing Allowances

All allowances shown are in minutes.

LH/HST/22x Refers to non-freight locomotive hauled trains and all trains capable of running over 100 mph.

Performance allowance does not apply to empty coaching stock moves and freight services

MU/LL Refers to all forms of multiple unit, whether diesel or electric as well as to light locomotives, not

capable of running at over 100 mph. Performance allowance does not apply to light locomotives

Cl 4 Refers to locomotive hauled Class 4 freight trains

Cl 6 Refers to locomotive hauled Class 6 freight trains

All allowances are indicative for the Final Principal Rules and are subject to change.

SX Daytime allowances apply at all times except where specified differently in Sections 5.5.2, 5.5.3, 5.5.4, 5.5.5 and

5.5.6

E refers to engineering allowance

P refers to performance allowances

5.5.1 SX Daytime (See routes for applicable times)

On Monday different allowances apply on some routes until the end of the ‘Sunday’ allowances at the times specified

in the tables below. Please refer to Section 5.5.4 for the ‘Sunday’ allowances section to identify the routes to which

those allowances apply.

LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION

TIMING SECTION TYPE LH MU Freight REMARKS

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 274 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION

TIMING SECTION TYPE LH MU Freight REMARKS

Down

Approach Welwyn Garden

City E 1 Applied for trains terminating at Welwyn Garden

City Only

Approach Stevenage P 1 1

Approach Holme Jn E 1 1 1

Approach Newark

Northgate E 1 1 1

Approach Loversall Carr Jn E 1 1 1

Approach Doncaster E 1* 1* 1 *Not required for services that are routed

towards Sheffield

Approach Newark F.C. E 1 1 1

After Tallington E 1 1 1

Approach Welwyn Garden

City P 1 1

E 1

Approach Belle Isle E 1 1 1 Services routed towards the North London Lines (LN115) are

to receive this allowance approaching Copenhagen Jn

LN105 MOORGATE TO FINSBURY PARK JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Up – Weekdays

Approach Moorgate E 1

LN110 CANONBURY WEST JUNCTION TO FINSBURY PARK JUNCTION

TIMING SECTION TYPE LH MU Freight REMARKS

Approach Highbury Vale Jn E 1 1 1

LN120 WOOD GREEN NORTH JUNCTION TO LANGLEY JUNCTION (VIA

HERTFORD)

TIMING SECTION TYPE LH MU Freight REMARKS

Down

Approach Langley Junction P 1 1* * Services which Terminate between Alexandra Palace and

Stevenage are to receive [1] approaching their terminating

location

E 1

Approach Alexandra

Palace

P 1 1* *Allowance of MU only applies to trains originating fron North

of Stevenage(balances <1> approaching Welwyn Garden

City on LN101

E 1

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 275 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN125 HITCHIN CAMBRIDGE JUNCTION TO ROYSTON (INCLUSIVE)

TIMING SECTION TYPE LH MU Freight REMARKS

Down

Approach

Letchworth/Baldock/Roysto

n E 1 1 1 Terminating Trains Only

LN170 WERRINGTON JUNCTION TO FLYOVER EAST JUNCTION (VIA LINCOLN)

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Spalding E 1 1 1 Terminating trains only

Approach Sleaford E 2 2 2

Approach Lincoln E 1 1 1

Approach Gainsborough Trent Jn E 1 1 1 Trains to Doncaster only

Approach Bessacarr Junction P 2

E 2 2

Up – Weekdays

Approach Lincoln E 1 1 1

P 2 Trains from Sheffield route direction

Approach Sleaford E 1 1 1

Approach Werrington Junction

from Sleaford (through trains) E 2 2 2

Approach Werrington Junction

from Spalding (trains starting from

Spalding)

E 1 1 1

LN185 ALLINGTON WEST JUNCTION TO SKEGNESS

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Skegness E 2 2 2

LN195 GRANTHAM NOTTINGHAM BRANCH JUNCTION TO ALLINGTON WEST JN

(INCLUSIVE)

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Allington West Junction E 2 2 2

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 276 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN200 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO PELHAM STREET JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Lincoln E 2 2 2

LN206 NEWARK FLAT CROSSING (INCLUSIVE) TO WEST HOLMES JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Pywipe Junction/Lincoln E 1 1 1

Up – Weekdays

Approach Newark Castle/Newark

Flat Crossing East Junction E 1 1 1

LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP

TIMING SECTION TYPE LH MU Freight REMARKS

Down

Approach Colton Jn E 1 1 1

Approach

Darlington/Darlington DGL P 1 1

E 1

Approach Birtley Jn E 1 1 1

Approach Berwick E 1 1 1 Services which Terminate between Newcastle and Berwick

are to receive this allowance approaching their terminating

location

Approach Heaton South Jn E 1 1 1 Services which have originated on Blyth & Tyne routes

(LN694/LN702/LN704) do not require this allowance

Approaching Darlington P 1 1

E 1

Approaching Skelton Jn E 1 1 1 Services on the SL are to receive this allowance

approaching Skelton Bridge Jn

LN626 NORTHALLERTON HIGH JUNCTION TO NORTHALLERTON EAST

JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Approach Northallerton E 1 1 2 Moved from LN627, no change

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 277 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN627 LONGLANDS JUNCTION TO NEWCASTLE EAST JUNCTION VIA THE

COAST

TIMING SECTION TYPE LH MU Freight REMARKS

Down

Approach Eaglescliffe E 1 1 1 For clarity, services from the Darlington direction

(LN631) do not require this allowance

Approach Hartlepool E 1 1 Terminating services only

Approach Sunderland E 1 1 1 For clarity, services from the South Hylton

direction (LN628) do not require this allowance

Approach Pelaw Metro Jn E 1 Tyne & Wear Metro only

Approach Park Lane Jn P 1 1

E 1 1 2

Approach Sunderland E 1 1* 1 All Northern and TWM terminating services only

Approach Longlands

Junction E 1 1 1

LN628 SOUTH HYLTON TO SUNDERLAND SOUTH JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Up – Weekdays

Approach South Hylton E 1

LN631 DARLINGTON SOUTH JUNCTION TO EAGLESCLIFFE SOUTH JUNCTION

TIMING SECTION TYPE LH MU Freight REMARKS

Approach Darlington E 1 1 1

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 278 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN632 STOCKTON CUT JUNCTION TO SALTBURN

Timing Section Type LH MU Freight Remarks

Down

Approach Middlesbrough E 1 1 1

Approach Saltburn E 1 1 1

Approach Guisborough Jn E 1 1 1

LN634 GUISBOROUGH JUNCTION TO WHITBY

Timing Section Type LH MU Freight Remarks

Down

Approach Nunthorpe E 1 1 1

Approach Whitby E 1 1 1

Approach Guisborough Jn P 2 2

E 2

LN646 NORTON-ON-TEES SOUTH TO FERRYHILL SOUTH JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Ferryhill South Junction E 2 2 2

LN678 DARLINGTON NORTH JUNCTION TO EASTGATE

Timing Section Type LH

HST

MU Cl 6

Up – Weekdays

Approaching Bishop Auckland P 1 1

E 1 1 1

Approaching Darlington P 1 1

E 1 1 1

LN682 KING EDWARD BRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION TO PETTERIL BRIDGE

JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Down – Weekdays

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 279 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN682 KING EDWARD BRIDGE SOUTH JUNCTION TO PETTERIL BRIDGE

JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Approach Hexham E 2 Terminating trains only

Approach Petteril Bridge Junction E 2 2 2

Up – Weekdays

Approach Norwood Jn E 2 2 2 Not for trains starting at Metro Centre

LN694 BENTON NORTH JUNCTION TO MORPETH NORTH JUNCTION VIA

BEDLINGTON

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Up – Weekdays

Approach Bedlington E 2 2 2 From Morpeth direction

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 280 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN736 CLEETHORPES TO NUNNERY MAIN LINE JUNCTION VIA RETFORD

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Retford E 2 2 2

Approach Worksop P 1

Approach Nunnery Main Line

Junction E 1 1 1

P 1½

Up – Weekdays

Approach Worksop E 2 2 2 Terminating trains only

P ½ Terminating trains only

Approach Retford E 2 2 2 Terminating trains only

P 2 Terminating trains only

Approach Clarborough Junction E 2 2 2

Approach Marsh Junction/Grimsby

Town

E 2 3* 2 * 1 minute from Barton on Humber, 2

minutes from Lincoln

P 2 Terminating Grimsby Town only

Approach Cleethorpes P 4* 2 minutes may be shown as advertised

differential

* For arrivals into Cleethorpes for services

from Barton-on-Humber, the value of 1

minute performance should be presentable

as either <1> before or as public timetable

differential in Cleethorpes arrival.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 281 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN742 KILLINGHOLME JUNCTION TO BROCKLESBY JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Ulceby E 1 1

Up – Weekdays

Approach Humber Rd Junction E 2 2

LN752 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO MARSHGATE JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Scunthorpe E 1* 1 2 *2 for Class 4

Approach Crowle E 1* 1 * Class 4 only

Approach Hatfield E 2* 2 * Class 4 only

Approach Doncaster E 2 2 2

P 3 2* *1 minute for trains starting at Goole or

Scunthorpe

Up – Weekdays

Approach Scunthorpe P 1 Terminate only

E 3* 1

3 * Class 4 only.

# Terminate Only

Approach Wrawby E 2* 2 * Class 4 only

LN766 BENTLEY JUNCTION TO HEXTHORPE JUNCTION (DONCASTER

AVOIDING LINE)

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Hexthorpe Junction E 1 1 1

Up – Weekdays

Approach Bentley Junction E 1 1 1

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 282 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN804 TAPTON JUNCTION TO GASCOIGNE WOOD JUNCTION VIA SHEFFIELD

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Dore Station Junction E 1 1 1

Approach Milford Junction E 3 3 2

Up – Weekdays

Approach Pontefract Baghill/

Ferrybridge North Junction

E 2 3 2

Approach Moorthorpe/Moorthorpe

Signal L6586 E 3 3 3

Approach Nunnery Main Line

Junction E 1 1 1 Nil for East Midlands services.

P 1 1

LN806 TAPTON JUNCTION TO MASBOROUGH JUNCTION VIA ‘OLD ROAD’

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Masborough Junction E 2* 2* 2* *Can be applied approaching Masborough

Sorting Sidings South Junction

Up – Weekdays

Approach Beighton Junction E 2 2 2

LN826 DONCASTER SOUTH YORKSHIRE JUNCTION TO SWINTON

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Up – Weekdays

Approach Doncaster E 1 1 1 Nil for East Midlands services.

P 1* 1*

LN830 ALDWARKE JUNCTION TO WOODBURN JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Up – Weekdays

Approach Rotherham Central E 1½ 1½* 2 *Nil for Supertram

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 283 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN836 DONCASTER MARSHGATE JUNCTION TO NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH MU Freight Remarks

Down

Approach Adwick E 1 Terminating trains only

Approach Holbeck Junction/

Copley Hill West Junction E 1 1 1

P 1* 1* *Does not apply to Virgin Trains East

Coast Services

Approach Neville Hill West Jn P 1 1

E 1

Approach Doncaster E 1 1 1

LN838 LEEDS ARMLEY JUNCTION TO YORK SKELTON JUNCTION VIA

HARROGATE

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

LL Cl 6

Remarks

Down (Leeds to Harrogate) – Weekdays

Approach Harrogate E 2 2 Terminating trains only

P 1 Terminating trains only

Up (Harrogate to Leeds) – Weekdays

Approach Armley Junction E 2 2

P 2

Up (Harrogate to York) – Weekdays

Approach Knaresborough E 2 Terminating trains only

P 1 Terminating trains only

Approach York P 2 Can be located approaching Skelton Junc

to aid planning

E 2 Can be located approaching Skelton Junc

to aid planning

LN842 THORPE MARSH JUNCTION TO ADWICK JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

LL Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Applehurst Junction E 3 3 3

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 284 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN852 HOLBECK JUNCTION TO BRADFORD INTERCHANGE

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Up – Weekdays

Approach Holbeck Junction P 2 1 minute for trains from Halifax, Hebden

Bridge or Huddersfield.

LN854 HALL ROYD JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

Freight

Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Bradley Wood Junction E 1 Trains to Huddersfield only

Approach Healey Mills/Horbury

Junction

E 2 1 2*

*1 minute for Class 0 services

Approach Horbury Junction P 1 Trains from Huddersfield terminating at Wakefield.

Approach Castleford E 1

From Normanton direction only.

Approach Miford E 2 2 2

Approach Colton Junction P 1 1

Up – Weekdays

Approach Brighouse E 1 Terminating trains only

Approach Castleford E 1 1 1

LN858 MILNER ROYD JUNCTION TO BRADFORD MILL LANE JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Weekdays

West of Halifax E 1

* Not trains starting from Hebden Bridge or

Huddersfield

Approach Mill Lane Junction E 2 1

Up – Weekdays

Approach Halifax P 1 Terminating trains and trains to

Huddersfield only

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 285 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN860 DIGGLE JUNCTION TO COPLEY HILL EAST JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Huddersfield E 1 Terminating trains only

P 1* Terminating trains only

*Does not apply to TPE services

Approach Whitehall Junction E 2 2* 2 * 1 stopping all stations

P 1* * Applies to stopping services services

only.

Up – Weekdays

Approach Heaton Lodge Junction E 1 Stopping services from Leeds and

Wakefield

P 1 Stopping services from Leeds and

Wakefield

LN862 BARNSLEY STATION JUNCTION TO HUDDERSFIELD

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Penistone P 1

Approach Huddersfield E 1 1

P ½

Up – Weekdays

Approach Barnsley E 1 1

P 1

LN868 WINCOBANK JUNCTION TO HORBURY JUNCTION VIA BARNSLEY

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Barnsley E 1 1

Up – Weekdays

Approach Barnsley P 1 Trains starting from Leeds only

Approach Wincobank Junction E 1 1

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 286 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN872 ALTOFTS JUNCTION TO LEEDS WEST JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Engine Shed Junction E 2 2* 2 Approaching Stourton for trains that

terminate or call

* 1 minute for trains from Knottingley

direction

P 2

LN880 YORK TO SCARBOROUGH

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Malton E 1 1 1

Approach Scarborough P 3 1

Up – Weekdays

Approach Malton P 1

Approach York P 2

E 1 1 1

LN882 WAKEFIELD KIRKGATE WEST JUNCTION TO GOOLE POTTER’S GRANGE

JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Pontefract E 1* * Trains terminating from Wakefield

direction

P 1*

Approach Knottingley E 1 1 1

P 1

Approach Goole P 2

Up – Weekdays

Approach Knottingley P 1

Approach Wakefield Kirkgate E 1

P 1

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 287 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN898 NEVILLE HILL EAST JUNCTION TO HULL

Timing Section Type LH MU Freight Remarks

Down

Approach Selby P 1 1 Terminating Services Only

E 1 1 1

Approach Gilberdyke P 1* 1* *TPE and Northern Services Only

Approach Hessle Road Jn E 1 1 1

Approach Selby E 1 1 1

Approach Gascoigne Wood Jn E 1 1 1

LN910 TEMPLE HIRST JUNCTION TO SELBY SOUTH JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH MU Freight Remarks

Down

Approach Selby E 1 1 1

LN912 THORNE JUNCTION TO GILBERDYKE JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approaching Gilberdyke P 1 1

Approach Goole P 1 Terminating trains only

LN914 HULL TO SEAMER WEST JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Bridlington E 2 2 Terminating trains only

P 1

Approach Seamer E 2 2* * Not trains starting Filey and continuing to

York or beyond

Up – Weekdays

Approach Bridlington P 1

Approach Hull E 2 2* * 1 minute starting Beverley

P 1

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 288 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN922 WHITEHALL WEST JUNCTION TO HELLIFIELD SOUTH JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Skipton E 2 1* 2 * 2 minutes for DMU

P 1 Terminating trains only

Up – Weekdays

Approach Skipton E 2 2 2

P 1

Approach Armley Junction E 2 1* 2 * 2 minutes for DMU

P 1* * 2 minutes for trains from north of Skipton

LN924 APPERLEY JUNCTION TO ILKLEY

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Ilkley E 1

P 1

LN928 SHIPLEY EAST JUNCTION TO BRADFORD FORSTER

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Weekdays

Approach Bradford Forster Square E 2 1* 2 * 2 minutes for DMU

P 1

LN3214 BELLE ISLE TO CANAL TUNNEL JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH MU Freight Remarks

Approaching St Pancras Low

Level P 1 All Up Thameslink Trains

Approaching Belle Isle P 1 All Down Thameslink Trains

For Route LN3214 Please See East Midlands Timetable Planning Rules

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 289 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

5.5.2 SX Night time (See routes for applicable times)

SX daytime allowances apply to those routes excluded from this section

LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6, 7

& 8

Remarks

Additional Engineering Allowance

Down and Up – Monday night/Tuesday morning to Fridaynight/Saturday morning

King’s Cross – Hitchin

Cambridge Jn

E 3 3 3 00:01 TWThF – 05:45 TWThF

All trains to be timed over the Slow lines

with [3] approaching Holloway in the Up

and Hitchin in the Down.

Hitchin Cambridge Jn to

Peterborough

E 10* 10* 10* 23:00 MTWTh – 06:00 TWThF

All trains over the Fasts to be timed with

[10] approaching Hitchin Cambridge Jn in

the Up and Fletton Jn in the Down

* SL Trains timed over the Slows to be

timed with [3] approaching Cambridge Jn

in the Up and Fletton Jn in the Down.

Peterborough – Stoke E 2 2 2 2300 - 0530 MX Down. All trains to be

timed Slow line

2300 - 0530 MX Up. All trains to be timed

Slow line

Stoke - Grantham

E 20 20 20 0105 MX – 0520 MX. All trains to be timed

Slow line (B)

Grantham - Newark

E 20 20 20 0115 MX – 0530 MX. All trains to be timed

Slow line (B)

Newark - Loversall Carr

Junction

E 20 20 20 0130 MX – 0530 MX. All trains to be timed

Slow line (B)

Loversall Carr Junction –

Doncaster

E 5* 5* 5* 2250 SX – 0530MX

(A) Only one allowance per train between King’s Cross and Hitchin

(B) Only one allowance per train between Stoke Jn – Loversall Carr Jn. To commence on the Down after the

passage of 1D36 King’s Cross – Leeds and finish before the passage of 1A01 Leeds – King’s Cross. No other

train should be timed to pass these services within SLW times.

* 3 mins trains timed SL/GL

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 290 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6, 7

& 8

Remarks

Additional Engineering Allowance

Down and Up – Monday night/Tuesday morning to Friday night/Saturday morning

Doncaster – Colton Junction NIL

Colton Junction – York E 3 3 3 2235 SX – 0550 MX. To be coordinated

with Church Fenton – Colton Jn. Only one

allowance Church Fenton – York.

York – Skelton Junction E 3 3 3 0030 MX – 0545 MX

Longlands Junction – Darlington

South Junction E 15 15 15 2300 SX – 0530 MX (B)

E 2 Diverted Sleeper Services Only

Darlington South Junction –

Tursdale Junction E 15 15 15 2300 SX – 0530 MX (B)

E 2 Diverted Sleeper Services Only

Tursdale Junction – Durham E 15 15 15 2300 SX – 0530 MX (B)

E 2 Diverted Sleeper Services Only

Durham – King Edward Bridge E 15 15 15 2310 SX – 0520 MX (B)

E 2 Diverted Sleeper Services Only

King Edward Bridge – Newcastle

Newcastle – Heaton South

Junction

E 2 2 2 2240 SX – 2335 SX (D) All FL trains to be

timed over same line

2335 SX – 0525 MX (D) All trains to be

timed over one line

E 2 2 2 2330 SX – 0500 MX (D) All trains to be

timed over one line

Heaton South Jn – Alnmouth E 10 10 25 2305 SX – 0600 MX (C)

Alnmouth – Berwick E 10 10 25 2305 SX – 0600 MX (C)

Berwick – Signals EG 402/3 E 10 10 25 2305 SX – 0600 MX (C)

A – Only one allowance per train

between Stoke Junction and

Loversall Carr Junction, to finish

before the passage of 1A01 0505

Leeds – King’s Cross. No other

train should be timed to pass

these services within SLW

times

B – Maximum 17 minutes

allowance per train between

Longlands Jn. and King Edward

Bridge

C – Refer to ECML Route Strategy in Rules of the Route. Only one allowance per train between Heaton South

Junction and Monktonhall Jn. This allowance to be utilised in conjunction with Scotland allowances EG402/3 to

Monktonhall Jn to allow for all combinations of possessions.

D – only one allowance per train King Edward Bridge to Heaton South Jn

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 291 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN784 HIGH MARNHAM TO SHIREBROOK EAST JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6, 7

& 8

Remarks

Additional Engineering Allowance

Down and Up – Weekdays

Boughton Junction –

Shirebrook Junctions

E 2 2 2 2200 SX – 0600 MX. Single Line Working.

All trains to be timed over same line.

LN854 HALL ROYD JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION

Down and Up – Monday night/Tuesday morning to Friday night/Saturday morning

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6, 7

& 8

Remarks

Church Fenton – Colton

Junction

E 3 3 3 2300 SX – 0600 MX. To be coordinated

with Colton Jn – York. Only one allowance

between Church Fenton and York

Horbury Junction –

Wakefield Kirkgate

E 3 3 3 2200 SX – 0600 MX

5.5.3 SO Daytime (See routes for applicable times)

The values shown in SX Daytime apply to SO Daytime

5.5.4 SO Nighttime (See routes for applicable times)

SX daytime allowances apply to those routes excluded from this section

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 292 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6, 7

& 8

Remarks

Additional Engineering Allowance

Down and Up – Saturday night/Sunday morning

London King’s Cross to

Hitchin Cambridge Jn

E 3 3 3 23:50 SO – 07:50 Sun

All trains to be timed over the Slow Lines

with an additional [3] approaching

Holloway in the Up and Hitchin in the

Down

Hitchin Cambridge Jn to

Peterborough

E 10* 10* 10* 23:50 SO – 07:50 Sun

All trains over the Fasts to be timed with

an additional [10] approaching Hitchin

Cambridge Jn in the Up and Fletton Jn in

the Down.

* 3 Trains timed SL All trains over the

Slows to be timed with an additional [3]

approaching Hitchin Cambridge Jn in the

Up and Fletton Jn in the Down.

LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6, 7

& 8

Remarks

Additional Engineering Allowance

Down and Up – Saturday night/Sunday morning

Colton Junction – York E 3 3 3 2300 Sat – 0800 Sun. To be coordinated

with Church Fenton – Colton Jn. Only one

allowance Church Fenton – York

Newcastle – Heaton South

Junction

E 2 2 2 2145 Sat – 1000 Sun All trains to be timed

over the same line

LN854 HALL ROYD JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6, 7

& 8

Remarks

Additional Engineering Allowance

Down and Up Saturday night/Sunday morning

Church Fenton – Colton Jn E 3 3 3 2330 Sat – 0830 Sun. To be coordinated

with Colton Jn – York. One allowance only

between Church Fenton and York.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 293 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

5.5.5 SUNDAY Daytime (See routes for applicable times)

SX daytime allowances apply to those routes excluded from this section

LN105 MOORGATE TO FINSBURY PARK JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Up – Sundays

Approach Moorgate E 1

LN170 WERRINGTON JUNCTION TO FLYOVER EAST JUNCTION (VIA LINCOLN)

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approach Spalding E 1 1 1 Terminating trains only

Approach Sleaford E 2 2 2

Approach Lincoln E 1 1 1

Approach Gainsborough Trent

Junction

E 1 1 1 Trains to Doncaster only

Approach Bessacarr Junction P 2

Up – Sundays

Approach Lincoln E 1 1 1

P 2 Trains from Sheffield direction only

Approach Sleaford E 1 1 1

Approach Werrington Junction

from Sleaford (through trains) E 2 2 2

Approach Werrington Junction

from Spalding (trains starting from

Spalding)

E 1 1 1

LN185 ALLINGTON WEST JUNCTION TO SKEGNESS

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approach Skegness E 2 2 2

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 294 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN195 GRANTHAM NOTTINGHAM BRANCH JUNCTION TO ALLINGTON WEST JN

(INCLUSIVE)

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approach Allington West Junction E 2 2 2

LN200 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO PELHAM STREET JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approach Lincoln E 2 2 2

LN206 NEWARK FLAT CROSSING (INCLUSIVE) TO WEST HOLMES JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approach Pyewipe

Junction/Lincoln E 1 1 1

P 1

Up – Sundays

Approach Newark Castle/Newark

Flat Crossing East Junction E 1 1 1

P 1

LN627 LONGLANDS JUNCTION TO NEWCASTLE EAST JUNCTION VIA THE

COAST

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Up – Sunday

Approach Sunderland E 1 All Northern and TWM terminating services only

LN628 SOUTH HYLTON TO SUNDERLAND SOUTH JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6 Remarks

Up – Sunday

Approach South Hylton E 1

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 295 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN646 NORTON-ON-TEES SOUTH TO FERRYHILL SOUTH JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approach Ferryhill South Junction E 2 2 2

LN736 CLEETHORPES TO NUNNERY MAIN LINE JUNCTION VIA RETFORD

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approach Retford E 2 2 2

Approach Worksop P 1

Approach Nunnery Main Line

Junction E 1 1 1

P 1½

Up – Sundays

Approach Worksop E 2 2 2 Terminating trains only

P ½ Terminating trains only

Approach Retford E 2 2 2 Terminating trains only

P 2 Terminating trains only

Approach Clarborough Junction E 2 2 2

Approach Marsh Jn/Grimsby Town E 2 3*

2 *1 minute for trains from Barton on

Humber, 2 from Lincoln

P 2 Nil for trains from Barton on Humber

Approach Cleethorpes P 2* *For arrivals into Cleethorpes for services

from Barton-on-Humber, the value of 1

minute performance should be presentable

as either <1> before or as public timetable

differential in Cleethorpes arrival.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 296 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN752 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO MARSHGATE JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approach Scunthorpe E 1* 1 2 * 2 minutes for Class 4

Approach Crowle E 1* 1 * Class 4 only

Approach Hatfield E 2* 2 * Class 4 only

Approach Doncaster E 2 2 2

P 3 2* *1 minute for trains starting at Goole or

Scunthorpe

Up – Sundays

Approach Scunthorpe P 1 Terminating trains only

E 3* 1#

3 * Class 4 only # Terminate only

Approach Wrawby Junction E 2* 2 * Class 4 only

LN758 BRANCLIFFE EAST JUNCTION TO KIRK SANDALL JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approach St. Catherine’s Jn E 15 15 15 Applies only to the first train on the route.

Up – Sundays

Approach Brancliffe Jn E 15 15 15 Applies only to the first train on the route.

LN766 BENTLEY JUNCTION TO HEXTHORPE JUNCTION (DONCASTER

AVOIDING LINE)

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approach Hexthorpe Junction E 1 1 1

Up – Sundays

Approach Bentley Junction E 1 1 1

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 297 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN804 TAPTON JUNCTION TO GASCOIGNE WOOD JUNCTION VIA SHEFFIELD

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approach Dore Station Junction E 2 2* 2 * 1 minute for trains starting at Chesterfield

Approach Milford Junction E 3 3 2

Up – Sundays

Approach Pontefract

Baghill/Ferrybridge North Junction E 2 3 2

Approach Moorthorpe/Moorthorpe

Signal L6586 E 3 3 3

Approach Nunnery Main Line

Junction E 2 1 2

P 1* 1 *Nil for East Midlands services.

LN806 TAPTON JUNCTION TO MASBOROUGH JUNCTION VIA ‘OLD ROAD’

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approach Masborough Junction E 2 2 2

Up – Sundays

Approach Beighton Junction E 2 2 2

LN826 DONCASTER SOUTH YORKSHIRE JUNCTION TO SWINTON

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Up – Sundays

Approach Doncaster E 2 1 2

P 1 1 *Nil for East Midlands services.

LN838 LEEDS ARMLEY JUNCTION TO YORK SKELTON JUNCTION VIA

HARROGATE

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Up (Harrogate to York) – Sundays

Approach Knaresborough E 2 Terminating trains only

P 1 Terminating trains only

Approach York P 2 Can be located approaching Skelton Junc to

aid planning

E 2 Can be located at any point between

Starbeck and York to aid planning

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 298 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Down (Leeds to Harrogate)– Sundays

Approach Harrogate E 2 2 Terminating trains only

P 1 Terminating trains only

Up (Harrogate to Leeds) – Sundays

Approach Armley Junction E 2 2

P 2

LN842 THORPE MARSH JUNCTION TO ADWICK JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approach Applehurst Junction E 3 3 3

LN852 HOLBECK JUNCTION TO BRADFORD INTERCHANGE

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Up – Sundays

Approach Holbeck Junction P 2* * 1 minute for trains from Halifax, Hebden

Bridge or Huddersfield.

LN860 DIGGLE JUNCTION TO COPLEY HILL EAST JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approach Huddersfield E 1 Terminating trains only

P 1 Terminating trains only

Up – Sundays

Approach Huddersfield/Marsden E 1 Terminating trains only

Approach Heaton Lodge Junction P 1 Stopping services from Leeds direction

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 299 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN862 BARNSLEY STATION JUNCTION TO HUDDERSFIELD

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approach Penistone P 1

Approach Huddersfield E 1 1

P ½

Up – Sundays

Approach Barnsley E 1 1

P 1

LN868 WINCOBANK JUNCTION TO HORBURY JUNCTION VIA BARNSLEY

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approach Barnsley E 1 1

Up – Sundays

Approach Barnsley P 1 Trains starting from Leeds only

Approach Wincobank Junction E 1 1

LN872 ALTOFTS JUNCTION TO LEEDS WEST JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approach Engine Shed Junction E 2 2* 2 Approaching Stourton for trains that

terminate or call

* 1 minute for trains from Knottingley

direction

P 2

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 300 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN882 WAKEFIELD KIRKGATE WEST JUNCTION TO GOOLE POTTER’S

GRANGE JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approach Pontefract E 1* * Trains terminating from Wakefield

direction

P 1* * Trains terminating from Wakefield

direction

Approach Knottingley E 1 1 1

P 1

Approach Goole P 2

Up – Sundays

Approach Knottingley P 1

Approach Wakefield Kirkgate E 1

P 1

LN912 THORNE JUNCTION TO GILBERDYKE JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approaching Gilberdyke P 1 1

Approach Goole P 1 Terminating trains only

LN914 HULL TO SEAMER WEST JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6

Remarks

Down – Sundays

Approach Bridlington E 2 2 Terminating trains only

P 1

Approach Seamer E 2 2* * Does not apply to trains starting from

Filey and continuing to York or beyond

Up – Sundays

Approach Bridlington P 1

Approach Hull E 2 2* * 1 minute for trains starting from Beverley

P 1

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 301 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

5.5.6 Sunday Night time (See routes for applicable times)

SX daytime allowances apply to those routes excluded from this section

LN101 LONDON KING’S CROSS TO SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6, 7

& 8

Remarks

Additional Engineering Allowance

Down and Up – Sunday night/Monday morning

King’s Cross – Hitchin Cambridge

Jn E 3 3 3 00:01 M – 05:45 M

All trains to be timed over the Slow lines

with an additional [3] approaching

Holloway in the Up and Hitchin in the

Down.

Hitchin Cambridge Jn to

Peterborough E 10* 10* 10* 23:00 Su – 06:00 M

All trains over the Fasts to be timed with

an additional [10] approaching Hitchin

Cambridge Jn in the Up and Fletton Jn in

the Down

* 3 SL Trains timed over the Slows to be

timed with an additional [3] approaching

Cambridge Jn in the Up and Fletton Jn in

the Down.

Peterborough – Stoke E 2 2 2 23:10 Su – 05:30 MO Down. All trains to

be timed Slow line

23:10 – 05:30 MO Up. All trains to be

timed Slow line

* 3 mins trains timed SL/GL

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 302 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6, 7

& 8

Remarks

Additional Engineering Allowance

Down and Up – Sunday night/Monday morning

Loversall Carr Junction –

Doncaster E 5* 5* 5* 2230 Sun – 0530 Mon

* 3 for trains timed SL/GL

Colton Junction – York E 3 3 3 2200 Sun – 0550 Mon (A)

York – Skelton Junction E 2 2 2 2240 Sun – 0545 Mon all trains to be timed

over same line

Skelton Junction – Longlands

Junction E 2 2 2 2130 Sun – 0555 Mon all trains to be timed

to run Slow line

Longlands Junction – Darlington

South Junction E 15 15 15 2145 Sun – 0545 Mon (B)

Darlington South Jn – Tursdale Jn E 15 15 15 2230 Sun – 0545 Mon (B)

Tursdale Junction – Durham E 15 15 15 2235 Sun – 0525 Mon (B)

Durham – King Edward Bridge E 15 15 15 2230 Sun – 0525 Mon (B)

King Edward Bridge – Newcastle E 2 2 2 2240 Sun – 2335 Sun All FL trains to be

timed over the same line (C)

2335 Sun – 0525 Mon All trains to be

timed over same line (C)

Newcastle to Heaton South Jn E 2 2 2 2245 Sun – 0500 Mon All trains to be

timed over same line (C)

(A) To be coordinated with Church Fenton – Colton. Only one allowance between Church Fenton and York

(B) Only one allowance per train between Longlands and King Edward Bridge South

LN752 WRAWBY JUNCTION TO MARSHGATE JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6, 7

& 8

Remarks

Additional Engineering Allowance

Down and Up – Sunday night/Monday morning

Wrawby Junction – Thorne

Junction E 2 2 2 2340 Sun – 0530 Mon.

Thorne Jn – Kirk Sandall Jn E 2 2 2 2345 Sun – 0445 Mon all trains to be timed

via slow lines

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 303 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

LN784 HIGH MARNHAM TO SHIREBROOK EAST JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6, 7

& 8

Remarks

Additional Engineering Allowance

Down and Up – Sunday night/Monday morning

Boughton Junction – Shirebrook

Junctions E 2 2 2 2200 Sun – 0600 Mon. Single Line

Working. All trains to be timed over same

line

LN854 HALL ROYD JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6, 7

& 8

Remarks

Additional Engineering Allowance

Down and Up Sunday night/Monday morning

Heaton Lodge Jn – Thornhill LNW

Jn 0015 Mon – 0530 Mon Up trains to be

timed on Slow line

Horbury Junction – Wakefield

Kirkgate E 3 3 3 0830 Sun – 0600 Mon

Church Fenton – Colton Jn E 3 3 3 2300 Sun – 0600 Mon. To be coordinated

with Colton Jn – York. One allowance only

between Church Fenton and York

LN922 WHITEHALL WEST JUNCTION TO HELLIFIELD SOUTH JUNCTION

Timing Section Type LH

HST

EPU

Cl 4

22X

Cl 6, 7

& 8

Remarks

Additional Engineering Allowance

Down and Up – Sunday night/Monday morning

Shipley East Junction – Skipton E 20 20 20 0001 Mon – 0515 Mon (A)

Skipton – Hellifield E 20 20 20 2145 Sun – 0530 Mon (A)

(A) Only one allowance per train between Kirkstall Junction and Hellifield, to be co–ordinated with LNW

allowances. Refer to Section 5.5.6 of the LNW Timetable Planning Rules

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 304 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

6 Timetabling Considerations

6.1 Advertised and Working Times

It is not permissible for trains to be specified to be advertised to arrive before or depart after the booked times

stated in the working timetable (WTT).

It is permissible for trains to be specified to be advertised to depart before the booked times stated in the

working timetable in the following circumstances;

(i) Where the WTT departure time is delayed to achieve the required headway behind a preceding train or

margin following a conflicting move.

(ii) As an aid to punctual departure where this practice has been agreed between the Train Operator and

Network Rail.

By agreement between the Train Operator and Network Rail, trains may be specified to be advertised to arrive

after the booked times stated in the WTT. This agreement is used instead of engineering/performance

allowances.

6.2 Timing of Light Locomotives

It is a general principle that all light locomotive movements will be timed. Any exceptions to this must be

agreed by the appropriate Area Timing Specialist.

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 305 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

7 Appendix A Timing Point Diagrams

Doncaster Area Timing Points 1

ST CATHERINE’S

JUNCTION

[DONCSCJ]

LOW ELLERS

CURVE JN

[LWELRSJ]

DECOY S

JUNCTION*

[DONCDSJ]

DOWN

DECOY

[DONCDDY]

DECOY N

JUNCTION*

[DONCDNJ]

DONCASTER

R.M.T.

[DONCRMT]

LOVERSALL

CARR JN

[DONCLCJ]

BESSACARR

JUNCTION

[BESSCRJ]

DONCASTER

SIG. D254

[DONC254]

DECOY

[DONCUDY]

POTTERIC

CARR JN

[DONCPCJ]

DONCASTER

RAILPORT

[DONCRPR]

DONCASTER

EUROPORT

[DONCEP]

DONCASTER

SIG. D249

[DONC249]

BELMONT

DOWN YARD

[DONCBDY]

BRIDGE

JUNCTION*

[DONCBJN]

DONCASTER

[DONC]

ST JAMES’

JUNCTION

[DONCSJJ]

HEXTHORPE

SIDINGS

[DONCHRS]

HEXTHORPE

JUNCTION

[DONCHJN]

TO KIR

SANDALL

ESLESL

LN600

WSL

WSL 2

WSL2

WSL1

WSL2

MANDATORY TIMING POINT

NON MANDATORY TIMING POINT

STOPPING TRAINS ONL

CROSSING TRAINS ONLY

* MANDATORY ON WEST SLOW LINES

WSL1

Timing Points and Running Lines

Blank line applies where identity is not shown

LN758

LN726

LN826

The following diagrams are supplementary to the information shown in Section 2.1

LN600 SHAFTHOLME JUNCTION TO RESTON GSP

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 306 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Doncaster Area Timing Points 2

DONCASTE

LN836

LN736/75

LN60

ARKSEY

[ARKSEYL]

BENTLE

JUNCTIO

[BTLYJN]

ADWIC

[ADWICK]

SHAFTHOLME

JUNCTIO

[SHFTHLJ

KIR

SANDALL

[KKSNJN

KIR

SANDAL

[KKSNDAL]

JOAN

JUNCTIO

[JNCROFT]

CARCROFT

JUNCTIO

[CRCRFTJ]

TEMPLE

JUNCTIO

[TEMPLHJ

HEC

PLASMOR PS

[HCKPLSM]

THORN

JUNCTIO

[THORNEJ

ADWIC

JUNCTIO

[ADWICKJ]

MANDATORY TIMING POINT

STOPPING TRAINS

CROSSING TRAINS

SKELLOW

JUNCTIO

[SKLWJN]

Timing Points and Running Lines

Blank line applies where identity is not shown

TO LOW

CURVE

APPLEHURST

JUNCTION

[APLHRSJ]

LN76

LN84

HATFIELD &

STAINFORTH

(HTFLASF)

BENTLEY

[BTLYSY]

THORPE

MARSH

JUNCTION

HAYWOOD

JUNCTION

LN88

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 307 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Newcastle Area Timing Points 1

MANDATORY TIMING POINT

STOPPING TRAINS ONL

CROSSING TRAINS ONLY

LN600

LN682

TO KING

EDWARD

BRIDGE

TO KING

EDWARD

BRIDGE

BIRTLEY

JUNCTION

[BRTLYJN]

TYNE (YARD)

SORTING SIDINGS

[TYNEY]

LOW FELL

JUNCTION

[LOWFELJ]

LOW FELL

R.M.T

[LOWFRMT]

KING EDWARD

BRIDGE S JN

[KEBGSJN]

NORWOOD

JUNCTION

[NRWDJN]

DUNSTON

[DNSN

METROCENTRE

[GTSHDMC]

Timing Points and Running

Blank line applies where identity is not

LN684

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 308 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Newcastle Area Timing Points 2

TO KING

EDWARD BRID

STH JN

LN627/676

LN600

MANDATORY TIMING POINT

STOPPING TRAINS ONLY

CROSSING TRAINS ONLY

KING EDWARD

BRIDGE N

[KEBGNJN]

KING EDWARD

BRIDGE E

[KEBGEJN]

NEWCASTLE

[NWCSTLE]

FORTH BANKS

[FRTHBKL]

GREENSFIELD

JUNCTION

[GRNSFDJ]

HIGH LEVEL

BRIDGE

[HLBDGJN]

MANOR

[MANORS]

HEATON S

JUNCTION

[HTONSJN]

PARK LANE

JUNCTION

[PKLNJN]

HEATON

T&RSM

[HTONTMD]

HEATON N

JUNCTION

[HTONNJN]

Timing Points and Running Lines

Blank line applies where identity is not shown

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 309 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Leeds Area Timing Points 1

BRAMLEY

[BRMLYSR]

HOLBEC

JUNCTIO

[HOLBJCN]

WHITEHALL

JUNCTIO

[WHRDJN]

ARMLEY

JUNCTIO

[ARMLJCN]

LEEDS WEST

JUNCTIO

[LEEDSWJ]

COPLEY HILL

W JN

[COPHWJN]

HUNSLET

STN JN

[HNSLTSJ]

OUTWOOD

[OUTWOOD]

COTTINGLEY

[COTNGLY]

ENGINE

SHED JN

[ESJLEDS]

KIRKSTALL

LOOP

[KRKSLUL]

BURLE

PARK

[BRLEYPK]

LEEDS

[LEEDS]

MARS

LAN

LN83

LN92

LN836/89

LN83

LN860 LN87

MANDATORY TIMING

STOPPING TRAINS ONLY

CROSSING TRAINS

LN85 DS

CH DWC

UWC

DM UM

Timing Points and Running Lines

Blank line applies where identity is not shown

Leeds Area Timing Points 2

LN836/898/854 HOLBECK JUNCTION TO COLTON JUNCTION

ST CATHERINE’S

NETWORK RAIL Timetable Planning Rules 2019 Version: 2.0

London North Eastern Final Revised Rules for Principal Change Date: 02 February 2018

Timetable 2019 Page: 310 of 310

Electronic copy - uncontrolled when printed. Next scheduled issue 29 March 2018

Leeds Area Timing Points

MARSH LANE

JUNCTIO

[MRLNJN]

MARSH LANE

TILCO

[MRLNTIL]

HUNSLET

EAST TC

[HNSLTE]

HUNSLET

TILCO

[HNSLTIL]

NEVIILE HILL

WEST JN

[NEVLWJN]

NEVIILE HILL

EAST JN

[NEVLEJN]

CROSS GATES

[CSGT]

NEVILLE HILL

T&RSMD

[NEVLTMD]

NEVILLE HILL

UP SIDINGS

[NEVLHUS]

LEEDS

ROUTE 836/898

MANDATORY TIMING

STOPPING TRAINS ONLY

CROSSING TRAINS

Timing Points and Running

Blank line applies where identity is not

London North Eastern Region Rules Of The Plan 04 LN790 Lneyyp

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation